DSR-25 RMT-DS5

SERVICE MANUAL US Model

Canadian Model
AEP Model
UK Model
Ver 1.0 2002. 04 E Model
Australian Model
New Zealand Model

R MECHANISM

System
Recording format DVCAM/DV (SP) format, rotating
2-head helical scan, digital
component recording
Video signal EIA STANDARD, NTSC color
system
CCIR STANDARD, PAL colour
system
Video
Quantization 8-bit
Sampling frequency
NTSC:
13.5 MHz (4:1:1 Component)
PAL:
13.5 MHz (4:2:0 Component)
Audio
Quantization 12-bit (non-linear) or 16-bit
(linear)
Sampling frequency
32 kHz (12-bit recording) or
48 kHz (16-bit recording)
Usable cassettes Standard-DVCAM cassettes and
Mini-DVCAM cassettes
Recording time Standard cassette
DVCAM:
184 minutes (PDV184)
180 minutes (DV270)
DV: 270 minutes (PDV184/
DV270)
Mini cassette
DVCAM: 40 minutes (PDVM40/
DVM60)
DV: 60 minutes (PDVM40/
DVM60)
(We recommend that you use
DVCAM cassettes.)
SPECIFICATIONS
Clock
System Quartz locked, digital display
Power back-up Back-up duration: up to two weeks
(after an 8-hour charge)
Inputs
VIDEO BNC type, 1 Vp-p (75 ohms,
unbalanced)
S VIDEO Mini DIN 4-pin
Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p
(75 ohms, unbalanced)
Chrominance signal:
0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)
(75 ohms unbalanced)
0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
(75 ohms unbalanced)
AUDIO Phono jack, –10/–2/+4 dBu,
Impedance more than 47 kohms,
unbalanced
Maximum input level:
–10: +18 dBu (about 6 Vrms)
–2: +24 dBu (about 12.5 Vrms)
+4: +30 dBu (about 25 Vrms)
DV IN/OUT 4-pin jack (i.LINK)
Outputs
VIDEO BNC type, 1 Vp-p (75 ohms,
unbalanced)
S VIDEO Mini DIN 4-pin
Luminance signal: 1.0 Vp-p
(75 ohms, unbalanced)
Chrominance signal:
0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)
(75 ohms unbalanced)
0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
(75 ohms, unbalanced)
AUDIO Phono jack
Output level: 2 Vrms (full bit) (47
kohms, unbalanced)
Output impedance: less than
10 kohms
PHONES Stereo minijack, 8 ohms loading
Remote control
CONTROL S IN Stereo minijack
LANC Stereo mini-minijack
LCD screen
Picture 5.1 cm (2 type)
Total dot number 123 200 (560 × 220)
General
Power requirements
100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption
16W (during playback)
Operating temperature
5 °C to 40 °C (41 °F to 104 °F)
Storage temperature
–20 °C to +60 °C
(–4 °F to +140 °F)
– Continued on next page –

DIGITAL VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER

DSR-25

Dimensions Approx. 212 × 98 × 392.8 mm Mass Approx. 4.3 kg (9 lb. 8 oz.)

(8 3/8 × 3 7/8 × 15 1/2 inches) Supplied accessories
(w/h/d, including projecting parts Remote Commander (1)
and controls) AC power cord (1)
Size AA batteries (2)
Cleaning cassette (1)
Operating instructions

Design and specifications are subject to change

without notice.

392.8 (15 1/2)

284 (11 1/4)

11.2 (15/32)

212 (8 3/8)
88 (3 1/2)

175 (7)
10 (13/32)

Unit: mm (inches)

CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or eqivalent type.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT

À LA SÉCURITÉ!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED
LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÉS PAR UNE MARQUE 0
AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE SUR LES DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE
OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH DES PIÈCES SONT CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ
SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE REMPLACER CES COM-
SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUB- POSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈCES SONY DONT LES
LISHED BY SONY. NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU
DANS LES SUPPLÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY.

–2–
 DSR-25

SAFETY CHECK-OUT
(US Model only)

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following

safety checks before releasing the set to the customer:

1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-sol-
dered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder
splashes and bridges.
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are
“pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors.
3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transis-
tors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them
out to the customer and recommend their replacement.
4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs
of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recom-
mend their replacement.
5. Check the line cord for cracks and abrasion. Recommend the
replacement of any such line cord to the customer.
6. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
7. Check the antenna terminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs,
screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage.
Check leakage as described below.
To Exposed Metal
Parts on Set
UNLEADED SOLDER
Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead-
free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead.
(Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with
the lead free mark due to their particular size)
: LEAD FREE MARK
Unleaded solder has the following characteristics.
• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40 ˚C higher than
ordinary solder.
Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be
applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time.
Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to
about 350 ˚C .
Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the
heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!
• Strong viscosity
Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than
ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur
such as on IC pins, etc.
• Usable with ordinary solder
It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may
also be added to ordinary solder.

AC
0.15 µF 1.5 kΩ Voltmeter
(0.75 V)

Earth Ground
Fig. A Using AC voltmeter to check AC leakage

LEAKAGE TEST
The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground
and from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having
a return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5 mA (500 microamperes).
Leakage current can be measured by any one of three methods.
1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA
WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers' instructions to use these
instruments.
2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245
digital multimeter is suitable for this job.
3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a
VOM or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The “limit” indica-
tion is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate low-
voltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are ex-
amples of a passive VOM that is suitable. Nearly all battery
operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC range are suit-
able. (See Fig. A)

–3–
DSR-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Title Page Section Title Page

SERVICE NOTE ................................................................ 7 • JC-21(6/14) (SFD) .................................................. 4-21
• JC-21(7/14) (TFD) .................................................. 4-23
1. Note for Repair ............................................................ 7 • JC-21(8/14) (DV INTERFACE) ............................... 4-25
• JC-21(9/14) (MECHANISM CONTROL 1) ............. 4-27
• JC-21(10/14) (MECHANISM CONTROL 2) ........... 4-29
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ..................................... 8 • JC-21(11/14) (MODE CONTROL) ......................... 4-31
• JC-21(12/14) (AUDIO 1) ........................................ 4-33
• JC-21(13/14) (AUDIO 2) ........................................ 4-35
1. Self-diagnosis Function ............................................... 8
• JC-21(14/14) (POWER SUPPLY) .......................... 4-37
2. Self-diagnosis Display ................................................. 8
• VD-032 (1/16) (SYNC GENERATOR 1) ................ 4-39
3. Service Mode Display ................................................. 8
• VD-032 (2/16) (SYNC GENERATOR 2) ................ 4-41
4. Self-diagnosis Code Table .......................................... 9
• VD-032 (3/16) (SYNC GENERATOR 3) ................ 4-43
• VD-032 (4/16) (VIDEO IN 1) .................................. 4-45
• VD-032 (5/16) (VIDEO IN 2) .................................. 4-47
1. GENERAL • VD-032 (6/16) (VIDEO IN 3) .................................. 4-49
• VD-032 (7/16) (UVIC) ............................................ 4-51
Features ................................................................................ 1-1 • VD-032 (8/16) (VIDEO OUT 1) .............................. 4-53
Location and Function of Parts ............................................. 1-1 • VD-032 (9/16) (VIDEO OUT 2) .............................. 4-55
Displaying Various Data ........................................................ 1-5 • VD-032 (10/16) (VIDEO OUT 3) ........................... 4-57
Notes on Video Cassettes ..................................................... 1-6 • VD-032 (11/16) (AUDIO) ........................................ 4-59
Playback ................................................................................ 1-6 • VD-032 (12/16) (HI CONTROL) ............................. 4-61
Recording .............................................................................. 1-8 • VD-032 (13/16) (RS-232C/422 CONTROL) .......... 4-63
Setting the Time Code and User Bits .................................... 1-10 • VD-032 (14/16) (DC IN) ......................................... 4-65
Duplication (Generating a Work Tape • VD-032 (15/16) (DC/DC CONVERTER 1) ............. 4-67
with the Same Time Code) .................................................... 1-11 • VD-032 (16/16) (DC/DC CONVERTER 2) ............. 4-69
Audio Dubbing ....................................................................... 1-12 • CM-59 (1/3) (DC/DC CONVERTER,
Operating the Menus ............................................................. 1-13 REEL MOTOR DRIVE) .......................................... 4-71
Troubleshooting ..................................................................... 1-16 • CM-59 (2/3) (DRUM MOTOR DRIVE,
Alarm Messages .................................................................... 1-17 FL MOTOR DRIVE) ................................................ 4-73
Notes on Use ......................................................................... 1-17 • CM-59 (3/3) (CAPSTAN MOTOR DRIVE,
CAM MOTOR DRIVE) ............................................ 4-75
• MD-76 (TAPE SENSOR) ........................................ 4-77
2. DISASSEMBLY • CK-107 (EJECTION DETECT SWITCH)/
DL-062 (REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER) .......... 4-79
2-1. Upper Case, Bottom Plate .......................................... 2-1 • FC-087 (FRONT DOOR DETECT SWITCH)/
2-2. Front Panel Block Assembly ....................................... 2-1 FM-037 (FRONT DOOR MOTOR) ......................... 4-80
2-3. FR-183/DL062 Boards ................................................ 2-2 • FR-183 (USER CONTROL) ................................... 4-81
2-4. LCD Module (LCD901) ................................................ 2-2 • HP-135 (HEAD PHONE) ........................................ 4-83
2-5. Mechanism Deck ......................................................... 2-3 • PD-170 (1/2) (RGB DRIVER) ................................. 4-85
2-6. CM-59 Board ............................................................... 2-3 • PD-170 (2/2) (TIMING GENERATOR) ................... 4-87
2-7. JC-21 Board ................................................................ 2-4 • JK-216 (VIDEO/AUDIO IN/OUT) ........................... 4-89
2-8. VD-032 Board .............................................................. 2-4 • NP-002 (NTSC/PAL SELECT) ............................... 4-91
2-9. Rear Panel Block Assembly ........................................ 2-5 • DV-032 (DV CONNECTOR)/
2-10. Circuit Boards Location-1 ............................................ 2-6 LS-060 (CONTROL JACK) .................................... 4-92
2-11. Circuit Boards Location-2 ............................................ 2-7 • ACS1581-MA (POWER) ........................................ 4-93
4-3. Printed Wiring Boards ................................................. 4-95
• RP-234 ................................................................... 4-95
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS • JC-21 ...................................................................... 4-99
• VD-032 ................................................................... 4-103
3-1. Overall Block Diagram 1 .............................................. 3-1 • CM-59 ..................................................................... 4-107
3-2. Overall Block Diagram 2 .............................................. 3-3 • MD-76 ..................................................................... 4-111
3-3. Overall Block Diagram 3 .............................................. 3-5 • CK-107/DL-062 ...................................................... 4-113
3-4. Overall Block Diagram 4 .............................................. 3-7 • FC-087/FM-037 ...................................................... 4-114
3-5. Overall Block Diagram 5 .............................................. 3-9 • FR-183 .................................................................... 4-115
3-6. Overall Block Diagram 6 .............................................. 3-11 • HP-135 ................................................................... 4-119
3-7. Power Block Diagram 1 ............................................... 3-13 • PD-170 ................................................................... 4-121
3-8. Power Block Diagram 2 ............................................... 3-15 • JK-216 .................................................................... 4-123
3-9. Power Block Diagram 3 ............................................... 3-17 • NP-002/DV-032 ...................................................... 4-127
3-10. Power Block Diagram 4 ............................................... 3-19 • LS-060 .................................................................... 4-128
• ACS1581-MA .......................................................... 4-129
4-4. Waveforms ................................................................... 4-133
4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND 4-5. Parts Location ............................................................. 4-146
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ..................................... 4-1
4-1. Frame Schematic Diagram (1/2) ................................. 4-3
Frame Schematic Diagram (2/2) ................................. 4-5 5. ADJUSTMENTS
4-2. Schematic Diagrams ................................................... 4-7
• RP-234 (1/2)(REC/PB AMP 1) ............................... 4-7 1. Before Starting Adjustment ......................................... 5-1
• RP-234 (2/2)(REC/PB AMP 2) ............................... 4-9 1-1. Adjusting Items when Replacing Main Parts
• JC-21(1/14) (VIDEO PB AMP) ............................... 4-11 and Boards .................................................................. 5-2
• JC-21(2/14) (VIDEO A/D CONVERTER) ............... 4-13 1-2. Information (Mechanical Section) ............................... 5-4
• JC-21(3/14) (CHROMA MIX) ................................. 4-15 5-1. MECHANICAL SECTION ADJUSTMENTS ................ 5-5
• JC-21(4/14) (AFC) .................................................. 4-17 5-1-1. Parts Replacement and Preparation
• JC-21(5/14) for Adjustment ........................................................ 5-5
(VFD (VIDEO DSP, D/A CONVERTER)) ............... 4-19 1-1. Assembly/disassembly of Cassette Compartment ..... 5-5

–4–
 DSR-25

Section Title Page Section Title Page

1-2. How To Load/unload .................................................... 5-5 5-2-3. Service Mode ......................................................... 5-34
1-3. List of Service Tools .................................................... 5-6 1. Emergence Memory Address ................................ 5-34
1-4. About Mode Selector II ............................................... 5-7 2. EMG Code (Emergency Code) .............................. 5-34
5-1-2. Periodic Check ....................................................... 5-8 3. MSW Code ............................................................. 5-35
2-1. Cleaning of Rotary Drum Assembly ...................... 5-8 4. Bit Value Discriminatiion ........................................ 5-36
2-2. Cleaning of Tape Path System ............................... 5-8 5. Recorde of Use Check ........................................... 5-37
2-3. Periodic Checks ..................................................... 5-8 6. LED Check ............................................................. 5-38
5-1-3. Parts Replacement ................................................. 5-9 7. Switch Check (1) .................................................... 5-39
3-1. Tape Guide 1/8 and Guide Guard .......................... 5-9 8. Switch Check (2) .................................................... 5-39
3-2. Tape Guide 2/7 ....................................................... 5-9 9. Switch Check (3) .................................................... 5-39
3-3. Capstan Cover ....................................................... 5-10 10. Switch Check (4) .................................................... 5-40
3-4. Reel Motor .............................................................. 5-10 11. Switch Check (5) .................................................... 5-40
3-5. FL Motor Assembly, Gear A, Gear B and 12. Switch Check (6) .................................................... 5-40
Gear CD Assembly ................................................ 5-10
3-6. GL Arm S Assembly, GL Arm T Assembly, 5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENTS ............................ 5-41
Coaster S Assembly and Coaster T Assembly ...... 5-11 3-1. Preparations Before Adjustment ............................ 5-41
3-7. MIC Base Guide, MIC Base Assembly and 3-1-1. Equipment Used ..................................................... 5-41
MIC Base Spring .................................................... 5-12 3-1-2. Connection of Equipment ....................................... 5-42
3-8. Drum Cap, Drum Assembly and Tape Support ..... 5-12 3-1-3. Checking the Input Signals .................................... 5-43
3-9. Pinch Arm Assembly .............................................. 5-13 1. S VIDEO Input ........................................................ 5-43
3-10. Capstan Motor ........................................................ 5-13 2. VIDEO Input ........................................................... 5-43
3-11. Pendulum Retainer and 3-1-4. Adjustment Tapes ................................................... 5-44
Pendulum Arm Assembly ....................................... 5-13 3-1-5. Input/output Level and Impedance ........................ 5-45
3-12. Brake Arm S, Ratchet Brake T, 3-2. System Control System Adjustments .................... 5-46
Tension Coil Spring (Brake), SBR Slider and FP-248 1. Initializing the C, D, E Page Data ........................... 5-46
Flexible Board (Condensation Sensor) .................. 5-14 2. Input of C Page Initial Data .................................... 5-46
3-13. Reel Table Assembly, Idler Gear A Assembly 3. Input of D Page Initial Data .................................... 5-46
and Idler Gear B ..................................................... 5-14 4. Input of E Page Initial Data .................................... 5-46
3-14. Reel Base Retainer, Reel Base T Assembly and 5. Modification of C, D, E, Page Data ........................ 5-46
Reel Base S Assembly (Reel Lock Release Block 6. C Page Table .......................................................... 5-47
and Reel Lock Release Spring) ............................. 5-15 7. D Page Table .......................................................... 5-48
3-15. Cam Motor, Motor Holder ....................................... 5-15 8. E Page Table .......................................................... 5-48
3-16. TG2/7 Arm Block, TG2/7 Band Block and 9. Node Unique ID No. Input ...................................... 5-50
Tension Coil Spring (TG2)/(TG7) ........................... 5-16 3-3. Servo and RF System Adjustments ....................... 5-52
3-17. Sub-slider Arm, Sub-slider, Encoder Gear, 1. Capstan FG Adjustment (CM-59 Board) ............... 5-52
Main Cam Gear, Coupling Gear, Sub-cam Gear, 2. PLL f0 Pre-adjustment (RP-234 Board) ................. 5-52
Pinch Slider and Loading Arm Assy ...................... 5-17 3. Switching Position Adjustment (RP-234 Board) .... 5-52
3-18. Main Slider, Main Slider Arm and Pendulum 4. RF-AGC Adjustment (RP-234 Board) .................... 5-52
Stopper Assembly .................................................. 5-19 5. CLK DELAY and AEQ Adjustment
3-19. MD-76 Board and Encoder Retainer ..................... 5-20 (RP-234 Board) ...................................................... 5-53
3-20. Components of GL Arm S/T Assembly 6. PLL f0 Final Adjustment (RP-234 Board) ............... 5-53
(GL Arm Assembly, GL Helical Torsion Spring, 3-4. Video System Adjustments .................................... 5-53
GL Gear) ................................................................. 5-21 3-4-1. JC-21 Board Adjustment ........................................ 5-53
3-21. Components of MIC Base Assembly 1. VFD SPCK Adjustment (JC-21 Board) .................. 5-53
(FP-104 Flexible Board, MIC Base) ....................... 5-21 2. A/D Converter Reference Voltage
3-22. Components of Drum Assembly Adjustment (1) (JC-21 Board) ................................ 5-53
(Motor FPC Assembly, Elastic Connector) ............ 5-22 3. A/D Converter Reference Voltage
3-23. Components of Pinch Arm Assembly Adjustment (2) (JC-21 Board) ................................ 5-53
(Tape Retainer, Compression Coil Spring) ............ 5-22 4. Y Signal Clamp Reference Voltage Adjustment
3-24. Components of TG2/7 Arm Assembly (JC-21 Board) ......................................................... 5-54
(ET Magnet, Magnet Holder) ................................. 5-22 5. CR Signal Clamp Reference Voltage Adjustment
5-1-4. Check and Adjustment ........................................... 5-23 (JC-21 Board) ......................................................... 5-54
4-1. Reel Table Height Check and Adjustment ............. 5-24 6. CB Signal Clamp Reference Voltage Adjustment
4-2. TG1/8 Height Check and Adjustment .................... 5-24 (JC-21 Board) ......................................................... 5-54
4-3. TG2/7 Height Check and Adjustment .................... 5-25 7. AFC Preliminary Adjustment (JC-21 Board) ......... 5-54
4-4. FWD/RVS Position Check and Adjustment ........... 5-25 8. AFC Picture Frame Adjustment (JC-21 Board) ..... 5-54
4-5. Electric Tension Regulator Check and Adjustment 9. AFC Adjustment (JC-21 Board) ............................. 5-54
of TG2/7 Arm .......................................................... 5-26 10. Playback Y Level Adjustment (JC-21 Board) ......... 5-55
4-6. FWD/RVS Back Tension Check and Adjustment ... 5-27 11. Playback C Level Adjustment (JC-21 Board) ........ 5-55
4-7. Preparation for Adjustment and 3-4-2. General Adjustment ............................................... 5-56
Tape Path Check .................................................... 5-28 1. Video Terminal Output Level Adjudtment
4-8. Track Adjustment and Check (JC-21 Board) ......................................................... 5-56
(Checking the RF Waveform) ................................. 5-29 2. S-Video Output Level Check (VD-032 Board) ....... 5-57
4-9. Track Check ............................................................ 5-29 3. Decoder Free Run Adjustment (VD-032 Board) .... 5-58
4-10. CUE/REV Check .................................................... 5-30 4. Decoder HUE Adjustment (VD-032 Board) ........... 5-58
4-11. Curl Check and Adjustment ................................... 5-30 5. S-Video E-E Level Adjustment
4-12. Rising Check .......................................................... 5-31 (VD-032 Board) ...................................................... 5-59
6. Video E-E Level Adjustment
5-2. SERVICE MODE ......................................................... 5-32 (VD-032 Board) ...................................................... 5-60
5-2-1. Adjusting Remote Commander .............................. 5-32 3-5. LCD System Adjustments ...................................... 5-61
1. Used Adjustment Remote Commander ................. 5-32 1. VCO Adjustment (PD-170 Board) .......................... 5-61
2. Precautions Upon Using the Adjusting Remote 2. D Range Adjustment (PD-170 Board) ................... 5-62
Commander ............................................................ 5-32 3. Bright Adjustment (PD-170 Board) ........................ 5-62
5-2-2. Data Processing ..................................................... 5-33 4. Contrast Adjustment (PD-170 Board) .................... 5-63

–5–
DSR-25

Section Title Page

5. Color Adjustment (PD-170 Board) ......................... 5-63
6. V-COM Level Adjustment (PD-170 Board) ............ 5-64
7. V-COM Adjustment (PD-170 Board) ...................... 5-64
8. White Balance Adjustment (PD-170 Board) .......... 5-65
3-6. AUDIO System Adjustments .................................. 5-66
1. Playing Level Check ............................................... 5-67
2. E-E Level Check ..................................................... 5-67
3. E-E Maximum Input Check .................................... 5-68
4. Frequency Characteristic Check ............................ 5-69
5. E-E Noise Level Check .......................................... 5-70
6. Distortion Check ..................................................... 5-70
7. HEAD PHONE Check ............................................ 5-71
3-7. Arrangement Diagram for Adjustment Parts .......... 5-72

6. REPAIR PARTS LIST

6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS .................................................... 6-1

6-1-1. Overall Assembly ................................................... 6-1
6-1-2. Front Panel Assembly ............................................ 6-2
6-1-3. Rear Panel Assembly ............................................. 6-3
6-1-4. Main Frame Assembly ............................................ 6-4
6-1-5. CMX Block Assembly ............................................. 6-5
6-1-6. Mechanism Deck Assembly (Drum Assembly) ...... 6-6
6-1-7. Mechanism Deck Assembly (Gear, Arm) ............... 6-7
6-1-8. Mechanism Deck Assembly (Motor, MD Board) .... 6-8
6-1-9. Mechanism Deck Assembly
(Cassette Compartment) ....................................... 6-9
6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ......................................... 6-10
Hardware List ........................................................................ 6-38

–6–
 DSR-25
SERVICE NOTE

1. NOTE FOR REPAIR When remove a connector, don’t pull at wire of connector.
It is possible that a wire is snapped.

Make sure that the flat cable and flexible board are not cracked of
bent at the terminal.
Do not insert the cable insufficiently nor crookedly.

When installing a connector, don’t press down at wire of connector.

It is possible that a wire is snapped.

Cut and remove the part of gilt

which comes off at the point.
(Be careful or some pieces of
gilt may be left inside)

Do not fold down a flat cable at the edge of the inforcing board
which is the reverse side of pins when the flat cable is connected
to a connector.
If the flat cable is folded at that point, it may be a cause of
breaking of foil inside of the cable.

–7–
DSR-25

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1. Self-diagnosis Function 2. Self-diagnosis Display
When problems occur while the unit is operating, the self-diagno- When problems occur while the unit is operating, the time code of
sis function starts working, and displays on the LCD monitor what the LCD monitor shows a 4-digit display consisting of an alpha-
to do. This function consists of two display; self-diagnosis display bet and numbers, which blinks at 3.2 Hz. This 5-character display
and service mode display. indicates the “repaired by:”, “block” in which the problem oc-
Details of the self-diagnosis functions are provided in the Instruc- curred, and “detailed code” of the problem.
tion manual.
LCD monitor
C:31:11

Blinks at 3.2Hz

C 31 11

Repaired by: Block Detailed Code

C : Corrected by customer
H : Corrected by dealer
E : Corrected by service
engineer
Indicates the appropriate Refer to page 9.
step to be taken. Self-diagnosis Code Table.
E.g.
31 ....Reload the tape.
32 ....Turn on power again.

3. Service Mode Display

The service mode display shows up to six self-diagnosis codes shown in the past.

3-1. Display Method

Set the “DISPLAY SELECT” switch to “DATA”, turn on the power by the “POWER” switch while pressing the “STOP” key, and continue
pressing the “STOP” key for 5 seconds continuously. The service mode will be displayed, and the time code will show the backup No. and
the 5-character self-diagnosis codes.

LCD monitor
[3] C : 3 1 : 1 1

Lights up

[3] C:31:11

Backup No. Self-diagnosis Codes

Order of previous errors

3-2. Switching of Backup No.

By pressing the “F” or “f” key, past self-diagnosis codes will be shown in order. The backup No. in the [] indicates the order in which the
problem occurred. (If the number of problems which occurred is less than 6, only the number of problems which occurred will be shown.)
[1] : Occurred first time [4] : Occurred fourth time
[2] : Occurred second time [5] : Occurred fifth time
[3] : Occurred third time [6] : Occurred the last time

3-3. End of Display

Turning OFF the power supply will end the service mode display.

Note: The “self-diagnosis display” data will be backed up by the coin-type lithium battery (VD-032 board BT701). When this
coin-type lithium battery is disconnected, the “self-diagnosis display” data will be lost by initialization.

–8–
 DSR-25

4. Self-diagnosis Code Table

Self-diagnosis Code
Repaired by:

Block Detailed Symptom/State Correction

Function Code

C 2 1 0 0 Condensation. Remove the cassette, and insert it again after one hour.
C 2 2 0 0 Video head is dirty. Clean with the optional cleaning cassette.
LOAD direction. Loading does not
C 3 1 1 0 Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
complete within specified time
UNLOAD direction. Loading does not
C 3 1 1 1 Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
complete within specified time
C 3 1 2 2 T reel fault. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 2 3 S reel fault. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 3 0 FG fault when starting capstan. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 4 0 FG fault when starting drum. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 4 2 FG fault during normal drum operations. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
LOAD direction loading motor time- Disconnect the AC power cord.
C 3 2 1 0
out. After reconnecting it, operate the unit.
UNLOAD direction loading motor Disconnect the AC power cord.
C 3 2 1 1
time-out. After reconnecting it, operate the unit.
Disconnect the AC power cord.
C 3 2 2 2 T reel fault. After reconnecting it, operate the unit.
Disconnect the AC power cord.
C 3 2 2 3 S reel fault. After reconnecting it, operate the unit.
Disconnect the AC power cord.
C 3 2 3 0 FG fault when starting capstan.
After reconnecting it, operate the unit.
Disconnect the AC power cord.
C 3 2 4 0 FG fault when starting drum.
After reconnecting it, operate the unit.
FG fault during normal drum Disconnect the AC power cord.
C 3 2 4 2
operations. After reconnecting it, operate the unit.

–9–
 DSR-25
SECTION 1 This section is extracted from DSR-
GENERAL 25 instruction manual.

Features

Chapter 1 DV format compatibility

The unit can perform recording and playback in the

DV-format (SP mode only). (Recording/playing an
Digital slow playback

The unit has a frame memory function that allows slow

playback without noise. This is available only at +1/3-
image in LP mode is not available.) time speed and –1/3-time speed.
Overview
Chapter 1 Overview

Chapter 1 Overview
NTSC/PAL systems compatible Time code and user bits

Features
The DSR-25 is a digital videocassette recorder using
1
/4-inch tape. Offering the DVCAM™ digital recording
format, the DSR-25 produces stable, superior picture
quality by digitally processing and separating image
signals into color difference signals and a luminance
signal (component video). The DSR-25 can handle
both NTSC and PAL color systems and is equipped
with an analog interface as well as a digital interface
enabling connection to a digital device such as a
computer. The built-in color LCD monitor lets you
check images easily.
The main features of the DSR-25 are described below.
DVCAM Format
DVCAM is based on the consumer DV format,
which uses the 4:1:1 component digital format
(NTSC) or the 4:2:0 format (PAL), and
provides a 1/4-inch digital recording format for
professional use.
For details, see “Compatibility of DVCAM and DV Format”
on page 76 (GB).
The unit is compatible with NTSC and PAL systems. On this unit, you can use time code and user bits.
With DV connection or in the playback mode, the Using the menu, these can be set easily.
color system of signals is detected automatically. The
color system select switch on the unit allows input of
analog video signals in either color system. This Jog audio function
compatibility allows you to record (download) or play
back (upload) both NTSC and PAL formatted signals If you use the Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20, not
with your VCR, computer, or other equipment. supplied), audio can be monitored at various playback
However, the unit cannot convert the color system of speeds when in jog mode.
the signals.
High picture quality, high stability
Other Features
Choice of two cassette sizes
Video signals are separated into color difference
signals and a luminance signal, which are encoded and
The unit can use both standard-size and mini-size Built-in color LCD monitor
compressed to one-fifth size before being recorded to
DVCAM/DV cassettes.
ensure stable and superb picture quality.
• According to cassette size, the position of the reel
Because the recording is digital, multi-generation The unit has a 2-type color LCD (liquid crystal
drive plates automatically changes.
digital dubbing can be performed with virtually no display) monitor that lets you verify images on the
• The maximum recording/playback times are 184
deterioration of quality. spot. You can see the setup menus, audio levels, and
minutes for standard size cassettes and 40 minutes for
system statuses. Menus and data can be superimposed
mini-size cassettes (DVCAM format).
over the picture being displayed.
Wide track pitch
Remote control Duplicate, including cassette memory data
The recording track pitch is about 15 µm, fully 50
percent wider than the DV format’s 10 µm track pitch.
The unit can be operated by remote control from the
Thanks to this feature, the DVCAM format fully meets Using an i.LINK cable, you can duplicate a tape that
the reliability and precision requirements of
CONTROL S system Remote Control Unit (DSRM-
includes time code and cassette memory data, etc. If
20, not supplied).
professional editing. the original tape has blank portions, you can duplicate
the tape skipping those portions.
High-speed search function
High-quality PCM digital audio
Audio dubbing function
If you use the Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20, not
PCM recording makes for a wide dynamic range and a
supplied), the unit has a picture search function that
high signal-to-noise ratio, thereby enhancing sound The unit allows you to record just the sound onto the
allows you to view color pictures at playback speeds
quality. recorded tape (audio dubbing). (To dub sounds, you
up to 14 times normal speed (NTSC) or up to 17 times
There are two recording modes: 2-channel mode (48 are allowed to use only channel 3 and 4 of the tape
normal speed (PAL) in both forward and reverse
kHz sampling and 16 bit linear code), which offers recorded in DVCAM format, the audio mode of which
directions.
sound quality equivalent to the DAT (Digital Audio is 32 kHz.)
You can also search frame-by-frame in jog mode.
Tape) format, or 4-channel mode (32 kHz sampling
While searching for scenes, you can also hear playback
and 12 bit nonlinear code).
audio.

6 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 1 Overview 7 (GB)

Features Location and Function of Parts

Menu system for functionality and Front Panel

operation settings

The unit provides a menu system to make its various 1 Cassette compartment 4 Display window
functions easier to use and set up. (see page 16 (GB))
Chapter 1 Overview

Chapter 1 Overview
2 KEY INH switch
Superimposition function qa EJECT button

Time code, warnings, menus, and other text data can 3 ON/STANDBY
switch and DSR-25
be output as analog video signals and can be lamp
1

FIX VAR

superimposed on the image output to the LCD KEY INH

ON OFF

monitor. 4 TIMER selector

AUDIO OUTPUT
CH-1
SELECT
(DUB CH-3)

CH-
1/2
CH-
3/4 3 Audio control section
5 AUDIO OUTPUT NTSC
PAL (see page 15 (GB))
Easy maintenance functions SELECT selector MIN MAX
CH-2
(DUB CH-4)
6 PHONE LEVEL
control knob
• Self-diagnostics/alarm functions: The system
automatically detects an invalid operation, an invalid 7 PHONES jack
connection or a malfunction, and displays a 2 Tape transport control
section
description, a cause and a recovery method on the (see page 13 (GB))
8 RESET button
LCD monitor and outputs the data as analog video
signals. 0 INPUT SELECT
• Digital hours meter: A digital hours meter counts 1 Monitor display section selector
(see page 11 (GB))
four types of time data—operating time, drum
rotation time, tape running time, and tape threading/ 9 CHARACTER DISPLAY switch
unthreading. The digital hours data are indicated on
the menu.
1 Cassette compartment 3 ON/STANDBY switch and lamp
...................................................................................... Insert a standard-size or mini-size DVCAM cassette. Press this switch to turn the unit on. The ON/
, , and are trademarks of Sony To open or close the compartment, press the EJECT STANDBY lamp lights up in green. When you press
Corporation. button qa. this switch again, the unit goes into the standby mode
For details of cassettes that can be used, see “Notes on and the lamp lights up in red.
Video Cassettes” on page 26 (GB).
Note
2 KEY INH (key inhibit) switch When the KEY INH switch is set to ON, this switch
Turning on this switch disables all of buttons to does not work. To enable this switch, set the KEY INH
prevent accidental button operations. switch to OFF.
Notes 4 TIMER selector
• In addition to the Remote Commander supplied with Use to select Auto Repeat or recording using an
the unit, the unit accepts signals from any Sony external AC timer (not supplied).
Remote Commander whose command mode is set to REPEAT: Whenever the power is connected to this
VTR4. If you want to disable the control from any unit, a tape rewinds to its beginning automatically
Remote Commander, set COMMANDER on the and playback starts. The unit repeats the playback
OTHERS menu to CONTROL S. from the beginning to the first index (if there is no
• The TIMER selector 4 setting has a higher priority index on the tape, to an unrecorded portion; if there
than this switch setting. is no unrecorded portion, to the end of the tape).
• When this switch is set to ON, the ON/STANDBY Auto Repeat also functions if you set this selector
switch 3 does not work. To enable the ON/ to REPEAT during playback or rewinding.
STANDBY switch, set this switch to OFF. For details on Auto Repeat, see “Automatically playing
back a tape repeatedly (Auto Repeat)” on page 35
(GB). (Continued)
8 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 1 Overview 9 (GB)

1-1
DSR-25
Location and Function of Parts
OFF: Auto Repeat or timer recording is released.
REC: Recording begins the moment the power is
connected to the unit.
Note
This selector setting has a higher priority than the KEY
Chapter 1 Overview
INH switch 2 setting.
5 AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector
When the audio mode is set to 32 kHz (4-channel), use
this selector to select the audio channel to be output
via the AUDIO jacks in OUTPUT as well as the
PHONES jack 7.
CH-1/2: channels 1/2 only
MIX: channels 1/2 and channels 3/4
CH-3/4: channels 3/4 only
Notes
• During audio dubbing, if you want to listen to the
sound recorded on the tape, set this selector to CH-1/
2; if you want to listen to the sound being dubbed, set
the selector to CH-3/4. (Only channels 3 and 4 can be
used to dub.)
To check the sound to be dubbed before dubbing, set
this selector to CH-3/4, then press the DUB button
while the unit is in the stop mode. Then you can
listen to the sound of the channels used to dub
(channels 3 and 4).
• When the audio mode is 48 kHz (2-channel), this
selector is disabled. Sounds are output via the
AUDIO jacks in OUTPUT and the PHONES jack 7.
• When this selector is set to MIX, the sound of the
mixed level of the pair of channel 1 and 3 and that of
channels 2 and 4 is output. The signal level of each
channel drops to 50 % (–6 dB).
6 PHONE LEVEL control knob
Controls the volume of the headphones connected to
the PHONES jack 7.
7 PHONES jack
Connect stereo headphones for monitoring sounds
during recording or playback. The audio signal you
want to monitor can be selected with the AUDIO
OUTPUT SELECT selector 5.
8 RESET button
Press this button to initialize the time set on the
internal clock and the time code of the FREE RUN
setting. Use the tip of a ball-point pen or similar tool to
press this button. (The menu item settings are
maintained.)
10 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview
Location and Function of Parts
Notes
• You can use the Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20, not
supplied) or the supplied Remote Commander to
search for a scene using search signals on the tape. In
this case, you can search for the scene regardless of
Chapter 1 Overview
this selector setting.
To display the “–/+” which indicates the direction to
search, set this selector to DATA.
• If you change the selector setting during a search with
the cassette memory, the search aborts.
4 EXEC (execute) button
Press this button to change the setting on the menu
items.
For details on the menu, see “Operating the Menus” on
page 54 (GB).
5 J / j buttons
When the DISPLAY SELECT selector 3 is set to
MENU, you can select a menu item by pressing these
buttons.
For details on the menu, see “Operating the Menus” on
page 54 (GB).
When the DISPLAY SELECT selector 3 is set to
DATA, you can adjust the brightness of the LCD
monitor by pressing these buttons. During the
adjustment, the brightness level is displayed as
illustrated below. It disappears one second after you
have adjusted the brightness.
BRT
12 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview
9 CHARACTER DISPLAY (data items
superimposed on an external monitor) switch
Set this switch to ON to superimpose data items on the
analog video output. Even if you set it to OFF, the tape
label, title and data codes (camera data and date/time
recorded by a camera) are superimposed.
Note
To choose whether or not the tape label, title, or data
codes are displayed, use the menu items. Also, you can
select the data code items to be displayed by pressing
the DATA CODE button on the Remote Commander.
0 INPUT SELECT selector
You can select DV, S VIDEO, or VIDEO to input
signals.
The type of signal selected is displayed on the Data
screen on the LCD monitor on the front panel.
Notes
• When you input signals to the DV jack, the following
settings are disabled:
– Setting of the audio input level (–10/–2/+4)
– Audio recording level
– Audio recording level adjustment mode (FIX/VAR)
– Audio mode (32 kHz/48 kHz)
– Color bars (Cannot be displayed)
• If you change this selector, the screen may
momentarily become bright or noise may appear.
This noise will be recorded.
• Do not change this selector setting during recording.
Otherwise, the recorded image will be distorted or the
signal output from the DV jack will be interrupted.
Also, the unit may mistakenly recognize that a
copyright protected signal has been input.
qa EJECT (OPEN/CLOSE) (open/close the cassette
compartment) button
Press this button to open or close the cassette
compartment. If you press this button while a cassette
is inside the unit, the compartment opens and the
cassette is ejected.
After removing the cassette, press this button again to
close the compartment.
1-2
1 Monitor display section
Chapter 1 Overview
2 CHARACTER DISPLAY
(LCD) selector
1 LCD monitor 3 DISPLAY SELECT selector
4 EXEC button
5 J / j buttons
1 LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) monitor Notes
Displays the playback or EE1) pictures. Also,
• To choose whether or not the tape label, title, or data
superimposed time data, status information, menus, codes are displayed, use the menu items. Also, you
audio level meters, etc. are displayed. can select the data code items to be displayed by
Notes pressing the DATA CODE button on the Remote
Commander.
• The data items superimposed on the LCD monitor are
• To adjust the menu items, set the LCD monitor or a
the same as items superimposed on a monitor
monitor connected to the S VIDEO or VIDEO
connected to the S VIDEO or VIDEO connectors in
connectors in OUTPUT to display the menu. When
OUTPUT.
neither of the monitors is set, you cannot adjust the
You cannot make two monitors display different data
menu items.
items individually.
• The backlight used in the built-in LCD monitor
3 DISPLAY SELECT selector
deteriorates with prolonged use. If the brightness of
Selects the data items displayed on the LCD monitor
the LCD monitor cannot be adjusted, consult your
or a monitor connected to the S VIDEO or VIDEO
Sony dealer.
For details on the maintenance of the LCD monitor, see
connectors in OUTPUT.
page 74 (GB). MENU: displays the menu.
DATA: displays time code, remaining tape time, type
2 CHARACTER DISPLAY (LCD) (data items of input signal selected, audio mode, presence or
superimposed on the LCD monitor) selector absence of cassette memory, tape label, title, etc.
Use to superimpose data items on the LCD monitor. AUDIO: displays audio levels.
OFF: No data items are superimposed except the
tape label, title, data codes (camera data, and date/
time recorded by a camera).
ON: Data items are superimposed.
ON (BLACK BACK): Data items are displayed on a
black background.
(Continued)
.........................................................................................................................................................................................................
1) “EE” stands for “Electric to Electric.” In EE mode, the circuits only. This mode is used to check the input
video and audio signals that are input to the VCR’s signals and adjust input levels. The pictures output in EE
recording circuitry do not pass through any magnetic mode are referred to as EE pictures.
conversion circuits but instead are output via electric
Chapter 1 Overview 11 (GB)
2 Tape transport control section
7 AUDIO DUB button/indicator
8 DUP button/indicator
Chapter 1 Overview
6 REC button/indicator
5 PAUSE button/indicator
4 FF button/indicator
3 PLAY button/indicator
2 REW button/indicator
1 STOP button
1 STOP button 3 PLAY button/indicator
Press this button to stop the current tape transport When you press this button, the indicator lights and
operation. playback begins.
Notes
2 REW (rewind) button/indicator
• If the unit is playing a part of the tape where the
When you press this button, the indicator lights and the
format has been changed between the DVCAM
tape starts rewinding. During rewind, the picture does
format and the DV format, or where the color system
not appear on the monitor (you can see the picture as it
of the recorded signals has been changed between
is seen in the EE mode).
PAL and NTSC, the picture and sound are distorted.
To locate a scene while monitoring the picture, hold
this button down during rewind, playback or in the • The unit can play back only tapes recorded in the
playback pause mode. DVCAM format or in the SP mode of the DV format.
If you press the PLAY button while holding this button
down during stop, the tape is rewound to its beginning 4 FF (fast forward) button/indicator
and starts playback automatically (during rewind, the When you press this button, the indicator lights and the
REW indicator lights and the PLAY indicator flashes). tape is fast forwarded. During fast forward, the picture
You can change the tape transport mode in FF/REW does not appear on the monitor (you can see the
SPD on the VTR SET menu. picture as it is seen in the EE mode).
For details on the VTR SET menu, see “VTR SET menu” on To locate a scene while monitoring the picture, hold
page 65 (GB). this button down during fast forward, playback or in
the playback pause mode.
Notes
You can change the tape transport mode in FF/REW
• If you set EE/PB SEL on the DISPLAY SET menu to SPD on the VTR SET menu.
PB, the EE pictures or EE sounds are not output For details on the VTR SET menu, see “VTR SET menu” on
while the tape rewinds. page 65 (GB).
• If you set FF/REW SPD on the VTR SET menu to
Notes
SHUTTLEMAX, you can display the picture while
the tape rewinds. • If you set EE/PB SEL on the DISPLAY SET menu to
For details on the tape transport speed of the PB, the EE pictures or EE sounds are not output
SHUTTLEMAX setting, see “FF/REW SPD” in the “VTR while the tape is fast-forwarded.
SET menu” on page 65 (GB).
(Continued)
Chapter 1 Overview 13 (GB)

Location and Function of Parts
• If you set FF/REW SPD on the VTR SET menu to
SHUTTLEMAX, you can display the picture while
fast-forwarding the tape.
For details on the tape transport speed of the
SHUTTLEMAX setting, see “FF/REW SPD” in the “VTR
SET menu” on page 65 (GB).
Chapter 1 Overview
5 PAUSE button/indicator
When you press this button during recording, playing,
or audio dubbing, the current operation goes into the
pause mode. Pressing this button again resumes the
operation. The indicator lights while the unit is in the
pause mode.
6 REC (record) button/indicator
When you press the PLAY button while holding this
button down, the PLAY and REC indicators light and
recording starts.
When the unit is in the stop mode, you can check EE
signals for an image, sound (channels 1 and 2) and
time code by pressing this button. During this check,
the REC indicator lights. To stop this operation, press
the STOP button.
For details, see “EE/PB SEL” in the “DISPLAY SET menu”
on page 62 (GB). For details on time codes, see “DSR-25
time codes” on page 46 (GB).
Note
The unit can record only in the DVCAM format or in
the SP mode of the DV format.
7 AUDIO DUB (audio dubbing) button/indicator
Use this button to dub sounds. The indicator lights
while sounds are being dubbed.
For details on audio dubbing, see “Audio Dubbing” on
page 52 (GB).
When the unit is in the stop mode and the INPUT
SELECT selector is set to other than DV, you can
listen to the EE signal of the sound (channels 3 and 4)
to be dubbed by pressing this button. During this
operation, the indicator lights. To stop the operation,
press the STOP button.
For details, see “EE/PB SEL” in the “DISPLAY SET menu”
on page 62 (GB).
14 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview
Location and Function of Parts
4 Display window
1 END SEARCH button
2 INDEX button
Chapter 1 Overview
3 q (cassette)
indicator
4 DVCAM indicator
NTSC
PAL
5 NTSC indicator
6 PAL indicator
1 END SEARCH button
When you press this button, the unit searches the tape
and plays back the last five-second recorded picture.
After playback, the unit turns to the stop mode. Use
this function to record another image at the end of the
last recorded portion or to check the image itself.
Note
If you use a cassette without cassette memory, the end
search function does not work once you eject the
cassette after you have recorded on the tape. If you use
a cassette with cassette memory, the end search
function works even if you have ejected the cassette
one or more times. If there is a blank portion at the
beginning or between recorded portions, the end
search function may not work correctly.
2 INDEX button
Press this button during recording to mark an index. If
you mark an index at the scene you want to search for,
you can easily find the scene later.
For details on index, see “Recording Functions” on page 40
(GB).
3 q (cassette) indicator
Lights when a digital video cassette is loaded. Even if
the unit is in the standby mode, the indicator lights as
long as a cassette is inside of the unit. While a cassette
is being ejected, the indicator flashes.
4 DVCAM indicator
Lights when the unit is playing back a tape recorded in
the DVCAM format. When REC MODE on the VTR
SET menu is set to DVCAM, this indicator also lights
during recording or when the unit is in the EE mode.
For details on the VTR SET menu, see “VTR SET menu” on
page 65 (GB).
16 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview
8 DUP (duplicate) button/indicator
Use to duplicate a tape, including the time code.
During duplication, the indicator lights.
For details on the duplicate function, see “Duplication
(generating a work tape with the same time code)” on page
47 (GB).
When the unit is in the stop mode and a DV signal is
selected and input, you can check the EE signals for an
image, sound and time code by pressing this button.
During the check, the indicator lights. To stop this
operation, press the STOP button.
For details, see “EE/PB SEL” in the “DISPLAY SET menu”
on page 62 (GB). For details on time codes, see “DSR-25
time codes” on page 46 (GB).
0 RESET button
9 COUNTER SELECT
selector
8 Time counter display
Drop frame indicator
7 Remote control detector
5 NTSC indicator
Lights when:
• In the EE mode or during recording and the NTSC/
PAL select switch is set to NTSC.
• NTSC formatted video signals are input to the DV
jack.
• a tape that has NTSC formatted video signals is being
played back.
6 PAL indicator
Lights when:
• In the EE mode or during recording and the NTSC/
PAL select switch is set to PAL.
• PAL formatted video signals are input to the DV
jack.
• a tape that has PAL formatted video signals is being
played back.
7 Remote control detector
8 Time counter display
Displays time data (count value of the counter / time
code / user bits), the self-diagnostics code numbers
(page 75 (GB)), or the alarm messages (“Err” (page 72
(GB))).
When the count value of the counter is negative, “–”
appears as the first digit (leftmost digit). When that
value is positive, the first digit is blank.
When the format of the displayed time code is drop
frame mode, the drop frame indicator, located between
minutes and seconds, lights.
The user bits are displayed with periods (.) after each
digit.
1-3
DSR-25
3 Audio control section
During normal recording, sounds are recorded onto
channels 1 and 2; they cannot be recorded onto
channels 3 and 4. During audio dubbing, sounds are
dubbed onto channels 3 and 4.
Chapter 1 Overview
FIX VAR
1 AUDIO INPUT switch
CH-1
(DUB CH-3)
2 AUDIO REC LEVEL control knobs
CH-2
(DUB CH-4)
1 AUDIO INPUT (FIX/VAR) switch 2 AUDIO REC LEVEL control knobs (CH-1
Switches the audio recording level adjustment mode. (DUB CH-3), CH-2 (DUB CH-4) )
FIX: With reference to the level set by the AUDIO When intending to perform normal recording, by using
INPUT LEVEL selector on the rear panel, the unit these knobs, adjust the levels of the analog audio
records sounds with fixed gain. (Adjustment of the signals input to the unit (channel 1 and 2). When
AUDIO REC LEVEL control knobs 2 is intending to perform audio dubbing, using these knobs,
disabled.) At the maximum, a level that exceeds adjust the levels of channel 3 and 4.
the reference level by 20 dB (set by the AUDIO These knobs are enabled only when the AUDIO
INPUT LEVEL selector) is acceptable. For INPUT (FIX/VAR) switch 1 is set to VAR.
details, see the table below. To display the audio level meters on the LCD monitor,
set the DISPLAY SELECT selector on the monitor
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL Acceptable level (max.)
selector
display section to AUDIO (audio screen).
For details on the audio screen, see “Audio screen” on page
–10 +10 dBu
24 (GB).
–2 +18 dBu
Note
+4 +24 dBu
You cannot adjust the audio level of the DV signal.
VAR: Enables the AUDIO REC LEVEL control
knobs 2.
Notes
• When DV signals are input to the unit, the sound
recorded retains the signal level input, regardless of
the setting of this switch.
• If you input a sound whose level exceeds the
acceptable range, the sound recorded will be
distorted.
Chapter 1 Overview 15 (GB)
Notes switch is set to PAL.
• In the playback mode, if the tape has a portion where • TC RUN on the TC/UB SET menu is set to FREE
recorded signals are not continuous: RUN.
– The count value of the counter may not advance
correctly from that portion. 0 RESET (counter reset) button
Chapter 1 Overview
– The displayed value of the time code or user bits When the COUNTER SELECT selector 9 is set to
may be temporarily inaccurate. COUNTER, pressing this button resets the value
• When this unit plays back a part of the tape where the indicated on the time counter display to 0:00:00:00
recorded color system has been changed between (0H00M00S00F).
PAL and NTSC, the displayed value may be Notes
inaccurate.
• This button cannot reset the value of the time code or
• When this unit plays back a part of the tape where the
user bits.
recording format has been changed between DVCAM
• To reset the value of the time code or user bits, use
and DV, the displayed value may be inaccurate.
TC PRESET or UB PRESET on the TC/UB SET
• The counter operates on a ±12-hour cycle. You
menu.
cannot make the counter operate on a 24-hour cycle.
• The count value of the counter consists of seven
digits. The leftmost digit is not displayed. (i.e.; If the
actual count value is “11:22:11:22,” the displayed
value will be “1:22:11:22.” ) However, the unit
recognizes that the hours value is 11.
9 COUNTER SELECT selector
Selects the time data to be indicated on the time
counter display. Selected time data is also displayed on
the LCD monitor or on the counter display of a
monitor connected to the S VIDEO or VIDEO
connectors in OUTPUT.
COUNTER: Count value of the counter (seven
digits). The value is displayed on a ±12-hour
cycle.
TC: Time code
U-BIT: User bits
Note
The count value of the counter of this unit is
determined by calculation based on the time code, that
is, simple approximation. Therefore, in cases such as
the following, the value may be inaccurate.
• There is a portion where the time code is not
continuous on the tape you are using.
• The time code in both the drop frame mode and the
non-drop frame mode are recorded on the tape you
are using (For NTSC only).
• There is a blank portion between recorded portions
on the tape you are using.
• A tape recorded using the PAL color system is being
used in this unit when the NTSC/PAL select switch is
set to NTSC.
• A tape recorded using the NTSC color system is
being used in this unit when the NTSC/PAL select
Chapter 1 Overview 17 (GB)
DSR-25

Location and Function of Parts

2 INPUT connectors • When this switch is set to PAL, the unit works as a
Rear Panel
Use to input analog video and audio signals. To PAL model. Therefore, the time code generated by
connect a device equipped with S-video output, use the the unit during recording in the DVCAM format is
S VIDEO connector on the unit. During normal that of the non-drop frame mode. Even if an NTSC
1 OUTPUT connectors
recording, sounds are recorded onto channels 1 and 2; formatted signal is input to the DV jack, the time
Chapter 1 Overview

Chapter 1 Overview
they cannot be recorded onto channels 3 and 4. During code generated by the unit is non-drop frame mode as
audio dubbing, sounds are dubbed onto channels 3 and long as the switch is set to PAL, regardless of the TC
2 INPUT connectors 4. FORMAT setting on the TC/UB SET menu. If you
intend to set the unit to generate the time code in the
Notes
8 LANC jack drop frame mode, set this switch to NTSC.
• In the audio dubbing mode, the AUDIO (CH-1/3) • The color system of the signals output from the unit
jack functions as channel 3 input and the AUDIO is the one recorded on the tape being played back.
7 CONTROL S IN (CH-2/4) jack functions as channel 4 input. The unit cannot convert the color system of signals of
jack • To input balanced audio signals via AUDIO jacks, one system into that of the other. (For example:
6 AC IN connector use a conversion cable as shown below. (The COLD converting NTSC formatted signals into PAL
side is open.) formatted signals is not possible) Therefore, to view
For details on conversion cables, refer to the instruction
or record the signal output from the unit, you need a
3 AUDIO INPUT LEVEL manual of the devices you use.
5 DV jack
device compatible with the color system of the
selector
signals output from the unit.
GND • When the color system of playback signals is
4 NTSC/PAL select switch
HOT different from the one last used on the unit, playback
picture and sound will be distorted and time code will
COLD ×
be discontinuous for a short time at the beginning of
1 OUTPUT connectors For details on text data, see “Displaying Various Data”
the playback.
Used to output analog video and audio signals. To on page 23 (GB).
3 AUDIO INPUT LEVEL (–10/–2/+4) selector • If you play back a tape with both NTSC and PAL
connect a device equipped with S-video input, use the For details on the CM SET menu, see “CM SET menu” on
page 58 (GB). Selects one from among –10 dB, –2 dB, or +4 dB color system recordings, the following limitations are
S VIDEO connector on the unit. according to the audio level of the signal input via the applied.
• In the EE mode (when the input signal is output as an
When the CHARACTER DISPLAY switch is set to AUDIO jacks in INPUT. – At the point where the color system of the recorded
analog signal) or during recording, the subcarrier of
ON, data items, such as time data, menus, and signals changes, the picture may be distorted or
the color signal is not synchronized with the Notes
warnings, are superimposed on a monitor connected to audio noise may be output.
horizontal sync signal. The color of the picture or the • If this selector setting is not appropriate, clipping
the S VIDEO and the VIDEO connectors. – The tape transport control buttons may be disabled
horizontal sync signal may be distorted depending on distortion or noise may occur.
For details on the superimposed data items, see
the type of monitor connected to the unit. until the tape running is stabilized.
“Displaying Various Data” on page 23 (GB). • For more information on the setting of this selector,
• Sync and burst signals of the EE pictures output via • Do not change this switch setting during recording.
The audio output level of this unit is 2 Vrms (full bit). see “When you set the AUDIO INPUT LEVEL
When the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector is set these connectors are not synchronized. • At the beginning or end of playback, if the color
selector” on page 71 (GB).
• If DV input has been selected, color and luminance system of signals recorded on the tape used is
to MIX, that drops to 50 % (–6 dB).
may be distorted in the EE mode, depending on the different from this switch setting, pictures and sounds
Notes
4 NTSC/PAL select switch
monitor. output from the unit, and pictures on the LCD
Used to switch the color system of signals that will be
• Data items superimposed on a monitor connected to • The unit only can accept standard video signals. monitor, etc., may be distorted.
recorded on the unit when you use analog input.
these connectors are the same as those superimposed If you input the types of video signals shown below, Before inputting NTSC or PAL formatted analog video
on the LCD monitor. recorded picture, sound and the EE picture output via 5 DV jack (4-pin)
signals, set this switch to the appropriate position
You cannot make two monitors display different data these connectors may be distorted. Used to input/output the digital signal that complies
according to the color system of the signal input.
items individually. – Signals from some home game machines with the i.LINK standard (Recommended cable: VMC-
• If you want to output video signals without text data, – Blue background screen or gray background screen Notes IL4415 (A), VMC-IL4615 (A)). Use when a device
carry out the following operations. from a consumer VCR • If the color system of the input signals is different connected to the unit has a DV jack. If you connect the
– Set the CHARACTER DISPLAY switch on the – Pictures played at a speed other than normal by a from that of the switch setting, picture will be unit and another device using DV jacks, you can
front panel to OFF. VCR that does not have the TBC (Time Base blanked. minimize deterioration of picture quality during
– Set TITLE DISP and LABEL DISP on the CM Corrector) • While signals are input to the DV jack or during recording, dubbing, or capturing still pictures, all by
SET menu to OFF. – Video signals in which the sync signals are playback, this switch setting is invalid. The unit means of digital signal processing. For details, refer to
– Depending on the displayed items, press the DATA distorted detects the color system of the signals automatically. the instruction manual of the external device.
CODE or SEARCH SELECT button on the – Signals from a defective cassette (tape or recording
Remote Commander to clear the text data on the condition is bad) played by an analog VCR that (Continued)
monitor screen. does not have TBC
18 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 1 Overview 19 (GB)

Location and Function of Parts

Notes 8 LANC jack

Use when controlling the tape transport operation of
Supplied Remote Commander
• If video signals have been input to the DV jack and
you output these video signals to the S VIDEO or the unit using a device that has a LANC1) jack.
VIDEO connectors, the sync and burst of the Notes
corresponding EE pictures are not synchronized.
• The LANC jack on the unit has only LANC-S
Chapter 1 Overview

Chapter 1 Overview
• i.LINK and the i.LINK logo “ ” are trademarks and
functions. The unit has no LANC-M functions. A
indicate that this product is in agreement with IEEE
device that is set to LANC-S mode cannot be
1394-1995 specifications and their revisions.
connected to this unit. Either this, the unit or the other
• This jack can accept only DV signals.
device may not operate properly. 1 EJECT button
EJECT
qs 1 switch
• If the unit is connected to a device equipped with a 6-
• If the device that you connect to this unit has a
pin DV jack, when you intend to disconnect or qa DATA CODE button
SHUTTLE A/B switching function and a LANC-M
reconnect the DV cable, turn off the device and pull 0 INDEX WRITE button
function, set the device to the SHUTTLE B mode. 2 SEARCH SELECT
out the plug of its power cord from the AC outlet
• The LANC connection transmits signals such as buttons
beforehand. If you connect or disconnect the DV × × × ×
control signals, time code, time counter data, and
cable while the device is connected to the AC outlet, 3 Buttons for playing
status data. at various speeds
high-voltage current (8 to 40 V) is output from the
• Jacks labeled CONTROL L have the same function 9 REC buttons
DV jack of the device to this unit, which may cause a 4 PAUSE button
as LANC jacks.
malfunction. 5 REW button 8 STOP button
• When using this unit as a player, set the LANC mode
• When connecting a device that has a 6-pin DV jack to
on the recorder to M. A device that does not have an
this unit, first, connect the plug of the cable to the 6- VTR RMT-DS5

M / S switching function cannot be used to control

pin DV jack.
this unit. 6 PLAY button 7 FF button

6 AC IN connector
Connects to an AC outlet using the supplied power
cord.
Even if the unit is in the standby mode, it consumes
power. To turn the unit off completely, pull the plug
out from the AC outlet.

7 CONTROL S IN jack (stereo minijack)

Connects to the Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20, not
supplied) for controlling this unit. 1 EJECT button 4 PAUSE button

Note Note
5 REW (rewind) button
When using the Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20, not When there is no cassette inside the unit, you cannot
supplied), set COMMANDER on the OTHERS menu open/close the cassette compartment, even if you press 6 PLAY button
to CONTROL S. this button.
In this case, press the EJECT button on the front panel 7 FF (fast forward) button
of the unit instead.
8 STOP button
2 SEARCH SELECT buttons
Press these buttons to search for scenes using the 9 REC (record) buttons
search function. When you press both these buttons at the same time,
For details on the search function, see “Searching using the
the REC indicator and PLAY indicator on the front
search function” on page 33 (GB).
panel light and recording begins.
3 Buttons for playing at various speeds
You can play back a tape at normal speed or at a speed 0 INDEX WRITE button
other than normal with these buttons. Press this button during recording to mark an index.
......................................................................................................................................................................................................... For details on an index, see “Marking an index” on page 40
For details, see “Playing at various speeds” on page 33
(GB).
1) LANC (Local Application Control bus system): (GB).
Bidirectional interface to control a consumer VCR (Continued)

20 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 1 Overview 21 (GB)

1-4

Location and Function of Parts
qa DATA CODE button
Press this button to display the data codes (recording
date/time, camera data).
For details on data codes, see “Displaying information
(data codes) recorded on a tape” on page 32 (GB).
Chapter 1 Overview
qs 1 (on/standby) switch
Notes
• The command mode of the supplied Remote
commander is set to VTR4. You cannot change this
setting.
• Set COMMANDER on the OTHERS menu to
WIRELESS to enable the Remote Commander to
control the unit.
• In addition to the Remote Commander supplied with
the unit, the unit accepts signals from any Sony
Remote Commander whose command mode is set to
VTR4. If you want to disable the control from any
Remote Commander, set COMMANDER on the
OTHERS menu to CONTROL S.
Battery installation
1 Push and slide the lid to open.
2 Install two size AA (R6) batteries (supplied) with
the correct polarity.
Be sure to install the
battery from the # side.
22 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview
Displaying Various Data
6 Index indicator
Displays INDEX MARK when an index has been
marked.
7 Caution indicator
Chapter 1 Overview
Displays a caution.
For details on cautions, see “Alarm Messages” on page 72
(GB).
8 DVCAM/DV indicator
In the EE or recording mode, displays the recording
format selected in REC MODE on the VTR SET
menu. During playback, displays the recording format
of the picture.
9 Audio mode indicator
In the EE or recording mode, displays the audio mode
selected in AUDIO MODE on the AUDIO SET menu.
During playback or audio dubbing, displays the audio
mode recorded on the tape. When you input a signal to
the DV jack, displays the audio mode of that signal.
0 Input signal indicator
Displays the INPUT SELECT selector setting.
qa NS (Non standard) audio mode indicator
This item is shown when a tape recorded in the unlock
audio mode is played back or when an unlock mode
signal has been input to the DV jack. In EE mode,
when REC MODE in the VTR SET menu is set to DV
SP, this item is always shown.
For details on the unlock mode, see “Compatibility of
DVCAM and DV Format” on page 76 (GB).
Audio screen
To display the audio screen, set the DISPLAY
SELECT selector to AUDIO. You can confirm or
adjust the audio levels on this screen. The display of
this screen changes depending on the audio mode and
the setting of the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector.
The unit detects the audio mode as follows:
In the playback mode: Detects the audio mode
recorded on the tape.
In the recording/EE mode: Detects the selected
audio mode in AUDIO MODE on the AUDIO
SET menu.
24 (GB) Chapter 1 Overview
DSR-25
Displaying Various Data
3 Replace the lid. The unit can display various superimposed data items 1 Cassette memory indicator
This item is shown when a cassette with cassette
on the built-in LCD monitor or on a monitor connected
to the S VIDEO or VIDEO connectors in OUTPUT. memory has been loaded. If the cassette is ejected
To display various data items on the LCD monitor, set while data is being written on the cassette memory, the
the CHARACTER DISPLAY (LCD) selector to ON or indicator flashes.
Chapter 1 Overview
ON (BLACK BACK).
To display various data items on an external monitor, 2 Tape transport mode indicator
set the CHARACTER DISPLAY switch to ON. Displays the tape transport mode.
You can select data items to be displayed using the 3 Time counter (time code/user bits/count value of
Notes on batteries DISPLAY SELECT selector. the counter) indicator
• Make sure that the battery orientation is correct when Displays the count value of the counter, time code, or
inserting batteries. user bits. By setting the COUNTER SELECT selector
Menu screen
• Do not mix an old battery with a new one, or mix on the front panel, you can select the item to be
different types of batteries. displayed.
To display the menu screen, set the DISPLAY
• If you do not intend to use the Remote Commander When the time code is displayed, TC appears to its left.
SELECT selector to MENU. You can change or
for a long time, remove the batteries to avoid damage In the drop frame mode, a period is displayed between
confirm the menu item settings on this screen.
from battery leakage. If the batteries have leaked, the minutes and seconds. (Example: 00:12.58:00)
For details on the menu, see “Chapter 5 Adjusting and
remove them, wipe the battery compartment dry and When the user bits are displayed, UB appears to their
Setting Through Menus” on page 54 (GB).
replace the batteries with new ones. left.
When the count value of the counter is negative, “–”
TC ⁄ UB SET
To remove the batteries TC TC PRESET appears as the first digit (leftmost digit). When that
CM UB PRESET
Remove the lid as step 1 and take out the batteries. DISP DV IN TC value is positive, the first digit is blank.
V TC MAKE
A TC RUN The count value of the counter consists of seven digits.
VTR
ETC
TC FORMAT
If the self-diagnostic function is enabled, diagnostics
code numbers are displayed.
Notes
• The counter operates on a ±12-hour cycle. You
Data screen cannot make the counter operate on a 24-hour cycle.
• The count value of the counter consists of seven
To display the data screen, set the DISPLAY SELECT digits. The leftmost digit is not displayed. (i.e.; If the
selector to DATA. You can confirm important actual count value is “11:22:11:22,” the displayed
information for recording or playback, such as time value will be “1:22:11:22.” ) However, the unit
code or remaining tape time, on this screen. recognizes that the hours value is 11.
2 3 4 Remaining tape time indicator
1 N TC 00:12:34:12 4 Displays the remaining tape time.
122min
PHOTO – 1 0 5,6 Note
SEARCH
%Z 7 When you insert a cassette in which the tape has been
DEW
DETECTED rewound to the beginning, this indicator will not show
DVCAM 8 the remaining tape time. The remaining tape time is
NS 4 8 K
DV I N 9 displayed after the tape runs for a while.
q;
qa 5 Search indicator
Displays the search mode when you search for scenes
using the Remote Commander or the DSRM-20 (not
supplied).
For details on the search function, see “Searching using the
search function” on page 33 (GB).
(Continued)
Chapter 1 Overview 23 (GB)
When the INPUT SELECT selector is set to DV When the unit is in the audio dubbing mode
and a DV signal is being input: Detects the and the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector is
audio mode of the signals being input. (The set to CH-1/2 or CH-3/4
setting of AUDIO MODE on the AUDIO SET
menu becomes invalid.)
–∞ 40 30 20 10 0 dB
· · · · · ·
Chapter 1 Overview
CH1 ||||||||||||||||||·|··· ·
Audio mode: 48 kHz (2-channel, 16 bits) CH2 |||||||||||||||||·|···· ·
CH3 ||||||||||||||||||||||| |
–∞ 40 30
· · · 20 · 10 · 0· dB CH4 |||||||||||||·|········ ·
CH1 ||||||||||||||||||·|··· ·
CH2 |||||||||||||||||·|···· ·
(The levels of playback sound are displayed on CH1 and
CH2. The levels of input sound to be dubbed are displayed
on CH3 and CH4. When the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT
selector is set to MIX, the mixed level of the pair of
channels 1 and 3 and that of channels 2 and 4 is displayed.
(The levels of two channels, channels 1 and 2, are
The signal level of each channel is dropped to 50 %
displayed.)
(–6 dB). In this case, the meters are as illustrated in (b)
above. To check only the sound to be dubbed before
Audio mode: 32 kHz (4-channel, 12 bits) dubbing, press the DUB button while the unit is in the stop
mode. Then, only the levels meters of the channels used to
(a) When the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector is dub (channel 3 and 4) fluctuate.)
set to CH-1/2 or CH-3/4
Note
In the EE, recording, or audio dubbing (only the
–∞ 40 30
· · · · · · 20 10 0 dB channels used to dub) mode, if the input levels exceed
CH1 ||||||||||||||||||·|··· ·
0 dB, the portions of the meters that exceed 0 dB turn
CH2 |||||||||||||||||·|···· · to red. (Only when the audio mode is 32 kHz (4-
CH3 | · channel, 12 bits) and the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT
selector is set to MIX, that portions of the levels
CH4 | ·
meters do not turn to red even if the meters exceed 0
dB.) During playback or while DV signals are input,
(The levels of four channels, channels 1 to 4, are displayed. the levels meters do not turn to red.
During playback, if the sounds are recorded onto channels 3
and 4, their levels meters will fluctuate. However, during
normal recording, you cannot record sounds onto the
channels 3 and 4.)
(b)When the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector is
set to MIX
-∞ 40 30 20 10 0 dB
· · · · · ·
CH1 ⁄ 3 ||||||||||||||||||· |· · ·
CH2 ⁄ 4 |||||||||||||||||· |· · · ·
(The mixed level of channels 1 and 3 is displayed on CH1/3;
that of channels 2 and 4 is displayed on CH2/4. The signal
level of each channel is dropped to 50% (–6 dB).)
Chapter 1 Overview 25 (GB)
1-5
DSR-25
Notes on Video Cassettes
Playback and
Recording
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
Notes on Video Cassettes
Usable cassettes
Use Standard-DVCAM cassettes or Mini-DVCAM
cassettes with this unit. The PDV-184 can record
programs for 184 minutes and the PDVM-40 can
record for 40 minutes (DVCAM format).
You can get the highest quality pictures with this
digital videocassette recorder using DVCAM cassettes.
Using other cassettes does not ensure sufficient
reliability. We recommend using DVCAM cassettes so
that you can record your one-time events in the highest
quality.
Mini DVCAM cassette DVCAM cassette
26 (GB) Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
Notes on Video Cassettes
Notes on Playback/Recording
No compensation for contents of the
recording
Contents of the recording cannot be compensated for if
recording or playback is not successful due to a
malfunction of the unit, video tape, etc.
Copyright precautions
On recording
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
You cannot record any software having copyright
protection signals on this unit. If you start recording
protected video and audio signals, a warning appears
on the monitor screen and the unit stops recording.
During recording, if you change the INPUT SELECT
selector setting, the unit may mistakenly recognize that
a copyright protected signal has been input.
On playback
When you play back software having copyright
protected signals on this unit, you may not be able to
copy it onto other equipment.
Limitations caused by differences in format
The unit can record and play back tapes recorded in
DVCAM format. It can also record and play back
tapes recorded in DV format (SP mode).
However, due to differences in format, you may not be
able to play back or edit some tapes affected by
recording conditions of the tape (e.g., a tape originally
recorded in DV format is dubbed in DVCAM format).
For details, see “Compatibility of DVCAM and DV Format”
on page 76 (GB).
If a tape has both a portion recorded in the DVCAM
format and one recorded in the DV format (SP mode),
the following limitations are applied when you play
back the tape with this unit:
• The image may be distorted and noise may occur at
the point where the recording format changes on the
tape.
• The tape transport control buttons may be disabled
until the tape speed is stabilized.
28 (GB) Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
Chapter 2 Checking the tape for slack
Cassette memory
Cassette memory is an optional feature that is mounted
on some Standard DVCAM cassettes and Mini
DVCAM cassettes. When you record a program, the
recording date and time, and the programs’ position on
the tape are stored in the cassette memory so that you
can quickly locate the program later on. on a
cassette indicates that you can use the cassettes to store
up to 16 kbits of data. On this unit, you can use
cassettes on which up to 16 kbits of data can be stored.
To save a recording
To prevent accidental erasure of a recording, slide in
the REC/SAVE switch on the cassette so that the red
portion becomes visible. To record on a tape, slide out
the switch so that the red portion is hidden.
REC/SAVE switch
Set to SAVE.
REC
SAVE
1-6
Using a paper clip or a similar object, turn the reel
gently in the direction shown by the arrow. If the reel
Mini cassette
(Insert the mini cassette
into the center of the
cassette compartment.)
does not move, there is no slack.
Standard
cassette
Paper clip, etc.
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
Reel
Tape window facing upward
The cassette is automatically loaded into the unit
and the cassette compartment closes.
Inserting/Ejecting Cassettes
To eject the cassette
To insert a cassette
1 With the unit powered on, press the EJECT button.
Notes
• Do not insert the cassette forcibly. The unit may be
damaged.
• Do not eject/load the cassette in a place subject to
light. The internal sensor of the unit may operate
incorrectly if too much light falls on the unit.
1 With the unit powered on, press the EJECT button.
The cassette compartment opens.
2 After checking the tape for slack, hold the cassette
so that the tape window is facing upward, then
insert it into the unit.
The cassette is unloaded and ejected.
Notes
• When inserting a cassette, hold the back edge of 2 Remove the cassette from the unit. Press the
the cassette in the center and push it until the EJECT button to close the cassette compartment.
cassette is inserted deep into the unit. If you hold
the ends, the cassette may not be loaded properly.
• If the cassette does not load or is loaded only
halfway, eject it once, then insert it again. In such
a case, if you insert the cassette forcibly, the
cassette may not be loaded properly or
malfunctions may occur.
• It takes a few seconds for the unit to recognize
the cassette and find the proper location on the
tape being loaded.
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording 27 (GB)
Playback
This section describes the connections, settings and Notes
operations necessary to perform playback on this unit. • With the DV connection, data codes (recording date/
The same settings and operations apply whether you time, camera data) recorded on the source tape are
are using the unit for dubbing or as a stand-alone transmitted to the recorder. As a result, when you
videocassette player. play back a recorded tape on this unit and press the
DATA CODE button on the Remote Commander, the
same data codes as those recorded on the source tape
Connections for Playback are displayed on the monitor screen.
• If no picture appears via the DV jack, disconnect the
i.LINK cable (DV cable), then reinsert it straight.
To digital video equipment with a DV jack • For connection of the editing controller and its
peripheral devices, refer to the instruction manual of
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
The video and audio signals are sent with hardly any the editing controller and that of the editing software
degradation, enabling high-quality recording. The you use.
signal flow is automatically detected so you do not • Edit functions are specified by the editing software.
need to make separate connections for input and For details on the editing methods, refer to the
output. Also, connecting the unit to an editing instruction manual of the editing software.
controller via DV jacks, you can configure a digital • When connecting a device that has a 6-pin DV jack to
non-linear editing system. this unit, first, connect the plug of the cable to the 6-
For connections of the editing controller and this unit, refer pin DV jack.
to the editing controller instruction manual. • If the unit is connected to a device equipped with a 6-
pin DV jack, when you intend to disconnect or
reconnect the DV cable, turn off the device and pull
Monitor
DSR-25 (rear panel)
out the plug of its power cord from the AC outlet
beforehand. If you connect or disconnect the DV
cable while the device is connected to the AC outlet,
high-voltage current (8 to 40 V) is output from the
DV jack of the device to this unit, which may cause a
malfunction.
• If you connect the input connectors of this unit to the
output connectors of a recorder or that of a monitor, a
humming noise may be generated or the image may
be distorted. If these phenomena occur, perform one
of the following:
– Set DV EE OUT on the VTR SET menu to OFF.
– Set the INPUT SELECT selector to a position
i.LINK cable where a signal is not currently being input.
(DV cable)
(not supplied) – Disconnect the cables.
DV jack
Digital video
equipment with a Monitor
DV jack
: Signal flow
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording 29 (GB)
 DSR-25

Playback

To video equipment without a DV jack Settings for Playback Playback Procedures

You can connect this unit to video equipment without This section describes the procedures used to play
a DV jack. Use this unit as follows. Preparation on the player (this unit) back a tape and send signals to another VCR. For
details on the procedures required when using a
Note computer as a recorder, refer to the instruction manual
Various text data are superimposed on the analog of your computer or the user’s manuals of the software
Monitor DSR-25 (player) Monitor
(rear panel) video output. If you want to record video signals installed on it.
Recorder
without text data, carry out the following operations.
• Set the CHARACTER DISPLAY switch on the front 1 After checking the tape for slack and confirming
panel to OFF. that the q indicator is off, hold the cassette so

Chapter 2 Playback and Recording

Chapter 2 Playback and Recording

• Set TITLE DISP and LABEL DISP on the CM SET
menu to OFF.
Audio input
• Depending on the displayed items, press the DATA
CODE or SEARCH SELECT button on the Remote
Commander to clear the text data on the monitor
Video input screen.
For details on text data, see “Displaying Various Data” on
S-video input
page 23 (GB).
For details on the CM SET menu, see “CM SET menu” on
page 58 (GB).
1 Power on the video monitor, then set the monitor’s
input switch according to the signals input.
that the tape window is facing upward, then insert
it into this unit.
The cassette is automatically loaded into the unit.
For details on checking the tape for slack, see “Notes
on Video Cassettes” on page 26 (GB).
For details on inserting a cassette, see “To insert a
cassette” on page 27 (GB).
Note
Do not insert the cassette forcibly. The unit may be
damaged.

2 Set up the recorder.

2 Press the PLAY button on this unit.
Audio cable (Phono jack) (not supplied) For details, refer to the instruction manual of the
This unit starts playback.
recorder.
75 Ω coaxial cable (not supplied)
To stop playback
S-video cable (not supplied) 3 Turn this unit on.
Press the STOP button on this unit.

To pause playback
: Signal flow Press the PAUSE button on this unit.

Notes
Connect either an S-video cable or 75 Ω coaxial cable
• When this unit plays back a part of the tape where the
as a video cable. recording format has been changed between the
Note DVCAM format and the DV format, the picture and
If you connect the input connectors of this unit to the sound may be distorted.
output connectors of a recorder or that of a monitor, a • The unit can play back only tapes recorded in the
humming noise may be generated or the image may be DVCAM format or in the SP mode of the DV format.
distorted. If these phenomena occur, perform one of • When this unit plays back a part of the tape where the
the following: recorded color system has been changed between
• Set EE/PB SEL on the DISPLAY SET menu to PB. PAL and NTSC, the picture and sound will be
• Set the INPUT SELECT selector to a position where distorted.
a signal is not currently being input.
• Disconnect the cables.

30 (GB) Chapter 2 Playback and Recording Chapter 2 Playback and Recording 31 (GB)

Playback

Playing at various speeds • Even if you set JOG AUDIO on the AUDIO SET
Playback Functions menu to ON, sound may not be output or may be
No indicator

You can enjoy playback functions using the Remote interrupted depending on differences in the recording
Displaying information (data codes) Commander. formats (DVCAM/DV) or the condition of the tape.
recorded on a tape • Sounds played back at various speeds may be
Playback options Operation difficult to hear or understand. However, this function
Play at 1/10 of Press × 1/10 button during playback. is convenient whether or not sounds have been recorded.
If you record on a tape using a Sony digital camcorder
normal speed
(DSR-200/200P, 200A/200AP, PD100/PD100P, Searching using the search function
Recording Play at 1/3 of Press × 1/3 button during playback.
PD100A/PD100AP, PD150/PD150P, 250/250P, etc.), date/time normal speed
data codes can be recorded on the tape. There are four kinds of search available on this unit:
Play at normal Press × 1 button during playback.
The data codes consist of recording date/time and speed – Searching for the beginnings of recordings: Index

Chapter 2 Playback and Recording

Chapter 2 Playback and Recording

camera data (the shutter speed, SteadyShot, iris, white search

Play at twice the Press × 2 button during playback.
balance, program AE mode, gain, date and time). Date normal speed – Searching for the boundaries of recorded tape by
You can check these data items during playback on 2000 12 25 Play frame by Press FRAME c/C buttons title: Title search*
19 : 20 : 30 Time
this unit. frame during pause. – Searching for a point on the tape where the recorded
Camera If you keep pressing one of these date changes: Date search
data buttons, playback continues, frame by
First, set the DISPLAY SELECT selector to DATA. If – Searching for scenes recorded in the photo mode
frame.
the selector is set to other than DATA, the data codes Shutter speed with a digital camcorder: Photo search
Fast forward the Press the button during normal
are not displayed. SteadyShot tape while playback or when playing at various * A function available only on a cassette with cassette
Press the DATA CODE button on the Remote monitoring pictures speeds. memory
Program AE
Commander during playback. MANUAL Rewind the tape Press the button during normal
Each time you press the DATA CODE button, the 10000 ATW White balance while monitoring playback or when playing at various To search for scenes, use the supplied Remote
F 1.6 0 dB

display changes in sequence as follows: Gain

pictures speeds. Commander or the Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20,
no data code t recording date/time t camera data not supplied).
Iris
t no data code ..... To change playback direction
Also, using DATA CODE on the DISPLAY SET Press the FRAME c/C buttons during normal To search with the cassette memory
menu, you can select a data item to be displayed. playback or when playing at various speeds. If you set CM SEARCH on the CM SET menu to ON
For details on the DISPLAY SET menu, see “DISPLAY SET To play back in the forward direction, press the C and the cassette has cassette memory, the scenes are
menu” on page 62 (GB). button; in the backward direction, press the c listed in the chronological order in which they were
Notes
button. made. You can search using this chronological list.
• If the data codes were not recorded, “- - -” appears
If the cassette does not have cassette memory, you
instead.
To hear the sound while playing at various cannot search for scenes in chronological order.
• This unit cannot record camera data. Camera data For details on the CM SET menu, see “CM SET menu” on
items show the settings of a tape recorded by a digital speeds
page 58 (GB).
camcorder (DSR-200/200P, 200A/200AP, PD100/ If you want to hear the sound when playing at various
speeds, set JOG AUDIO on the AUDIO SET menu to
PD100P, PD100A/PD100AP, PD150/PD150P, 250/
ON.
1 Press the SEARCH SELECT button on the Remote
250P, etc.). Commander or the SEARCH MODE button on the
• Some of the camera data items displayed by this unit For details on the AUDIO SET menu, see “AUDIO SET
menu” on page 64 (GB). Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20, not supplied) to
are different from those shown on the digital select the search type: INDEX, TITLE, DATE or
camcorder. Notes PHOTO SEARCH.
• When the command mode of a Sony device / remote
A chronological list appears on the monitor screen.
commander is set to VTR4;
– if you press the ×1/3 button on the supplied Remote When selecting INDEX SEARCH
Commander while pointing it toward a Sony device
other than this unit, the playback speed may turn to I NDEX SEARCH
CH
1/5 of normal speed. 1
2
00/ 2/28
00/ 3/ 7
1:00
12:59
LINE
LINE
– if you press the ×1/5 button on a remote 3 00/ 3/11 3:05 LINE
4 00/ 5/ 5 19:00 LINE
commander while pointing it toward this unit, the 5 00/ 7/ 3 10:15 LINE
6 00/10/28 12:20 LINE
playback speed will turn to 1/3 of normal speed. v
• If the unit keeps playing at 1/10 of normal speed in q
forward or reverse for more than one minute, the unit
will begin to play back forward at normal speed.
(Continued)
32 (GB) Chapter 2 Playback and Recording Chapter 2 Playback and Recording 33 (GB)

1-7
DSR-25

Playback

The displayed forms of the date and time can be
changed by setting DATE DISP and TIME DISP on the
DISPLAY SET menu.
For PAL model, “PROG” is displayed instead of “CH.”
For details on the DISPLAY SET menu, see “DISPLAY
SET menu” on page 62 (GB).
2 Press the . or > button to select a scene.
The unit starts searching and when it locates the
scene, begins playback. During Photo search, the
unit turns to the playback pause mode.
The unit starts searching backwards or forwards
until the number comes to zero, then plays back the
scene. During Photo search, the unit turns to the
playback pause mode.
How signals are recorded
There are four different signal types, one for each
search method; index, title, date and photo signals.
They are recorded by the digital camcorder (DSR-200/
200P, 200A/200AP, PD100/PD100P, PD100A/
PD100AP, PD150/PD150P, 250/250P, etc.). However,
the type of signal recorded and where it is recorded (on
• You cannot add search signals after recording.
To add a search signal for Auto Repeat, start
recording from the point where you want to add it.
• When recording on this unit, signals for Index search
do not have information on the day of the week.
• Searching may not be done correctly if the tapes were
not recorded on Sony-brand digital video equipment.
About the cassette memory
• A tape with the mark has cassette memory. When
using the 16 kbit cassette memory, you can store up
to 135 search signals. (The number changes
2 Press the REW button. (If the tape is already
rewound, press the PLAY button.)
The unit rewinds the tape to its beginning, and
starts playback automatically. The unit repeats the
playback from the beginning to the first index (if
there is no signal for Index search on the tape, to
the next unrecorded portion; if there is no
unrecorded portion, to the end of the tape).
Auto Repeat using an external AC timer

Chapter 2 Playback and Recording

Chapter 2 Playback and Recording

If you connect an external AC timer (not supplied) to

To search without cassette memory
When you use a cassette without cassette memory, the
unit searches in the order of the actual positions of the
scenes, regardless of the setting of CM SEARCH on
the CM SET menu.
On a cassette with cassette memory, when you want to
perform searches with this procedure, set CM
SEARCH on the CM SET menu to OFF.
For details on the CM SET menu, see “CM SET menu” on
page 58 (GB).
Note
Title search is not available when searching a cassette
without cassette memory.
1 Press the SEARCH SELECT button on the Remote
Commander or the SEARCH MODE button on the
Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20, not supplied) to
select the search type.
When selecting INDEX SEARCH
INDEX 00
SEARCH
(The search screens are displayed only on
the Data screen.)
2 Press the . or > button repeatedly to locate
the scene you want.
Each time you press the . or > button, the
unit searches for the previous or next search point.
When a search point is located, its number is
indicated on the monitor screen.
the tape or in the cassette memory) depend on whether depending on the memory capacity of various this unit, you can repeat playback automatically at a
the cassette has cassette memory or which type of cassettes. It also changes depending on the data size preset time.
video equipment is used for recording. Please note that combination of index, title, date, photo, and tape label
if the signals for a certain search type are not recorded,
you cannot perform that type of search. For details on
data stored on a tape.) This unit is capable of storing
and retrieving up to 16 kbits of information in
1 Connect this unit to an external AC timer (not
supplied).
the signals used for a particular type of search, refer to cassette memory.
the instruction manual of the recorder. • To locate scenes that did not fit in the cassette
DSR-25 (rear panel)
memory, or to locate scenes in order of their position
Signals that can be recorded on this unit are as follows. on the tape, set CM SEARCH on the CM SET menu
to OFF. You can use the same procedure to search for
Signals for In cassette memory On tape
a scene on a tape without cassette memory.
Index search* Yes Yes For details on the CM SET menu, see “CM SET menu” on
Title search No No page 58 (GB).
Date search No Yes AC timer
Note
Photo search No No
The number of search signals that you can record is
limited by the cassette memory space available when
* If AUTO INDEX on the VTR SET menu is set to ON and the
unit is in the stop mode, when you start recording, the unit
you start recording. When you use a previously
automatically marks a signal for Index search. If AUTO INDEX recorded tape for repeated recordings, make more to an AC outlet
is set to OFF, the unit does not mark it. During recording, memory space available by erasing unwanted items
pressing the INDEX button on the unit or the INDEX WRITE using ITEM ERASE or ERASE ALL on the CM SET
button on the Remote Commander marks a signal for Index menu before you start recording.
search regardless of the AUTO INDEX setting. 2 Set the TIMER selector on the front panel of this
unit to REPEAT.
Notes
Automatically playing back a tape
• If you record another program over the beginning of
repeatedly (Auto Repeat) 3 Set the starting time on the external AC timer.
the search signals, you will not be able to locate the
original program. This unit can repeat the playback of all or a part of the At the preset time, the power of this unit turns on,
tape. and after a few seconds (no more than 30), Auto
Repeat playback starts automatically. The unit
Search signal
1 Set the TIMER selector on the front panel of this repeats the playback from the beginning to the first
If D is recorded unit to REPEAT. index (if there is no signal for Index search on the
A B C over the beginning
of B... tape, to the next unrecorded portion; if there is no
unrecorded portion, to the end of the tape).
B cannot be
searched for
A D B C
(Continued)

34 (GB) Chapter 2 Playback and Recording Chapter 2 Playback and Recording 35 (GB)

Playback Recording

Notes This section describes the connections, settings and Notes

• The unit cannot detect a signal for Index search or an operations necessary to perform recording on this unit. • With the DV connection, the sound is recorded in the
unrecorded portion within 20 seconds of the The same settings and operations apply whether you same audio recording mode as that of the source tape.
beginning of the playback. are using the unit for dubbing or as a stand-alone To record in a different audio recording mode from
• When you intend to turn the unit off, press the STOP recorder. the source tape, use the analog connection instead.
button on this unit to stop the tape transport operation • With the DV connection, data codes (recording date/
beforehand. If you turn the unit off while a tape is Connections for Recording time, camera data) recorded on the source tape are
running, for example, by using an AC timer, the unit transmitted to the recorder (this unit). As a result,
or the tape may be damaged. when you play back a recorded tape on this unit and
• The editing software used on the digital non-linear To digital video equipment with a DV jack press the DATA CODE button on the Remote
editing system may mark an index signal on a tape Commander, the same data codes as those recorded
itself. Therefore, if you use a tape on which signals on the source tape are displayed on the monitor
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording

The video and audio signals are sent with hardly any
transmitted from a digital non-linear editing degradation, enabling high-quality recording. The
controller are recorded or a copy tape made from one, signal flow is automatically detected so you do not
using digital dubbing, Auto Repeat may not be need to make separate connections for input and
performed correctly. output. Also, connecting the unit to an editing
controller via DV jacks, you can configure a digital
To stop Auto Repeat non-linear editing system.
Press the STOP button on this unit. For connections of the editing controller and this unit, refer
to the editing controller instruction manual.
To release the Auto Repeat mode
Set the TIMER selector on the front panel to OFF.
Monitor
DSR-25 (rear panel)
i.LINK cable
(DV cable)
(not supplied)
DV jack
screen. However, the contents of the cassette memory
are not transmitted. If you want to transmit the
contents of the cassette memory, use the duplicate
function.
• If no picture appears via the DV jack, disconnect the
i.LINK cable (DV cable), then reinsert it straight.
• If the editing software used has the capability to
output the time code as well as the video and audio
signals from the digital non-linear editing controller
to this unit, and you intend to record that time code,
set DV IN TC on the TC/UB SET menu of this unit
to EXTERNAL.
For details on the TC/UB SET menu, see “TC/UB SET
menu” on page 56 (GB).
• When DV IN TC on the TC/UB SET menu is set to
EXTERNAL, if you input time code that is not
continuous or does not advance correctly to the DV
jack, the value of the recorded or displayed time code
may not be equal to the actual value of the input one.
If you use a tape recorded in such condition, you may
not be able to perform search or edit, depending on
the devices you use.
• For connection of the editing controller and its
peripheral devices, refer to the instruction manual of
the editing controller and that of the editing software
you use.
• Edit functions are specified by the editing software.
For details on the editing methods used, refer to the
instruction manual of the editing software.
• When connecting a device that has a 6-pin DV jack to
this unit, first, connect the plug of the cable to the 6-
pin DV jack.

Digital video
equipment with a Monitor
DV jack

: Signal flow

36 (GB) Chapter 2 Playback and Recording Chapter 2 Playback and Recording 37 (GB)

1-8

Recording
• If the unit is connected to a device equipped with a 6-
pin DV jack, when you intend to disconnect or
reconnect the DV cable, turn off the device and pull
out the plug of its power cord from the AC outlet
beforehand. If you connect or disconnect the DV
cable while the device is connected to the AC outlet,
high-voltage current (8 to 40 V) is output from the
DV jack of the device to this unit, which may cause a
malfunction.
• If you connect the output connectors of this unit to
the input connectors of a player or that of a monitor,
a humming noise may be generated or the image may
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
Monitor
Player
S-video output
Video output
Audio output
S-video cable (not supplied)
75 Ω coaxial cable (not supplied)
Audio cable (phono jack) (not supplied)
Connect either an S-video cable or 75 Ω coaxial cable
as a video cable.
Use a conversion cable for the audio connection,
depending on types of audio output connectors on the
player (see page on 19 (GB)).
Notes
• During recording, analog input signals can be output
simultaneously from the DV jack for backup. Set DV
EE OUT on the VTR SET menu to ON.
38 (GB) Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
Recording
9 If necessary, adjust the audio recording level by
turning the AUDIO REC LEVEL control knobs.
You can adjust the recording level with the
AUDIO REC LEVEL control knobs if you have
selected VAR in step 8. While looking at the audio
level meters on the LCD monitor, turn the AUDIO
REC LEVEL control knobs to adjust the recording
level. Adjust the audio recording level so that it
does not exceed 0 dB when the audio signal is at
its maximum. If the recording level exceeds
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
0 dB, the recorded sound will be distorted. When
the audio mode is set to FS32K (4-channel mode),
the sound is recorded onto channels 1 and 2.
To listen to the sound being recorded, set the
AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector to CH-1/2.
Notes
• In the DVCAM format, there are two audio modes,
with either two channels at FS48K or four channels at
FS32K. It is not possible to select other modes (for
example with two channels at FS32K).
• During recording, you cannot change the audio mode.
• If you intend to dub a sound on the tape after it has
been recorded, set AUDIO MODE on the AUDIO
SET menu to FS32K (4-channel mode) before
recording.
For details on the AUDIO SET menu, see “AUDIO SET
menu” on page 64 (GB).
Recording Procedures
This section describes the procedures used to record
signals sent from another VCR to this unit. For details
on the procedures required when using a computer as a
player, refer to the instruction manual of your
computer or the user’s manuals of the software
installed on it.
1 After checking that the REC/SAVE switch on the
cassette is set to REC, checking the tape for slack
and confirming that the q indicator is off, hold
the cassette so that the tape window is facing
upward, then insert it into this unit.
The cassette is automatically loaded into the unit
and the tape will be ready to record.
For details on the REC/SAVE switch and checking the
tape for slack, see “Notes on Video Cassettes” on page
26 (GB).
40 (GB) Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
be distorted. If these phenomena occur, perform one
of the following:
– Set DV EE OUT on the VTR SET menu to OFF.
– Set the INPUT SELECT selector to a position
where a signal is not currently being input.
– Disconnect the cables.
To video equipment without a DV jack
You can connect this unit to video equipment without
a DV jack. Use this unit as a recorder as follows.
DSR-25 (recorder) Monitor
(rear panel)
: Signal flow
For details on the VTR SET menu, see “VTR SET menu”
on page 65 (GB).
• If you connect the output connectors of this unit to
the input connectors of the player, a humming noise
may be generated or the image may be distorted. If
these phenomena occur, set the INPUT SELECT
selector to a position where a signal is not currently
being input, or disconnect the cables.
• Distorted signals (e.g., when played back at a speed
other than normal) may not be recorded or may be
distorted.
For details on inserting a cassette, see “To insert a
cassette” on page 27 (GB).
Note
Do not insert the cassette forcibly. The unit may be
damaged.
2 Press the playback button on the player.
The player starts playback.
3 On this unit, press the PLAY button while holding
the REC button down.
The unit starts recording. If AUTO INDEX on the
VTR SET menu is set to ON, the index is marked.
Note
When you do not want to mark an index at the
beginning of the recording, set AUTO INDEX on
the VTR SET menu to OFF.
For details on the VTR SET menu, see “VTR SET
menu” on page 65 (GB).
To stop recording
Press the STOP button on this unit.
To pause recording
Press the PAUSE button on this unit.
To start recording using the Remote Control
Unit (DSRM-20, not supplied)
On the Remote Control Unit, press the PLAY button
while holding the REC button down.
Recording Functions
Marking an index
By pressing the INDEX button on the unit or the
INDEX WRITE button on the Remote Commander
during recording, you can mark an index signal at any
place on the tape. The index signal is inserted for five
seconds. If you mark an index at the scene you want to
search for, you can easily find the scene later.
If AUTO INDEX on the VTR SET menu is set to ON,
the index signal is marked automatically when the unit
in the stop mode starts recording.
While the index is being marked, the “INDEX
MARK” indicator appears for about seven seconds on
the Data screen (see page 23 (GB)).
1-9
Settings for Recording
Preparation on the recorder (this unit)
Notes
• Before recording, set the date and time on the unit so
that the recording time can be written into the search
signal. You can set the date and time by setting
CLOCK SET on the OTHERS menu.
For details on the OTHERS menu, see “OTHERS menu”
on page 67 (GB).
• Editing may not be possible with a signal that is
copyright protected.
• During a recording, the tape transport control buttons
(except STOP and PAUSE) are disabled to prevent
the tape running mode from being changed by an
incorrect operation. To disable the STOP and PAUSE
buttons, set the KEY INH switch to ON after the unit
starts recording. In this case, set the KEY INH switch
to OFF first, then stop or pause the recording.
1 Power on the video monitor, then set the monitor’s
input according to the input signals.
2 Set up the player to play back a tape.
For details, refer to the instruction manual of the
player.
3 When the player is connected to the INPUT jacks
on this unit, set the NTSC/PAL select switch on
this unit to the appropriate position according to
the input signals.
For NTSC formatted signals, set the switch to
NTSC and for PAL formatted signals, set it to
PAL.
For details on the NTSC/PAL select switch setting, see
“Rear Panel” on page 18 (GB).
Notes
• Do not change the NTSC/PAL select switch
setting during recording.
• If the color system of the input signals is different
from that of the switch setting, picture will be
blanked.
• When the signals are input to the DV jack, the
unit detects the color system of the input signal
automatically. However when the NTSC/PAL
select switch is set to PAL, the time code
generated by the unit while recording in DVCAM
format changes to the non-drop frame mode.
If you use a cassette with cassette memory, the index
will also be marked in the cassette memory.
Notes
• You cannot mark a new index while the “INDEX
MARK” indicator is being displayed.
• If you record on a portion of the tape where an index
has been marked, the index will be erased. You
cannot delete just an index while keeping the image
or sound.
• You cannot mark an index during playback,
duplicating or audio dubbing operations. The INDEX
button and the INDEX WRITE button are disabled in
these operations.
• The cassette memory space available limits the
number of indexes that you can mark. When you use
a previously recorded tape for repeated recordings,
make more memory space available by erasing
unwanted items using ITEM ERASE or ERASE ALL
on the CM SET menu before you start recording.
To use an index during playback
You will need the Remote Commander or the Remote
Control Unit (DSRM-20, not supplied).
For details on the playback functions using the Remote
Commander, see “Searching using the search function” in
“Playback Functions” on page 33 (GB).
AC timer recording
By connecting this unit to an external AC timer (not
supplied), you can start recording at a preset time.
1 Connect this unit to an external AC timer (not
supplied).
DSR-25 (rear panel)
Recording
source
(external tuner,
etc.)
VIDEO in INPUT
AC timer
to an AC outlet
DSR-25
Even if an NTSC formatted signal is input to the
DV jack, the time code generated by the unit is
non-drop frame mode regardless of the TC
FORMAT setting on the TC/UB SET menu. If
you intend to set the unit to generate the time
code in the drop frame mode, set the switch to
NTSC.
4 Turn this unit on.
5 Select an input signal by switching the INPUT
SELECT selector on this unit.
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
DV: to record input signals from the DV jack
S VIDEO: to record input signals from the S
VIDEO connector in INPUT
VIDEO: to record input signals from the VIDEO
connector in INPUT
Note
Do not change the selector setting during
recording. Otherwise, noise is output to the picture
and sound and that portion will not be recorded
properly.
6 Select the audio mode. (With a DV connection,
skip this step.)
Select the desired mode by setting AUDIO MODE
on the AUDIO SET menu.
Audio mode Set the menu to
4-channel mode FS32K
2-channel mode FS48K
For details on the AUDIO SET menu, see “AUDIO SET
menu” on page 64 (GB).
7 Set the AUDIO INPUT LEVEL selector on the
rear panel properly according to the audio level of
the player.
8 Select the audio recording level adjustment mode
using the AUDIO INPUT switch.
Note
You cannot adjust the recording level if you record
signals input via the DV jack.
(Continued)
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording 39 (GB)
2 Insert a tape for recording.
3 Set the INPUT SELECT selector of this unit to
select the input signal.
4 Set the TIMER selector on the front panel of this
unit to REC.
5 Set the timer-on time on the connected AC timer.
At the preset time, the power of this unit turns on
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording
automatically and recording starts after a few
seconds (no more than 30). Set the timer allowing
a margin for the recording to start. You do not
need to press the REC button.
Note
When you intend to turn the unit off, press the STOP
button on this unit to stop the tape transport operation
beforehand.
If you turn the unit off while a tape is running, for
example, by using an AC timer, the unit or the tape
may be damaged.
If the tape ends before the recording source
stops operation
The tape stops.
To stop recording during timer recording
Press the STOP button on this unit.
To release the AC timer recording mode
Set the TIMER selector on the front panel of this unit
to OFF.
Chapter 2 Playback and Recording 41 (GB)
DSR-25

Setting the Time Code and User Bits

Chapter3 3 Press the J/j buttons to select TC PRESET, then

press the EXEC button.

The following menu appears.

To set the value of the user bits

You can set the user bits as eight-digit hexadecimal

values (base 16) to have the date, time, scene number,
and other information inserted into the time code track.
Setting the Time Code TC
CM
TC ⁄ UB SET
TC PRESET
UB PRESET
DV IN TC
00:00:00:00

RESET
Note
DISP
V TC MAKE PRESET
The user bits can be set only in a DVCAM format
A
VTR
TC RUN
TC FORMAT
RETURN recording. They cannot be set in a DV format
ETC RETURN recording.

1 Display the menu on the monitor.

For details on displaying the menu, see “Operating the
4 Press the J/j buttons to select PRESET, then Menus” on page 54 (GB).
press the EXEC button.
TC ⁄ UB SET

Setting the Time Code and User Bits The following menu appears. TC
CM
DISP
TC PRESET
UB PRESET
DV IN TC
V TC MAKE
TC ⁄ UB SET A TC RUN
TC TC PRESET O O O O TC FORMAT
Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code

Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code

VTR
CM UB PRESET 00:00:00:00 ETC
DISP DV IN TC o o o o
This unit can set, display, record and play back the • To set the initial time code value, you need to set TC
V
A
TC MAKE
TC RUN
SET
CANCEL
time code and user bits. MAKE on the TC/UB SET menu to PRESET
VTR TC FORMAT
ETC RETURN
beforehand.
Note
For details on TC MAKE, see “TC/UB SET menu” on
2 Press the J/j buttons to select TC/UB SET, then
The items explained in this section can be set only press the EXEC button.
page 56 (GB).
when you record in DVCAM format.
5 Set the first two digits. Press the J/j buttons to
1 Display the menu on the monitor. select the number, then press the EXEC button.
The following menu appears.
For details on displaying the menu, see “Operating the
TC ⁄ UB SET
Using the Internal Time Code Menus” on page 54 (GB).
6 Repeat step 5 to set the other digits. TC
CM
TC PRESET
UB PRESET
00:00:00:00

Generator DISP DV IN TC
TC
CM
TC ⁄ UB SET
TC PRESET
UB PRESET
7 Press the J/j buttons to select SET, then press the
V
A
VTR
TC MAKE
TC RUN
TC FORMAT
You can set the initial time code value generated by DISP DV IN TC EXEC button. ETC RETURN
V TC MAKE
the internal time code generator. In addition, you can A TC RUN
The initial time code value is set and the menu
VTR TC FORMAT
set the user bits to record data such as the date, time, ETC
display returns to that of step 2.
scene number, reel number, or other useful
information. The time data settings are set by using the 8 Press the J/j buttons to select RETURN, then
3 Press the J/j buttons to select UB PRESET, then
menu. press the EXEC button.
press the EXEC button.
For details on the menu, see “Chapter 5 Adjusting and (TC FORMAT can be set only when the NTSC/
Setting Through Menus” on page 54 (GB). PAL select switch on the rear panel is set to The menu display returns to that of step 1. The following menu appears.
NTSC.)
To cancel the time code setting TC ⁄ UB SET
To set the initial time code value 2 Press the J/j buttons to select TC/UB SET, then Select CANCEL in step 7, then press the EXEC
TC
CM
TC PRESET
UB PRESET 00 00 00 00
DV IN TC
press the EXEC button. button.
DISP
V TC MAKE RESET
This section describes how to set the time code’s initial A TC RUN PRESET
VTR TC FORMAT RETURN
value. The following menu appears. To reset the time code
ETC RETURN

Notes Select RESET in step 4, then press the EXEC button.

TC ⁄ UB SET
TC PRESET 00:00:00:00
• The time code can be set only in a DVCAM format TC
CM UB PRESET
recording. It cannot be set in a DV format recording. DISP
V
DV IN TC
TC MAKE
Make sure to set REC MODE on the VTR SET menu A
VTR
TC RUN
TC FORMAT
to DVCAM. ETC RETURN

(Continued)

42 (GB) Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code 43 (GB)

Setting the Time Code and User Bits

4 Press the J/j buttons to select PRESET, then Notes To set the advancement mode Notes
press the EXEC button. • When this item is set to EXTERNAL, the time code • In a DV format recording, the drop-frame mode is
input via the DV jack and the user bits set in UB Set TC RUN on the TC/UB SET menu to switch the used automatically.
The following menu appears. PRESET are recorded. advancement mode (counting up). • When the NTSC/PAL select switch on the rear panel
• When you set REC MODE on the VTR SET menu to REC RUN: Time code advances only while is set to PAL, the unit works as a PAL model.
TC ⁄ UB SET DV SP, this item cannot be used. Even if this item is recording. Therefore, the time code generated by the unit during
TC TC PRESET O O O O
CM UB PRESET 00 00 00 00 set to EXTERNAL, when you set REC MODE on the FREE RUN: Time code advances even when the recording in the DVCAM format is that of the non-
DISP DV IN TC o o o o
V TC MAKE SET VTR SET menu to DV SP, the setting becomes unit is not recording. This mode is used to set the drop frame mode. Even if an NTSC formatted signal
A
VTR
TC RUN
TC FORMAT
CANCEL invalid and the unit records the internal time code. current time as the initial time code value. is input to the DV jack, the time code generated by
ETC RETURN • When this item is set to EXTERNAL, the INPUT the unit is non-drop frame mode as long as the
Notes
SELECT selector on the front panel is set to DV, and NTSC/PAL select switch is set to PAL, regardless of
no signal is input via the DV jack, or the software of • If you set the advancement mode to FREE RUN, the the setting of this item. If you intend to set the unit to
the editing controller does not output a time code, if time code will be updated by the internal clock while generate the time code in the drop frame mode, set
5 Set the first two digits. Press the J/j buttons to
you start recording, bars (– –:– –:– –:– –) are the unit’s power is off. The time code may have been the NTSC/PAL select switch to NTSC.
select the number, then press the EXEC button. delayed or advanced somewhat if you turn on the unit
recorded as time code. At the point that the input of a
signal begins, the time code of that signal will be power again, play back a tape, or set the INPUT
6 Repeat step 5 to set the other digits.
recorded. SELECT selector to DV.
• When this item is set to EXTERNAL, if you input • If the internal backup battery charge is exhausted, the
7 Press the J/j buttons to select SET, then press the time code of the FREE RUN setting will be
Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code

Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code

time code to the DV jack that is not continuous or

EXEC button.
The user bits are set and the menu display returns
to that of step 2.
8 Press the J/j buttons to select RETURN, then
press the EXEC button.
The menu display returns to that of step 1.
To cancel the user bits setting
Select CANCEL in step 7, then press the EXEC
button.
To reset the user bits
Select RESET in step 4, then press the EXEC button.
To select the time code to be recorded
when DV signals are recorded in DVCAM
format
Set DV IN TC on the TC/UB SET menu to select
whether to record the internal time code or an external
one.
INTERNAL: Records the time code internally
generated.
EXTERNAL: Records the time code with video and
audio signals input via the DV jack.
does not advance correctly, the value of the recorded
or displayed time code may not be equal to the actual
value of the input one. If you use a tape with this
problem, you may not be able to perform search or
edit, depending on the devices you use.
To set the time code when the recording
starts
Set TC MAKE on the TC/UB SET menu to select the
time code to be recorded when recording starts.
REGEN: The time code value is set to continue the
time code from the time code already recorded on
the tape. If you start recording from a blank
portion of the tape, the time code starts from
00:00:00:00.
PRESET: The time code starts from the value set in
TC PRESET on the TC/UB SET menu.
initialized. The internal backup battery is fully
charged if you connect the power to the unit for about
8 hours. A fully charged internal battery can run for
about two weeks.
To set the frame mode (For NTSC only)
Set TC FORMAT on the TC/UB SET menu to switch
the frame mode.
AUTO: Automatically sets the mode in accordance
with the loaded tape.
If nothing is recorded on the tape, the mode is set
to the non-drop frame mode. If the unit cannot
read the frame mode correctly from the tape, the
unit will use the mode that was set in the last
position it was able to read correctly on the tape. If
you remove the cassette, the mode of the last
position it was able to read correctly is cleared and
the mode is set to the non-drop frame mode. If TC
MAKE is set to PRESET, the mode is also set to
the non-drop frame mode.
DF: Selects the drop frame mode.
NDF: Selects the non-drop frame mode.

44 (GB) Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code 45 (GB)

1-10
 DSR-25

Setting the Time Code and User Bits

DSR-25 time codes

This unit has a DV jack. The time code displayed and

Chapter 4
recorded on the tape differs as shown below when the
INPUT SELECT selector is set to DV and when it is
set to other than DV. Duplication and
DV IN TC
menu
INPUT SELECT
selector
Mode Time code/User bits displayed and recorded Audio Dubbing
Playback
Audio dubbing
Playback Playback at various Time code/user bits on the tape
speeds a)
DUB1 b)
Duplicate Time code/user bits of another device connected to the DV
DUP1 b) jack c)
DV Recording
INTERNAL Recording Pause Time code/user bits internally generated c)
REC1 b) Duplication (generating a work tape with the same time code)
Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code

Recording
S VIDEO Recording Pause Time code/user bits internally generated c)
VIDEO REC1 b)
EE
Duplicate Time code/user bits of another device connected to the DV If you copy a source tape using the DUP (duplicate) MANUALq (MANUAL TAPE COPY): The tape
DUP1 b) jack button on this unit, you can copy the time codes is duplicated from any location. The cassette
DV Recording recorded on the source tape as they are. You can easily memory is not duplicated.
Recording Pause Time code input of another device connected to the DV jack
make a work tape having the same time codes as the

Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing

EXTERNAL REC1 b) and user bits internally generated d)
source tape. Duplicating a tape
Recording The duplicate function on this unit works only when
S VIDEO Recording Pause Time code/user bits internally generated c)
VIDEO REC1 b) using a source tape recorded in DVCAM format and The duplicate procedure differs depending on the
with DV connections. duplicate mode.
a) This includes stop, fast-forward or rewind. If the unit c) The time code is also displayed on the time counter This unit functions as a recorder. To perform
cannot read the time code on the tape correctly, the display in the display window. duplication on this unit, make sure to change REC Notes
counter displays “– –:– –:– –:– –”. d) Only when REC MODE on the VTR SET menu is set to MODE on the VTR SET menu to DVCAM first. • If you operate the player while duplicating, the
b) “DUB1”, “DUP1” and “REC1” represent the state of the DVCAM. When REC MODE is set to DV SP, the duplicate process may be interrupted and the tape
unit when you press each of these buttons (AUDIO DUB, internally generated time code is output. may not be correctly duplicated. Do not operate the
DUP or REC) in the stop mode. To set the duplicate mode
player while duplicating.
This unit has three duplicate modes. • You can duplicate a tape regardless of the DISPLAY
Set DUPLICATE on the VTR SET menu to select a SELECT selector setting, but the duplication screen
duplicate mode as follows. will be displayed only when the DISPLAY SELECT
AUTOq (AUTO TAPE COPY WITH selector has been set to DATA.
CASSETTE MEMORY COPY): The player and
the recorder automatically rewind the tape to the AUTOq or AUTOq duplicate mode
beginning to start duplicating. The cassette 1 Connect this unit and the player using an i.LINK
memory is also duplicated. cable (DV cable, not supplied). After turning on
AUTOq (AUTO TAPE COPY): The player and the power of this unit and the player, set the
the recorder automatically rewind the tape to the INPUT SELECT selector on this unit to DV.
beginning to start duplicating. The cassette
memory is not duplicated.
2 Press the STOP button on this unit to stop the tape
transport operation.

(Continued)

46 (GB) Chapter 3 Setting the Time Code Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing 47 (GB)

Duplication (generating a work tape with the same time code)

3 While holding the DUP button down, press the
PLAY button on this unit.
This unit and the player will automatically rewind
the tape to the beginning. This unit enters the
duplicate-standby mode. The player enters the
playback pause mode. Then the DUP and PLAY
indicators on this unit light and the duplication
starts.
If you press the PAUSE and PLAY buttons
while holding the DUP button down in step 3
This unit and the player will automatically rewind the
tape to the beginning. This unit enters the duplicate-
standby mode. The player enters the playback pause
mode. This unit does not start duplication until you
press the PAUSE button.
To stop duplication
Press the STOP button on this unit.
Notes
• You cannot pause during a duplicate process.
If the duplication of the cassette memory stops for
some reason, the cassette memory on the duplicated
tape will be completely erased.
• When you use a DSR-45/45P as the player or
recorder, set the REMOTE/LOCAL switch of the
DSR-45/45P to LOCAL.
• If you operate the player while duplicating and the
PLAYER UNCONTROLLABLE warning message
appears and duplication is stopped, press the STOP
button on this unit, then repeat the procedure from
step 3.
• Normally, the player and recorder rewind their tapes
automatically after duplication. However, depending
on the specifications, some players do not.
MANUALq duplicate mode
1 Connect this unit and the player using an i.LINK
cable (DV cable, not supplied). After turning on
power of this unit and the player, set the INPUT
SELECT selector on this unit to DV.
2 Locate the points where you want to start playback
Notes Detecting a blank portion during
• You cannot pause during a duplicate process. duplication
• Before you start duplication, make sure that the
player has finished loading the cassette. If the unit detects a blank portion on the source tape
• The duplication starts after the i.LINK during duplication, the skip function will automatically
communication is established so that the first part of skip the blank portion, reducing the length of the
the source tape is dropped on the copied tape. Play recorded part of the tape. (This function is available
back the source tape from the preceding point. only when the duplicate mode is AUTOq or
• If the player has an auto repeat function, set the AUTOq.)
function to off. The operations of the player and recorder (this unit)
• You may not be able to duplicate the first part of the when a blank portion is detected are as follows:
source tape. Locate the recorded portion on the
source tape, then start duplicating. Player/Recorder (this unit)
Detected status on
• If there is a blank portion on the tape, the first part of source tape operation
the recorded portion that follows may be dropped on Detects a blank portion Player: Continues playing the
the copied tape. tape.
• If you start duplication at some midpoint in the tape, Recorder: Continues
the search function may not work correctly on the recording.
10 seconds after detection Player: Continues playing the
copied tape or problems may occur when editing. It is
of a blank portion tape another 10
recommended that you select AUTOq or seconds and searches
AUTOq for the duplicate mode. forward.
Recorder: Stops.

and recording. Detects next recorded Player: Rewinds the tape at

• Before you start duplication, make sure that the about –2 times normal
portion
player has finished loading the cassette. speed to the location
3
Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing
Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing

• The duplication starts after the i.LINK
communication is established so that the first part of
the source tape is dropped on the copied tape.
• Set auto repeat to OFF when the player has an auto
repeat function and set auto rewind to ON when the
player has an auto rewind function.
• If the player has a still timer function, set the still
timer to the longest time possible to ensure enough
time for rewinding the tape to the beginning.
• If you have selected AUTOq duplicate mode,
the cassette memory will be duplicated after the tape
has been duplicated. While the cassette memory is
being duplicated, an indicator showing the progress
of the duplication appears on the LCD monitor and
on the analog video output. Duplicating the cassette
memory takes up to a few minutes depending on the
amount of data.
In the following cases, duplication of the cassette
memory will be cancelled and the duplicate operation
will be completed without duplicating the cassette
memory.
If, while the cassette memory is being duplicated;
– you press the STOP button.
– you turn off the power of this unit or of the player.
– you eject the cassette.
– you disconnect the DV cable.
Press the STOP button on this unit to stop the tape immediately before the
transport operation. blank portion ends.
Recorder: Remains stopped.
4 While holding the DUP button down, press the Returns to the location Player: After entering the
PLAY button on this unit. immediately before the playback pause mode,
starts playing the tape.
blank portion ends
Recorder: After entering the
This unit enters the duplicate-standby mode. The recording pause
player enters the playback pause mode. Then the mode, starts
DUP and PLAY indicators on this unit lights and recording.
duplication starts.
This unit performs the above operations automatically,
To adjust the point where duplication starts reducing the blank portion by 10 or more seconds in
In step 4, while holding the DUP button down, press the duplicating a tape.
PAUSE button and the PLAY button. This unit will not
Notes
start duplication until you press the PAUSE button again.
After confirming that the PLAYER display has changed • If the duplicate mode has been set to MANUALq,
to READY (flashing) on the LCD monitor, adjust the this unit will not skip a blank portion even if detects
duplication start point using the player, then press the one.
PAUSE button on this unit to start duplication. • Depending on the specifications, the skip function
may not work on some players.
To stop duplication • When this unit resumes duplication, the first part of
Press the STOP button on this unit. the recorded portion on the source tape may be
dropped on the copied tape.
• A recorded portion of less than one minute between
two blank portions may not be duplicated.

48 (GB) Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing 49 (GB)

1-11
DSR-25

Duplication (generating a work tape with the same time code)

Warnings about duplication STOP/

CAUTION Warning Message Cause/Remedy
No.
If an error occurs during duplication, a STOP/ The following table lists these warnings and messages. The recorder (this unit) detected self-diagnostics. t For details on self-
41 Z
CAUTION number and warning message will be If a warning message is displayed, check this table and diagnostics, see page 75 (GB).
displayed on the LCD monitor and the analog video take the appropriate action. Moisture condensation has occurred in the recorder (this unit). t If a cassette is
output screen. Except for STOP/CAUTION No. 60 42 %Z in the unit, remove the cassette and power on and wait more than one hour.
(RECORDER: SHORTER TAPE), “Err” is displayed 43
RECORDER: The recorder’s (this unit) video heads are clogged. t Clean the video heads with
on the display window. HEAD CLOG the supplied cleaning cassette (see page 73 (GB)).
PLAYER: A copyright protected signal is recorded on the cassette in the player. t You
44
STOP/ COPYRIGHT PROTECTED cannot copy a copyright protected signal.
CAUTION Warning Message Cause/Remedy RECORDER: The cassette memory in the recorder (this unit) is smaller than the cassette
No. SMALLER CM SIZE memory on the source tape. t Use a cassette that has larger cassette memory
50
RECORDER: The INPUT SELECT selector on the recorder (this unit) is not set to DV. t Set than the one on the source tape. (This error is displayed only when the duplicate
00 [DV IN] NOT SELECTED the INPUT SELECT selector to DV. mode has been set to AUTOq .)
i.LINK CABLE: The DV cable is not connected correctly. t Connect the DV cable correctly. RECORDER: The player’s cassette tape length is longer than that of the recorder’s (this unit)
01 51 b) c)
DISCONNECTED SHORTER TAPE cassette and duplication has failed. t Use a cassette with a tape length that is
longer than the one in the player.
i.LINK CABLE: There are multiple DV connections or the DV connection is looped. t You
02 RECORDER: The player’s cassette tape length is longer than that of the recorder’s (this unit)
MULTI CONNECTION cannot connect multiple devices. Connect only one player to this unit.
60 b) c) SHORTER TAPE cassette and there is a possibility that the duplication may fail. t Use a cassette
03 i.LINK CABLE: The DV cable has been unplugged and plugged in again. t Check the DV cable with a tape length that is longer than the one in the player. (This message is
BUS RESET connection. Try to duplicate again. displayed as a caution for 10 seconds after the start of duplication.)
PLAYER: The player is in the recording mode.
10
RECORDING
a) If the player could not read the cassette memory when Note
PLAYER: There is no cassette in the player.
11 duplication started, this unit determines that the player’s
NO CASSETTE If any warning message not listed in the table is
cassette does not have cassette memory and duplication
PLAYER: The player cannot be controlled, or the duplicate mode has been set to of the cassette memory will be cancelled. The duplicate displayed, consult your Sony dealer.
12
UNCONTROLLABLE MANUALq and the source tape has reached the end of the tape. operation will be completed without duplicating the

Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing

Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing

PLAYER: The player rejects control. cassette memory and this warning message will not be
13
UNCONTROLLABLE displayed.
PLAYER: The player is disabled or is in a different mode than the recorder (this unit) has b) This unit detects tape length from the cassette memory
14
UNCONTROLLABLE requested. data. Even if two tapes with the same length in the
PLAYER: The source tape is not recorded in the DVCAM format. t You can only duplicate DVCAM format have been inserted in the player and the
15 recorder (this unit), complete duplication may not be
NOT DVCAM a tape recorded in the DVCAM format.
PLAYER: The player has been manually operated or the player’s protection function
done due to the tape length error and this warning may
16 UNCONTROLLABLE cancelled the playback pause mode when the duplicate mode was set to not be displayed. As a result, if you search the cassette
AUTOq or AUTOq. memory in the duplicated tape, the tape may not have a
The information on the cassette in the player cannot be read. t If the cassette
search point even though the cassette memory has the
PLAYER:
18 TAPE INFO. UNKNOWN information is correct, clean the terminal on the cassette and insert the cassette search point data.
again (see page 74 (GB)) . c) If the cassette in the player does not have cassette
19a) The player could not read the cassette memory during duplication. t If the
memory, this warning is not displayed.
PLAYER:
CM ERROR cassette memory is correct, insert the cassette again.
PLAYER: The player has detected self-diagnostics. t Refer to the instruction manual of
21
EMERGENCY STOP the player.
PLAYER: Moisture condensation has occurred in the player. t Refer to the instruction
22
DEW STOP manual of the player.
RECORDER: REC MODE on the VTR SET menu of the recorder (this unit) is set to DV SP. t
35
DVCAM NOT SELECTED Set REC MODE to DVCAM.
RECORDER: The cassette in the recorder (this unit) does not have cassette memory, but the
37 NO CM recorder tried to duplicate the cassette memory. t Insert a cassette with
cassette memory.
RECORDER: The cassette memory data cannot be written in the cassette in the recorder (this
39 CM ERROR unit). t Clean the terminals on the cassette (see page 74 (GB)).
RECORDER: The recorder (this unit) stopped while duplicating.
40 STOP

50 (GB) Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing 51 (GB)

Audio
Audio Dubbing
Dubbing

You can record just sound on a recorded tape.

(Audio dubbing)
• The sound is dubbed only onto channels 3/4. 8 Adjust the recording level by turning the AUDIO
You cannot dub the sound onto either of them or REC LEVEL control knobs.
channels 1/2.
Notes
• You can dub the sound onto a DVCAM-formatted You can adjust the recording level with the
tape (recorded) in the 32 kHz audio mode (4-channel/ AUDIO REC LEVEL control knobs if you have
Connection of external devices
12 bits). You cannot dub the sound on a tape in the selected VAR in step 7. While looking at the audio
48 kHz audio mode (2-channel/16 bits). If the audio level meters on the LCD monitor, turn the AUDIO
The following shows an example of a basic connection
mode of the recorded tape is 32 kHz, you can dub the REC LEVEL control knobs and adjust the
for audio dubbing.
sound regardless of the AUDIO MODE setting on recording level. Adjust the audio recording level so
the AUDIO SET menu. that the recording level does not exceed 0 dB when
For details on “AUDIO MODE,” see “AUDIO SET the audio signal is at its maximum. If the recording
menu” on page 64 (GB). level exceeds 0 dB, the sound will be distorted.

9 Press the PAUSE button.

DSR-25
Headphones (front panel)
The PAUSE indicator goes off and audio dubbing
1 starts.
KEY INH
ON OFF

AUDIO OUTPUT
SELECT Video To pause audio dubbing
CH-
1/2
CH-
3/4
DSR-25 Analog video output input Press the PAUSE button.
(rear AUDIO OUTPUT
MIN MAX

panel) Pressing the PAUSE button again resumes audio

Audio
PHONES input dubbing.
Monitor
To stop audio dubbing
Press the STOP button.
Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing
Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing

To monitor the sound you want

Audio output
Set the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector as
Sound source follows:
AUDIO INPUT
CH-1/2: You can listen to sound recorded on
channels 1/2 on the tape.
CH-3/4: You can listen to sound to be dubbed on
channels 3/4.
MIX: You can listen to the sound on the tape and the
Dubbing sound 5 At the point you want to start dubbing, press the dubbed sound.
PAUSE button to turn the unit to the playback For details on the audio levels display in the audio dubbing
1 Connect the unit and the sound source using a pause mode. mode, see page 24 (GB).
phono jack cable (not supplied).
6 While holding the AUDIO DUB button down, Notes
2 Set the INPUT SELECT selector to a setting other press the PLAY button to turn the unit to the audio • You can monitor the sound on the tape while dubbing
than DV. dubbing pause mode. the sound. However, there are some delays between
the sound being recorded and the sound being played.
3 Switch the AUDIO INPUT LEVEL selector to The AUDIO DUB indicator on this unit lights. When you play back the tape after audio dubbing,
select the audio input signal level (–10, –2 or +4). you might hear the dubbed sound later than the sound
7 Set the AUDIO INPUT switch to FIX or VAR. monitored during audio dubbing.
4 Play back the tape inserted in this unit. • You cannot dub sounds onto a blank portion of the
tape.

52 (GB) Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing Chapter 4 Duplication and Audio Dubbing 53 (GB)

1-12
 DSR-25

5
Operating the Menus

Chapter Changing the menu settings Menu Organization

1 Pressing the J/j buttons, select the menu icon The menu of this unit consists of the following menus
you want to change, then press the EXEC button. and submenus.

Adjusting and Setting 2 Pressing the J/j buttons, select the submenu you
want to change, then press the EXEC button. TC/UB SET TC PRESET (page 56 (GB))

Through Menus 3 Pressing the J/j buttons, change the setting.

4 Press the EXEC button to return to the submenu.
5 Repeat steps 1 to 4, as needed.
To return to step 1
Press the J/j buttons to select
UB PRESET (page 56 (GB))
DV IN TC (page 56 (GB))
TC MAKE (page 57 (GB))
TC RUN (page 57 (GB))
TC FORMAT (page 57 (GB)) a)
CM SET CM SEARCH (page 58 (GB))
TITLE DISP (page 58 (GB))
LABEL DISP (page 58 (GB))
TAPE LABEL (page 59 (GB))
ITEM ERASE (page 60 (GB))
RETURN, then ERASE ALL (page 61 (GB))

press the EXEC button. DISPLAY SET DATA CODE (page 62 (GB))
EE/PB SEL (page 62 (GB))
Operating the Menus LTR SIZE (page 62 (GB))
COLOR BAR (page 62 (GB)) b)
DATE DISP (page 63 (GB))
TIME DISP (page 63 (GB))

The unit allows you to set various parameters in the Displaying the menu VIDEO SET PB YNR (page 63 (GB))
menus. Before you start using the unit, set the internal PB CNR (page 63 (GB))

clock in CLOCK SET on the OTHERS menu. Except

for clock setting, you can use all other factory-set
1 Set the CHARACTER DISPLAY (LCD) selector AUDIO SET AUDIO MODE (page 64 (GB))
JOG AUDIO (page 64 (GB))
to ON or ON (BLACK BACK).
default parameters but change them as needed. VTR SET REC MODE (page 65 (GB))

Notes
2 Set the DISPLAY SELECT selector to MENU.
AUTO INDEX (page 65 (GB))
STILL PICT (page 65 (GB))
FF/REW SPD (page 65 (GB))
• If the internal backup battery is exhausted, the time The menu is superimposed on the LCD monitor. DUPLICATE (page 66 (GB))
set in the internal clock and the time code of the DV EE OUT (page 66 (GB))
STILL TIME (page 66 (GB))
FREE RUN setting will be initialized. The internal TC ⁄ UB SET FROM STILL (page 66 (GB))
Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

backup battery is fully charged if you connect the TC TC PRESET
CM UB PRESET OTHERS COMMANDER (page 67 (GB))
power to the unit for about 8 hours. A fully charged DISP
V
DV IN TC
TC MAKE AC ON MODE (page 67 (GB))
Icons Submenus
internal battery can run for about two weeks. A TC RUN AUTO STBY (page 67 (GB))
VTR TC FORMAT
• Do not pull out the plug of the power cord from an ETC BEEP (page 67 (GB))
LCD BRIGHT (page 67 (GB))
AC outlet or the unit while adjusting the menu or the LCD COLOR (page 67 (GB)) c)
brightness of the LCD monitor. Otherwise, the CLOCK SET (page 67 (GB))
settings of the menu may be changed accidentally. HRS METER (page 67 (GB))

a) available only when you use an NTSC formatted signal

b) COLOUR BAR for PAL model
c) LCD COLOUR for PAL model

54 (GB) Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus 55 (GB)

Operating the Menus

Menu Contents Icon/Menu

Submenu
(page)
Setting

TC TC/UB SET TC MAKE Selects the time code when you start recording.
Initial settings are indicated with rectangles.
(page 44 (GB)) REGEN : The time code value is set to continuous time code from the one already
recorded on the tape. If no time code is recorded on the tape, it starts from 00:00:00:00.
PRESET: The time code starts from the value set in TC PRESET on the TC/UB SET
TC/UB SET menu menu.
TC RUN Selects the advancement mode (counting up).
Note (page 45 (GB)) REC RUN : Time code value advances only while recording.
All items can be set only when you record in DVCAM FREE RUN: Time code value advances even when the unit is not recording. (This mode is
format. used to set the current time as the initial time code value.)
Notes
Submenu • If you set the advancement mode to FREE RUN, the time code will be updated by the
Icon/Menu Setting internal clock when the power is off. Therefore, when you turn on the unit again, the time
(page)
code may have been delayed or advanced somewhat.
TC TC/UB SET TC PRESET Resets/Sets the time code value.
(page 42 (GB)) RESET: Resets the time code value to 00:00:00:00. • If the internal backup battery is exhausted, the time code of the FREE RUN setting is
initialized.
PRESET: Sets the time code value.
RETURN : Returns to the TC/UB SET menu without changing the time code value. TC FORMAT Selects the frame mode.
(page 45 (GB)) AUTO : Automatically sets the frame mode in accordance with the inserted cassette. (If
Note
nothing is recorded on the tape, the mode is set to the non-drop frame mode. If the unit
To set the initial time code value, you need to set TC MAKE to PRESET first. If TC MAKE cannot read the frame mode correctly in the tape, the unit will use the frame mode that
has been set to REGEN, you cannot change the time code using this item. was set in the last position it was able to read correctly on the tape. If you remove the
UB PRESET Resets/Sets the user bits value. cassette, the mode of the last position it was able to read correctly is cleared and the
(page 43 (GB)) RESET: Resets the user bits value to 00 00 00 00. mode is set to the non-drop frame mode. If TC MAKE is set to PRESET, the mode is
PRESET: Sets the user bits value. (You can set the user bits as eight-digit hexadecimal also set to the non-drop frame mode.)
values (0 to 9, A to F) (base 16) to have the date, time, scene number, and other DF: Selects the drop frame mode.
information inserted into the user bits.) NDF: Selects the non-drop frame mode.
RETURN : Returns to the TC/UB SET menu without changing the user bits value. Notes
DV IN TC Selects whether to record internal time code or external time code while the unit records the • When the NTSC/PAL select switch is set to PAL, the unit works as a PAL model.
(page 44 (GB)) signals input via the DV jack in DVCAM format. Therefore while recording in the DVCAM format, the time code generated by the unit turns
INTERNAL : Records the time code generated by the internal time code generator. (The to the non-drop frame mode. Even if an NTSC formatted signal is input to the DV jack, the
value of the time code or user bits depends on the settings of other menu items, such as time code generated by the unit is non-drop frame mode as long as the switch is set to
TC PRESET, UB PRESET, or TC MAKE.) PAL, regardless of this item setting. If you intend to set the unit to generate the time code
EXTERNAL: Records the time code along with the video and audio signals input via the in the drop frame mode, set the NTSC/PAL select switch to NTSC. As a result, this item
Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

DV jack. (The internally generated user bits are recorded.) setting returns to the status which was set before the NTSC/PAL switch was flipped to
PAL.
Notes
• Regardless of this item setting, the frame mode is set to drop frame when you record in
• When you set REC MODE on the VTR SET menu to DV SP, this item cannot be used. DV format (Only for NTSC).
Even if this item is set to EXTERNAL, when you set REC MODE on the VTR SET menu to
DV SP, the setting becomes invalid and the unit records the internal time code.
• When this item is set to EXTERNAL, the INPUT SELECT selector on the front panel is set
to DV, and no signal is input via the DV jack, or the software of the editing controller does
not output a time code, if you start recording, bars (– –:– –:– –:– –) are recorded as time
code. At the point that the input of a signal begins, the time code of that signal will be
recorded.
• When this item is set to EXTERNAL, if you input time code to the DV jack that is not
continuous or does not advance correctly, the value of the recorded or displayed time
code may not be equal to the actual value of the input one. If you use a tape with this
problem, you may not be able to perform search or edit, depending on the devices you
use.

56 (GB) Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus 57 (GB)

1-13
DSR-25

Operating the Menus

CM SET menu Icon/Menu

Submenu
Setting
(page)
CM CM SET TAPE LABEL Makes a tape label. (You can enter up to 10 characters on a tape label.)
Submenu
Icon/Menu Setting If you select this item, one of the following symbols appears. If no cassette is loaded,
(page)
nothing is displayed.
CM CM SET CM SEARCH Selects the mode used to search scenes. : Cassette with cassette memory
ON : Searches scenes using the cassette memory. (If the cassette does not have
: Cassette without cassette memory
cassette memory, the search for the scenes can be done using the search signals on
the tape.) You can make a tape label as follows:
OFF: Always searches scenes using the search signals on the tape. 1 On the TAPE LABEL screen, select a line that has the alphabet character you want by
pressing the J/j buttons and the EXEC button. (The cursor moves to the first character
TITLE DISP Selects whether or not to display the title.
of the line.)
ON : Displays the title.
OFF: Hides the title. TAPE LABEL
__________
TAPE LABEL
__________

ABCDE 1 2 3 4 5 ABCDE 1 2 3 4 5
Notes FGH I J 6 7 8 9 0 FGH I J 6 7 8 9 0

• The title input with the camera or external device is displayed. You cannot enter a title
K LMNO ' . , / –
PQRS T [ ] , K LMNO ' . , / –
PQRS T [ ]
UVWXY [ SE T ] UVWXY [ SE T ]
Z& ? ! Z& ? !
using this unit.
• The unit cannot display a font that the unit does not have.
• The title is displayed on the LCD monitor or analog video output.
• The title is only displayed if you have set the DISPLAY SELECT selector to DATA. 2 Select a character by pressing the J/j buttons and the EXEC button. (The selected
LABEL DISP Selects whether or not to display the tape label. character is entered. To erase a character, select [ P ]; the last character is erased.)
ON : Displays the tape label. TAPE LABEL TAPE LABEL
__________ S_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
OFF: Hides the tape label. ABCDE 1 2 3 4 5 ABCDE 1 2 3 4 5
FGH I J 6 7 8 9 0 FGH I J 6 7 8 9 0
Notes K LMNO ' . , / –
PQRS T [
UVWXY [ SE T ]
] , K LMNO ' . , / –
PQRS T [ ]
UVWXY [ SE T ]
• The tape label is displayed on the LCD monitor or analog video output. Z& ? ! Z& ? !

• The tape label is only displayed if you have set the DISPLAY SELECT selector to DATA.
• If the tape label has been made with another VCR or camcorder, this unit cannot display a
tape label that includes a font that the unit does not have.
3 Repeat steps 1 and 2. After entering all characters for the tape label, select [SET].
Note
The unit cannot display the TAPE LABEL screen in the following cases:
• The unit does not have a cassette inserted or the tape is being unloaded.
• The cassette does not have cassette memory.
• The cassette memory is full of data other than the tape label data.
• The cassette is write-protected.
Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

• The tape is being recorded.
• The tape is being duplicated.
• The cassette memory is being used.

58 (GB) Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus 59 (GB)

Operating the Menus

Submenu Submenu
Icon/Menu Setting Icon/Menu Setting
(page) (page)
CM CM SET ITEM ERASE Erase a cassette memory item. CM CM SET ERASE ALL Erases all the items in the cassette memory.
If you select this item, one of the following symbols appears. If no cassette is loaded, If you select this item, one of the following symbols appears. If no cassette is loaded,
nothing is displayed. nothing is displayed.
: Cassette with cassette memory : Tape with cassette memory
: Cassette without cassette memory : Tape without cassette memory
The available items are as follows: Erase all items in the cassette memory as follows:
INDEX ALL: Erases the index data. 1 To erase all items, select OK, otherwise select RETURN. (If you select OK, the unit will
TITLE ALL: Erases the title data. check again to see if you really want to erase all items.)
DATE ALL: Erases the date data.
PHOTO ALL: Erases the photo data. TC
CM SET
CM SEARCH TC
CM SET
CM SEARCH TC
CM SET
CM SEARCH
CM TITLE DISP CM TITLE DISP CM TITLE DISP
You can erase an item as follows: DISP
V
LABEL DISP
TAPE LABEL
DISP
V
LABEL DISP
TAPE LABEL
DISP
V
LABEL DISP
TAPE LABEL

1 Select an item to erase by pressing the J/j buttons and the EXEC button.
A
VTR
I TEM ERASE
ERASE ALL RETURN , A
VTR
I TEM ERASE
ERASE ALL RETURN
, A
VTR
I TEM ERASE
ERASE ALL RETURN
ETC RETURN OK ETC RETURN OK ETC RETURN EXECUTE

2 To erase the item, select OK, otherwise select RETURN. (If you select OK, the unit will
check again to see if you really want to erase the item.)
CM SET CM SET CM SET
TC I TEM ERASE TC I TEM ERASE TC I TEM ERASE 2 To erase all items, select EXECUTE, otherwise select RETURN. (If you select
CM I NDEX ALL RETURN CM I NDEX ALL RETURN CM I NDEX ALL RETURN
DISP
V
T I TLE ALL OK
DATE ALL
DISP
V
T I TLE ALL OK
DATE ALL
DISP
V
T I TLE ALL EXECUTE
DATE ALL
EXECUTE, the ERASING message will flash, and the unit starts erasing all items in the
A
VTR
PHOTO ALL
RETURN , A
VTR
PHOTO ALL
RETURN
, A
VTR
PHOTO ALL
RETURN cassette memory. While the ERASING message is flashing, you cannot use the J/j
ETC ETC ETC
buttons or the EXEC button. After all items have been erased, the COMPLETE message
appears. Press the J/j buttons or the EXEC button to erase the COMPLETE message.)
CM SET CM SET
TC CM SEARCH TC CM SEARCH
3 To erase the item, select EXECUTE, otherwise select RETURN. (If you select CM
DISP
TITLE DISP
LABEL DISP
CM
DISP
TITLE DISP
LABEL DISP
V TAPE LABEL TAPE LABEL
EXECUTE, the ERASING message will flash, and the unit will start erasing the item in A I TEM ERASE
,
V
A I TEM ERASE
VTR ERASE ALL ERASING VTR ERASE ALL COMPLETE
the cassette memory. While the ERASING message is flashing, you cannot use the J/j ETC RETURN ETC RETURN

buttons or the EXEC button. After the item has been erased, the COMPLETE message
appears. Press the J/j buttons or the EXEC button to erase the COMPLETE message.)
CM SET CM SET
TC I TEM ERASE
I NDEX ALL ERASING
TC I TEM ERASE Note
CM CM I NDEX ALL COMPLETE
DISP T I TLE ALL DISP T I T LE ALL
V DATE ALL V DATE ALL You cannot erase all the items in the cassette memory in the following cases:
A
VTR
PHOTO ALL
RETURN , A
VTR
PHOTO ALL
RETURN
ETC ETC • The unit does not have a cassette inserted or the tape is being unloaded.
• The cassette does not have cassette memory.
• The cassette is write-protected.
Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

• The tape is being recorded.

Notes • The tape is being duplicated.
• You cannot make a title, mark the date for date search, or record in the photo mode.
• You cannot erase an item in the cassette memory in the following cases:
– The unit does not have a cassette inserted or the tape is being unloaded.
– The cassette does not have cassette memory.
– The cassette is write-protected.
– The tape is being recorded.
– The tape is being duplicated.

60 (GB) Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus 61 (GB)

1-14
 DSR-25

Operating the Menus

DISPLAY SET menu Icon/Menu

Submenu
Setting
(page)

Submenu DISPLAY
DISP DATE DISP Selects the form of the date displayed on the search screen or of the data codes and so on.
Icon/Menu Setting SET Y/M/D: Displays YY/MM/DD (year/month/day).
(page)
M/D/Y: Displays MM/DD/YY (month/day/year).
DISP DISPLAY DATA CODE Selects whether or not to display the data codes on the LCD monitor and the analog video
D/M/Y: Displays DD/MM/YY (day/month/year).
SET (page 32 (GB)) output.
OFF : Does not display the data codes. Note
DATE: Displays the date when recorded. The default is M/D/Y for NTSC model; and D/M/Y for PAL model.
CAMERA: Displays the camera data. TIME DISP Selects the form of the time displayed on the search screen or of the data codes and so on.
EE/PB SEL Sets the stop, fast-forward and rewind modes. 24H : Displays 24-hour time.
(page 14 (GB)) EE : Outputs EE pictures and EE sounds. 12H: Displays 12-hour time.
PB: Mutes the image and sound.
Note
Note
The counter of this unit operates only on a 12-hour cycle. Even if you set this item to 24H,
If this item is set to PB, the output from the unit will be as follows when you press any of the the counter value is displayed on a 12-hour cycle.
REC, DUP, or AUDIO DUB buttons separately when the unit is stopped (unless the
cassette has been write-protected).
Image Sound Time code
VIDEO SET menu
REC button EE picture of EE sound of the
the input image input sound
(CH-1/2) a) Submenu
Icon/Menu Setting
(page)
DUP Image input to Sound input to
button b) the DV jack the DV jack
V VIDEO SET PB YNR Switches the noise reduction level for the luminance signals when a tape is played.
(See page 46 (GB)) OFF : No noise reduction
AUDIO Mute screen EE sound of the LOW: Low noise reduction
DUB (black) input sound
HIGH: High noise reduction
button (CH-3/4) a)
No button Mute screen Mute Notes
is pressed (black) (no sound) • When you use noise reduction, there may be an afterimage depending on the condition of
the picture.
a) Set the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector appropriately.
• The setting of this item does not affect a signal output via the DV jack.
b) When the INPUT SELECT selector is set to DV.
PB CNR Switches the noise reduction level for the chrominance signals when a tape is played.
LTR SIZE Changes the font size of the menu line at the cursor. OFF : No noise reduction
NORMAL : Normal size LOW: Low noise reduction
Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

2×: Double height size HIGH: High noise reduction
COLOR BAR Displays/hides the color bars.
Notes
(for NTSC OFF : Does not display the color bars.
• When you use noise reduction, there may be an afterimage depending on the condition of
model) / ON: Displays the color bars.
COLOUR BAR the picture.
(for PAL Notes • The setting of this item does not affect a signal output via the DV jack.
model) • You cannot display the color bars while the unit is playing the tape or when the INPUT
SELECT selector is set to DV.
• The color bars are displayed on the LCD monitor or analog video output.
• If you record when the color bars are displayed, the color bars will also be recorded on the
tape.
• Do not use the color bars output from the analog video output connectors as a reference
signal.
• The reference sound signals are not output even if this item is set to ON.
• This item will be automatically set to OFF if you set the INPUT SELECT selector to DV or
you operate the unit to play back a tape.

62 (GB) Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus 63 (GB)

Operating the Menus

AUDIO SET menu VTR SET menu

Submenu Submenu
Icon/Menu Setting Icon/Menu Setting
(page) (page)
A AUDIO SET AUDIO Selects the audio mode. VTR VTR SET REC MODE Switches the recording mode between DVCAM and DV (SP mode only). When you play
MODE FS32K : Switches the audio mode to the four channel mode (12-bit mode). back a tape, the DVCAM/DV setting will be automatically switched; you do not need to use
(page 52 (GB)) FS48K: Switches the audio mode to the two channel stereo mode (16-bit mode). (This this item.
setting records the sound in all audio ranges, providing a high-quality sound recording.) DVCAM : Records in DVCAM format.
DV SP: Records in DV format (SP mode).
Notes
Notes
• When signals are input via the DV jack, the audio mode of the signals to be recorded is
the same as that of the input signals. The setting of this item is ignored. • The unit can record only in the DVCAM format or in the SP mode of the DV format.
• You cannot change the setting of this item during recording. • You cannot change the setting while recording.
• Noise may occur at the instant you switch the audio mode. • It is recommended that you record in the DVCAM format. There are some limitations with
respect to DV recording depending on machine specifications and the consumer DV
JOG AUDIO Turns sound output on/off when the tape is played at a speed other than normal. format as follows:
OFF : Does not output the sound when playing a tape at a speed other than normal. – The head system is optimized for DVCAM recording. A DV recording overwrites the last
ON: Outputs the sound when playing a tape at a speed other than normal. track just before the beginning of the recording. As a result, at the border of these two
Note recorded portions, picture and sound may be distorted.
– The sound and picture will be recorded unsynchronized. (unlock mode)
Even if you have set this item to ON, the sound may not be output or interrupted depending
on the tape format (DVCAM/DV) or tape conditions. – The time code is fixed to the drop frame mode. (only for NTSC)
– The DV IN TC setting on the TC/UB SET menu becomes invalid. The unit records
internal time code.
• If you dub a consumer DV tape from the DV jack on this unit, keep the following in mind:
– Set REC MODE to DV SP. If REC MODE has been set to DVCAM, a tape with an
invalid format (recording speed: DVCAM, sound: unsynchronized, unlock mode) will be
made. (The unit cannot convert unlock mode sound to lock mode sound.)
– If you edit a tape with an invalid format in the DSR-70/70P, DSR-70A/70AP, DSR-80/
80P, DSR-85/85P, DSR-1800/1800P, DSR-2000/2000P, etc., there may be some
restrictions.
For details on DVCAM/DV format compatibility, see “Compatibility of DVCAM and DV
Format” on page 76 (GB).
AUTO INDEX Selects whether or not the unit automatically marks an index signal when the unit in the
(page 40 (GB)) stop mode starts recording.
ON : Marks an index signal at the beginning of the recording.
Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

OFF: Does not mark an index signal at the beginning of the recording.
STILL PICT Switches the image displayed in the still mode.
AUTO : Displays an optimized image according to the movement in the image.
FIELD: Displays a field image.
FRAME: Displays a frame image.
Note
If you select FIELD, the image of field 2 is displayed.
FF/REW SPD Selects the tape transport mode in fast-forward and rewind.
FF/REW : Fast-forwards or rewinds the tape at maximum speed without displaying the
picture.
SHUTTLEMAX: Fast-forwards or rewinds the tape at maximum speed (about 14 times
normal speed for NTSC; about 17 times normal speed for PAL) while displaying the
picture. However, if you use a tape recorded in the SP mode of the DV format, the
maximum tape speed will be about 24 times normal speed, regardless of the color
system used.

64 (GB) Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus 65 (GB)

1-15
DSR-25

Operating the Menus

Icon/Menu
Submenu
Setting
OTHERS menu
(page)
VTR VTR SET DUPLICATE Switches the duplicate mode. Submenu
(page 47 (GB)) AUTOq : Starts duplication after rewinding the tape to the beginning in the player Icon/Menu Setting
(page)
and recorder. (The cassette memory is also duplicated.)
OTHERS COMMANDER Selects the control device.
AUTOq: Starts duplication after rewinding the tape to the beginning in the player and
(page 22 (GB)) WIRELESS : Enables the control of the Remote Commander.
recorder. (The cassette memory is not duplicated.)
CONTROL S: Enables the control of the Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20, not supplied)
MANUALq: Duplicates the tape from any point. (The cassette memory is not
connected to the CONTROL S IN jack. (The Remote Commander is disabled.)
duplicated.)
Note
Note
The unit accepts signals from any Sony Remote Commander whose command mode is set
You cannot change the setting of this item during duplication.
to VTR4, not only the supplied one. If you want to disable the control from any Remote
DV EE OUT Selects the output from the DV jack in the EE mode. Commander, set this item to CONTROL S.
(page 38 (GB)) OFF : Outputs only the playback video and audio signals from the DV jack. AC ON Switches the state into which the unit goes when the unit is connected to the AC outlet.
ON: Outputs the selected analog input signals from the DV jack. MODE STBY : Makes the unit go into the standby mode.
Note POWER ON: Turns the unit on.
When you connect a computer to the DV jack, depending on your computer software, the AUTO STBY Selects whether the unit goes into the standby mode or not, if the unit has been in the stop
selected analog input signals may be output to the computer even if this item is set to OFF. mode and no key operations have been attempted for more than one hour.
DISABLE : Leaves the unit in the stop mode.
STILL TIME Selects the length of time that elapses before switching to the tape protection mode from
the still mode. ENABLE: Makes the unit go into the standby mode.
30 SEC : 30 seconds BEEP Selects whether or not the unit beeps.
1 MIN: 1 minute ON : Enables the beep.
2 MIN: 2 minutes OFF: Disables the beep.
3 MIN: 3 minutes LCD BRIGHT Adjusts the LCD monitor brightness. Press the J/j buttons and the EXEC button to adjust
5 MIN: 5 minutes and set the brightness. You can also adjust the brightness by pressing the J/j buttons on
the Data screen. (The triangle under the bar is displayed in green when the setting is set to
Notes
the factory preset value.)
• If the unit is left in playback pause mode for a long time, the tape or the video heads may
LCD COLOR Adjusts the depth of color of the LCD monitor. Press the J/j buttons and the EXEC button
be damaged or the video heads may become clogged. Select the shortest time possible
(for NTSC to adjust and set the depth of color. (The triangle under the bar is displayed in green when
—particularly when using a Mini-DV cassette that is longer than 60 minutes, select 30
model) / LCD the setting is set to the factory preset value.)
SEC or 1 MIN.
COLOUR (for
• If you change the setting of this item while the unit is in the playback pause mode, the first
PAL model)
tape protection mode change uses the time setting from before the settings were changed.
From the second tape protection mode change, the new time setting is used. CLOCK SET Sets the internal clock of the unit.
Pressing the J/j buttons and the EXEC button, set the time (year, month, day, hour and
FROM STILL Selects the tape protection mode to which the unit switches after the still mode continues for
Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

minute). (When you set the minute, the second count will start from 00.)

Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus

the time interval set in STILL TIME.
STOP: Stops the tape. Notes
STEP FWD : Forwards one frame. • Regardless of the DATE DISP setting, the date is displayed in the Y/M/D format while you
are setting CLOCK SET.
• The internal backup battery will be fully charged in about 8 hours when power is provided
to the unit. A fully charged internal backup battery can run the internal clock for about two
weeks without the power provided through the AC power cord.
• If the unit starts recording while you are setting this item, the value at that time is set in the
internal clock.
HRS METER Displays the accumulated time counts (by the digital hours meter) in units of 10 hours or 10
(page 75 (GB)) counts.
OPERATION: Power supplied duration
DRUM RUN: Drum rotation duration
TAPE RUN: Tape run duration
THREADING: Tape unthreading count

66 (GB) Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus Chapter 5 Adjusting and Setting Through Menus 67 (GB)

6
Troubleshooting

Chapter Symptom Cause/Remedy

EE pictures and EE sound are not output. • EE/PB SEL on the DISPLAY SET menu is set to PB. t Set EE/PB SEL to EE.
• The setting of the INPUT SELECT selector does not match the signal input. t
Set the selector according to the signal input.
The audio is noisy. • A damaged tape is loaded. t Remove the cassette and insert another one.

Maintenance • The video heads are dirty. t Clean the video heads using the supplied
cleaning cassette.
Duplication does not function. Check the STOP/CAUTION No. and the warning messages displayed on the
LCD monitor. Take the appropriate action (See page 50 (GB)).
Audio dubbing cannot be done. • You are trying to dub the sound onto a DV-formatted tape. t Sounds can be
Audio dubbing is interrupted. dubbed only onto a DVCAM-formatted tape (recorded) in the 32 kHz audio
mode (4-channel).
If the unit detects the following, audio dubbing will automatically abort, an alarm
message will be superimposed on the LCD monitor and on an external monitor.
– A blank portion
– A section recorded in other than 32 kHz audio mode (4-channel)
Troubleshooting – A portion recorded in other than DVCAM format
• You have tried to dub the sound onto channels 1/2. t Only channels 3/4 can
be used for dubbing. You cannot dub the sound onto channels 1/2.
No sound or undesired sound is output When the audio mode is 32 kHz (4 channel), you can select the audio channel to
Please check the following before contacting your from the AUDIO jacks in OUTPUT or from be output using the AUDIO OUTPUT SELECT selector on the front panel. Set
Sony dealer. the PHONES jack. the selector according to the desired channel.
A menu item is not available. • The KEY INH switch is set to ON. t First, set the switch to OFF, then adjust
Symptom Cause/Remedy the menu.
• If you have set REC MODE on the VTR SET menu to DV SP, some menu
The power cannot be turned on. • The AC power cord is disconnected. t Connect the AC power cord.
items will be disabled. t Set REC MODE on the VTR SET menu to DVCAM
• The KEY INH switch is set to ON. t Set the switch to OFF.
(See page 65 (GB)).
The unit will not operate even if the power • The KEY INH switch is set to ON. t Set the switch to OFF. • Some menu items are only available in the EE mode or playback mode. t Set
has been turned on. • Moisture condensation has occurred. t Turn off the power, disconnect the AC the unit to the EE mode or playback mode.
power cord. Reconnect the AC power cord after about one minute and turn on • Some items on the TC/UB SET menu are available only if you have set TC
the power. Then if there is a cassette in the unit, remove the cassette and leave MAKE to PRESET. t Set TC MAKE to PRESET (See page 42 (GB)).
it for more than one hour. • Some menu items are not available when the REC/SAVE switch on the
• The cassette is not inserted straight. t Eject and reinsert it straight. cassette inside the unit has been set to SAVE. t Set the switch to REC.
The cassette cannot be inserted. • There is moisture condensation on the head drum. t With the unit powered on, Some menu item settings change You have pulled out the plug of the power cord from an AC outlet or the unit while
wait more than one hour. accidentally. adjusting the menu or the brightness of the LCD monitor. t Adjust the menu
• The cassette is not inserted straight. t Eject and reinsert it straight. again. To prevent this incident recurring, do not pull out the plug while adjusting
• Another cassette has been loaded already. t Remove the cassette and insert the menu or the brightness of the LCD monitor.
the one you want to load.
The unit operates by itself. COMMANDER on the OTHERS menu is set to WIRELESS and a Sony Remote
• The cassette compartment is closed. t Press the EJECT button to open the
Commander whose command mode is set to VTR4 is operated near the unit. t
compartment. Set COMMANDER to CONTROL S.
It takes time to eject the cassette. This is not a malfunction. t This unit ejects the cassette slowly to protect the
The Remote Commander or the Remote The setting of COMMANDER on the OTHERS menu is not appropriate. t
Chapter 6 Maintenance
Chapter 6 Maintenance

tape. While the cassette is being ejected, the q (cassette) indicator flashes.
Control Unit does not function. Change the setting of COMMANDER according to the device used.
No picture. The video heads are dirty. t Clean the video heads using the supplied cleaning
Even though the settings on this unit are On the Remote Control Unit, press the PLAY button while holding the REC
cassette.
correct, you cannot make the unit record button down.
Noise appears on the screen. • A damaged tape is loaded. t Remove the cassette and insert another one. using the Remote Control Unit (DSRM-20,
• The video heads are dirty. t Clean the video heads using the supplied not supplied).
cleaning cassette.
Even though the KEY INH switch is set to Setting the KEY INH switch to ON does not disable the Remote Commander. If
• You have tried to make the unit play back a tape recorded in the LP mode of
ON, the unit responds to operations input you want to disable the control of the Remote Commander, set COMMANDER
the DV format. t This unit can play back only tapes recorded in the DVCAM
using the Remote Commander. on the OTHERS menu to CONTROL S.
format or in the SP mode of the DV format. A tape recorded in the LP mode of
the DV format cannot be played back on this unit. Even though DV IN TC on the TC/UB SET • REC MODE on the VTR SET menu is set to DV SP. t Set REC MODE to
No picture via the DV jack. • Reconnect the i.LINK cable (DV cable) (not supplied). menu is set to EXTERNAL, the time code DVCAM.
• The INPUT SELECT selector is set to a position other than DV. t Set the of the input DV signal is not recorded. • The DV signal output from the digital non-linear editing controller does not
selector to DV. include a time code. t Confirm that the editing software you are using is
capable of outputting a time code.
• The INPUT SELECT selector is not set to DV. t Set it to DV.
(Continued)
68 (GB) Chapter 6 Maintenance Chapter 6 Maintenance 69 (GB)

1-16
 DSR-25

Troubleshooting

Symptom Cause/Remedy Symptom Cause/Remedy

After playing at 1/10 of normal speed in
forward or reverse for more than one
minute, normal playback forward starts.
Playback pause mode is released and the
unit goes into the stop mode.
Playback pause mode is released and the
tape forwards by one frame for each
preset time interval.
After the unit has been left in the stop
mode and no key operations have been
attempted for more than one hour, the unit
goes into the standby mode (the unit’s
power turns off).
The pause mode of recording, audio
dubbing, or duplicating is released
automatically.
When the tape is rewound to its beginning, • The TIMER selector is set to REPEAT. t Set the TIMER selector to OFF.
the playback automatically starts.
During playback, the unit starts rewinding
suddenly.
When the tape reaches its end, rewinding
starts automatically.
Whenever you connect the unit to an AC
outlet, the unit automatically starts
recording.
Even though the KEY INH switch is set to
ON, the unit starts recording/playback by
itself.
Whenever you connect the unit to an AC
outlet, the unit turns on automatically.
To protect a tape, the unit is set to start normal playback after playing at 1/10 of When you set the AUDIO INPUT LEVEL Confirm the level of the sound output from the player by referring to the player’s
normal speed in forward or reverse for more than one minute. Play back the tape selector: instruction manual. According to that output level, set the AUDIO INPUT LEVEL
at 1/3 of normal speed. • You do not know how to adjust the input selector on the rear panel of this unit so as to obtain an optimum level. If you are
level. not clear about the player’s output level, try the following procedure.
To protect the tape, the unit is set to go into the stop mode after the playback
• The recorded level is too low. 1 Specify the output level by types of audio output connectors available on the
pause mode continues for a certain period. t Set FROM STILL on the VTR SET
• The recorded sound is distorted. player.
menu to STEP FWD. If you do so, the tape will forward by one frame for each
time interval set in STILL TIME. • If the player is equipped with phono jacks: Set the AUDIO INPUT LEVEL
selector to –10.
To protect the tape, the unit is set to forward the tape by one frame after the • If the player is equipped with XLR connectors: Set the AUDIO INPUT LEVEL
playback pause mode continues for a certain period. t Set FROM STILL on the selector to +4 or –2.
VTR SET menu to STOP. If you do so, the unit will go into the stop mode after
the playback pause mode continues for the interval set in STILL TIME. 2 Set the AUDIO INPUT switch on the front panel to FIX and play back the tape
which you intend to use for playback. When the playback audio level is at its
AUTO STBY on the OTHERS menu is set to ENABLE. t Set AUTO STBY to maximum, if the audio levels meters exceed 0 dB, set the AUDIO INPUT
DISABLE. LEVEL selector to the lower step (+4 or –2). Either, set the AUDIO INPUT
switch to VAR and turn the AUDIO REC LEVEL control knobs to adjust the
recording level. The recorded sound at the portion where the meters exceed 0
dB will be distorted.
To protect the tape and the video heads, the unit goes into the stop mode after The unit does not function as part of a • The INPUT SELECT selector is set to a setting other than DV. t Set it to DV.
the pause mode of recording, audio dubbing, or duplicating continues for more digital non-linear editing system. • The editing controller or the editing software is not compatible with this unit. t
than five minutes. Refer to the instruction manuals of the controller or the software and consult
their manufacturers.
• You pressed the PLAY button while holding the REW button down. t If you do No picture on the LCD monitor. • The CHARACTER DISPLAY (LCD) selector has been set to ON (BLACK
this, the unit rewinds the tape to its beginning and begins playback (See page BACK). t Set it to ON.
13 (GB)). • With an analog connection, the current setting of the NTSC/PAL select switch is
The TIMER selector is set to REPEAT. t When the TIMER selector is set to not appropriate. t Set it to the appropriate position for the device you are
REPEAT, the unit starts rewinding at the moment when a signal for index search using.
or a blank portion is detected. Set the TIMER selector to OFF.
The TIMER selector is set to REPEAT. t When the TIMER selector is set to
REPEAT, the unit starts rewinding at the moment when the end of the tape is
detected. Set the TIMER selector to OFF.
The TIMER selector is set to REC. t When the TIMER selector is set to REC,
the unit starts recording whenever the power is connected. Set the TIMER
selector to OFF.
• The TIMER selector is set to REPEAT or REC. t The TIMER selector setting
has a higher priority than the KEY INH switch setting. Set the TIMER selector to
OFF.
• When COMMANDER on the OTHERS menu is set to WIRELESS, the unit
responds to signals from the Remote Commander even though the KEY INH
switch is set to ON. t Set COMMANDER to CONTROL S.
• AC ON MODE on the OTHERS menu is set to POWER ON. t Set AC ON
MODE to STBY.

Chapter 6 Maintenance
Chapter 6 Maintenance

• There is a cassette inside the unit and the TIMER selector is set to REPEAT or
REC. t Set the TIMER selector to OFF.

70 (GB) Chapter 6 Maintenance Chapter 6 Maintenance 71 (GB)

Alarm
Alarm Messages
Message Notes on Use

If an error occurs, a warning appears on the LCD Notes on the Videocassette Do not put magnetic objects close to the unit
monitor and the analog video output (if the Magnetic fields may damage the recording.
CHARACTER DISPLAY switch is set to ON). Check
Recorder
them with the following list. To prevent electromagnetic interference
Do not use the unit in a place subject to direct caused by radio communication equipment
sunlight or heat sources such as cellular phones, transceivers, etc.
LCD Display If you do, its cabinet, mechanical parts, etc., may be The use of the radio communication equipment such as
monitor Beep Description/Recovery damaged.
window cellular phones or transceivers near the unit may cause
a malfunction and can affect the audio/video signals.
%Z Moisture condensation t Remove the cassette, then wait more than one hour Do not use the unit in an extremely hot place Cellular phones or transceivers near the unit should be
DEW Beep Err with the unit powered on. If the unit is left in a car parked with the windows
DETECTED switched off.
closed (especially in summer), its cabinet, mechanical
Q Beep Err
You tried to record without a cassette. t Insert a cassette. parts, etc., may be damaged or it may not work
NO TAPE Do not use the unit in an area exposed to
correctly. radiation
No beep — The tape is reaching the end during recording. t Provide a new cassette.
Q A malfunction may occur.
If the unit is brought directly from a cold to a
QZ Beep Err
The tape reached the end and still tried to record. t Rewind the tape or replace
warm location
TAPE END the cassette with a new one. Checking the video heads every 1 000 hours
Moisture may condense inside the unit and cause A VCR is a high-precision piece of equipment that
QZ The cassette is write-protected. (The REC/SAVE switch is set to SAVE.) t Set the
REC/SAVE switch to REC or use another cassette (See page 26 (GB)). damage to the video heads and tape. If you use the unit records and plays back the picture recorded on a
REC Beep Err
INHIBIT
in a place subject to direct cold currents from an air magnetic tape. In particular, the video heads and other
You tried to dub the sound onto a tape that is not DVCAM-formatted. t Use a conditioner, moisture may also condense inside the mechanical parts may become dirty or worn. To
DVCAM-formatted tape on which the sound has been recorded in the 32 kHz unit. maintain a clean picture, we recommend maintenance
REC MODE Beep Err
audio mode (4-channel/12 bits). every 1 000 hours, even though the conditions of use
NOT DVCAM
Do not place a heavy object on the unit may differ depending on temperature, humidity, dust,
You tried to dub the sound onto a blank tape or onto a tape on which the sound The cabinet, mechanical parts, etc., may be damaged, etc.
was not recorded in the 32 kHz audio mode (4-channel/12 bits). t Use a or the unit may not work correctly.
16BIT OR Beep Err DVCAM-formatted tape on which the sound has been recorded in the 32 kHz
NO REC TAPE audio mode (4-channel/12 bits). When you transport the unit
Do not handle the unit roughly Be sure to transport the unit carefully. Do not use the
You tried to dub the sound when the INPUT SELECT selector has been set to Avoid rough handling or mechanical shock to the unit.
DV IN Beep Err DV. t You cannot dub the sound in the DV input mode. Select another input supplied carton and packing materials repeatedly. They
SELECTED mode. are made from corrugated cardboard, and are designed
To avoid damaging the cabinet’s finish to protect the unit only one time, when the unit is
You did not set the clock when you turned on the unit. t Set the clock using the
CLOCK SET No beep — Plastic is often used for the surface finishing of the purchased and delivered to you.
menu (See page 67 (GB)).
unit. Do not spray a volatile solvent such as an
You tried to record a copyright protected source. t You cannot record a
COPYRIGHT insecticide toward the cabinet or place rubber or vinyl
Beep Err copyright protected source (See page 28 (GB)).
PROTECTED products on the cabinet for a long time. If you do, the
The video heads are clogged. t Clean the video heads with the supplied finish of the cabinet may be damaged or the coating Cleaning of the Video Heads
x
HEAD CLOG cleaning cassette. (The unit can detect if the video heads are clean only before may come off.
Y Displayed recording. If the video heads get clogged during recording, the unit cannot detect With clogged video heads, the unit cannot record
alternately No beep Err it.) Do not clean the cabinet with thinner or properly. Clean the video heads to prevent noise on the
Chapter 6 Maintenance

Chapter 6 Maintenance

CLEANING benzine recorded picture or audio. For cleaning, use the

CASSETTE
The cabinet may be damaged or its coating may come
The unit is running the self-diagnostics (See page 75 (GB)). off. When you use a chemical-impregnated cloth, use
Z Beep — a)
it according to its directions.
a) A self-diagnostics code number (see page 75 (GB)) is displayed on the display window.
Clean the cabinet with a soft dry cloth
When the cabinet is very dirty, clean it with a soft dry
cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution
and finish it with a dry cloth.
supplied cleaning cassette.
Before recording an important event
The unit cannot record properly with the clogged video
heads. To ensure normal recording and clear pictures
and sound, clean the video heads before recording an
important event.
Every 50 hours
If you repeat the tape transport operation, the video
heads will become dirty and coated with fine dirt or
dust. Clean the heads every 50 hours.

72 (GB) Chapter 6 Maintenance Chapter 6 Maintenance 73 (GB)

1-17
DSR-25
Notes on Use
After using a tape prone to clog the heads
After using such a tape causes the symptoms
illustrated below, clean the heads.
When the symptoms caused by clogged video
heads appear
Even if you clean the heads periodically, clogging of
the heads may occur anyway. Clean the heads when:
• mosaic-pattern noise appears on the playback picture.
• a part of the playback picture does not move.
• playback pictures do not appear.
• playback audio is interrupted.
Symptoms caused by contaminated video heads
Normal picture If these pictures appear on the
screen, use the cleaning cassette.
To use the cleaning cassette
Refer to your cleaning cassette’s instruction manual.
Cleaning cassettes are replaceable. The number of
times you can use the cassette is specified in the
cassette’s instruction manual. After using the cassette
that number of times, buy an optional DVCAM
cleaning cassette or a Sony Digital Video Cleaning
Cassette.
After prolonged use, the video heads may become
worn out. If optimum picture quality is not restored
even after you have cleaned the video heads with the
cleaning cassette, the video heads may have worn out.
In that case, you have to replace the video heads with
Chapter 6 Maintenance
new ones. Please consult your Sony dealer.
Notes on the Video Cassettes
If the cassette memory function does not work
Reinsert the cassette a few times. The terminal portion
of the cassette may be dusty or dirty.
74 (GB) Chapter 6 Maintenance
Cleaning the terminal Moisture condensation is likely to occur under the • THREADING mode
If the terminal of the cassette gets dirty, or dust sticks following conditions: The cumulative number of tape unthreading
to the terminal, the unit may not work correctly. • The unit or cassette is brought from the cold outdoors operations is displayed in 10-operation increments.
Clean the terminal with a swab once every ten times to a warm indoor location.
you eject a cassette. • The unit or cassette is brought from the air-
conditioned indoors to the hot outdoors.
• The unit is used in a place subject to cold currents
Self-diagnostics Function
from an air conditioner.
The unit has a self-diagnostics display function.
Terminal
When bringing the unit or cassette from a cold place to This function displays the current condition of the unit
a warm place or vice versa, put it in a plastic bag and as a five-digit code (a combination of a letter and
seal the bag tightly. After bringing it into the new numbers), on the LCD monitor, display window, and
When affixing a label to the cassette place, leave the bag on for more than one hour, and analog video output. If a five-digit code is displayed,
Be sure to affix a label only on the correct location so remove the bag when the air temperature inside it has check the following code chart. The last two digits
as not to cause malfunction of the unit. reached the temperature surrounding it. (indicated by ss) will differ depending on the state
of your unit.
After using a cassette If moisture condensation occurred Code Symptom Remedy
After use, please be sure to rewind the tape completely You cannot operate the unit except to press EJECT, C:21:ss Moisture Remove the cassette,
(to prevent picture and sound distortion). Return it to and a cassette cannot be inserted. If this occurs, with condensation has then wait more than
its case and store it in an upright position. the unit powered on, remove the cassette, then wait occurred. one hour with the
more than one hour for the moisture to evaporate. power on.
C:22:ss The video heads are Clean the heads using
dirty. the cleaning cassette
Notes on the LCD Screen (supplied).
Digital Hours Meter C:31:ss To prevent the unit • Remove the cassette,
The LCD screen is manufactured using high-precision from malfunctioning, or change the unit to
technology. The ratio of effective pixels is 99.99% or The digital hours meter keeps cumulative counts of the the self-diagnostics the standby mode
function has taken once and then turn
more. However, there may be some tiny black points total operation time, the head drum rotation time, the
over. the unit on again.
and/or bright points (red, blue, green or white) that tape running time and the number of unthreading
• Disconnect the AC
constantly appear on the LCD screen. These points do operations. These counts can be displayed on the power cord. After
not affect the recorded picture in any way. menu. Use them as guidelines for scheduling reconnecting it,
Do not place this unit with the LCD screen pointing maintenance. operate the unit.
toward the sun. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged. In general, consult your Sony dealer about necessary C:32:ss To prevent the unit • Change the unit to the
The backlight used in the built-in LCD monitor periodic maintenance checks. from malfunctioning, standby mode once
deteriorates with prolonged use. If the brightness of the the self-diagnostics and then turn the unit
function has taken on again.
LCD monitor cannot be adjusted, consult your Sony The digital hours meter has the following four display
over. • Disconnect the AC
dealer. modes and you can check them in HRS METER of the
power cord. After
OTHERS menu (See page 67 (GB)). reconnecting it,
To clean the LCD screen
Chapter 6 Maintenance
operate the unit.
To remove dirt or to clean fingerprints from the LCD • OPERATION mode
screen, use an LCD cleaning kit (not supplied). The cumulative total hours of operating time is If you are unable to resolve the problem, or a code
displayed in 10-hour increments. other than those in the above chart appears, contact
your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service
• DRUM RUN mode facility and inform them of the number.
About Moisture Condensation The cumulative total hours of drum rotation with tape
threaded is displayed in 10-hour increments.
If the unit or cassette is brought directly from a cold to
a warm location, moisture may condense inside or
• TAPE RUN mode
outside the unit or tape. If you use the tape or video
The cumulative total hours of tape running time is
heads in this condition, the tape may adhere to the
displayed in 10-hour increments.
head drum, and the video heads or the tape may be
damaged, or a malfunction may occur.
Chapter 6 Maintenance 75 (GB)
1-18
1-18E
 DSR-25
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. UPPER CASE, BOTTOM PLATE

3 Upper case

2 Two screws
(M3 case)

1 Two screws
(M3 case)

5 Bottom plate

4 Six screws (B3)

2-2. FRONT PANEL BLOCK ASSEMBLY

2 Harness (VD-060) (CN709)

1 Flat cable (FVF-009)

(CN702)
6 Two screws
(2 × 4.5)

8 Two claws

9 Front panel block

assembly
4 Harness (PV-134) (CN1502)

5 Screw (B3)
3 Harness (PV-133) (CN1503)

7 Two claws

2-1
DSR-25

2-3. FR-183/DL-062 BOARDS

5 Sheet metal (L), ground 4 Two screws
(2 × 6)

6 Bracket (L) assembly

7 Door block
2 Two screws
0 FR-183 board (2 × 6)

qa Harness (VD-060)
(CN601)

Switches 3 Sheet metal (R),

Switches ground
qd DL-062 board Switches

8 Two screws
(2 × 6)
Switches

qs Spacer (IR) 1 Harness (FF-205) (CN402)

Slide knobs 9 Two VOL knobs

Note: When installing FR-183 board, connect switches with

Slide knobs
slide knobs.

Slide knobs

2-4. LCD MODULE (LCD901)

2 Two screws
(1.7 × 4)

4 LCD module (LCD901)

3 PD-170 board, cold cathode

1 Flexible board (CN901)

Front panel assembly

2-2
 DSR-25

2-5. MECHANISM DECK

3 Two screws (B3)

7 Flat cable (FVJ-020)

4 Flame T (CN1101)

6 Two step screws 8 Flat cable (FVJ-021)

(CN6001)

5 Two screws (B3)

qd Four screws
(2 × 4.5) 9 Harness (VJ-108)
(CN7001)
0 Harness (JD-054)
(CN1100)

qa Harness (JD-053)
(CN4400)

qf CK block assembly
qg Mechanism deck

1 Harness (VD-058)
(CN705) qs Harness (CD-116) (CN100)

2 Harness (CN704)

2-6. CM-59 BOARD

3 Two connectors
4 Flat cable (CN300, 501)
(FJC-1)
(CN001)

1 Two flat cables

6 CM-59 board (FMD-14)
(CN200, 201)

5 Two screws
(T2 × 4.5) 2 Two flat cables
(FRJ-1)
(CN400, 500)

2-3
DSR-25

2-7. JC-21 BOARD

2 JC shield case

5 JC-21 board 1 Four screws

(T2 × 4.5)

3 Flat cable
(FJC-1)
(CN5005)

4 Two flat cables (FRJ-1)

(CN4401, 4402)

2-8. VD-032 BOARD

qa Harness (CN1983)

qs Two harness
(VJ-108: CN1625, VJ-109: CN201)
4 Flat cable
(FVL-001) (CN701)
0 Flat cable (FVJ-020)
(CN1501) 6 Two harness
(VJ-111: CN203, VN-050: CN706)

9 Flat cable (FVJ-021)

5 Flat cable
(CN707)
(FVJ-017) (CN1627)

qd Two harness
1 Flat cable (FVH-006) (CD-116: CN905,
(CN1628) JD-054: CN904

qf Harness (PD-116)
(CN1984)

8 Four screws
qg VD-032 board
(B3)

2 Harness (VD-058)
(CN705) 3 Harness 7 Two screws
(CN704) (B3)

2-4
 DSR-25

2-9. REAR PANEL BLOCK ASSEMBLY

2 Harness
1 Two screws (B3) (AC-249) (CN101) 7 Flat cable
3 Harness (FVL-001) (CN701)
qg Two screws
(PD-116) (CN201) (B3)
5 Harness (CN1983)
qh Rear panel block
6 Harness assembly
(VJ-109) (CN201)

4 Power block

qf Two screws
qa Harness (B3)
(JD-053) (CN202)
9 Harness
(VJ-111) (CN203)

0 Harness
(VN-050) (CN706)

8 Flat cable
(FVJ-017) (CN1627)
qd Harness

qs Screw (4 × 6)

2-5
DSR-25

2-10. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION-1

(OVER ALL)

LS-060
DV-032
Power block JK-216

CK-107

HP-135
NP-002
Inverter trans unit VD-032

PD-170 FM-037
DL-062
FC-087
FR-183

Board Name Function

DV-032 DV CONNECTOR
VD-032 SYNC GENERATOR, VIDEO IN, UVIC, VIDEO OUT, AUDIO,
HI CONTROL, RS232C/422 CONTROL, DC IN, DC/DC CONVERTER,
DV CONNECTOR
CK-107 EJECTION DETECT SWITCH
DL-062 REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER
FC-087 FRONT DOOR DETECT SWITCH
FM-037 FRONT DOOR MOTOR
FR-183 USER CONTROL
HP-135 HEAD PHONE
PD-170 RGB DRIVER, TIMING GENERATOR
JK-216 VIDEO/AUDIO IN/OUT
LS-060 CONTROL JACK
NP-002 NTSC/PAL SELECT

2-6
 DSR-25

2-11. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION-2

(MECHANISM DECK)

RP-234
JC-21
MD-76

CM-59

Board Name Function

MD-76 TAPE SENSOR
RP-234 REC/PB AMP
JC-21 VIDEO PB AMP, VIDEO A/D CONVERTER, CHROMA MIX, AFC,
VFD, SFD, TFD, DV INTERFACE, MECHANISM CONTROL, AUDIO,
POWER SUPPLY
CM-59 DC/DC CONVERTER, MOTOR DRIVE

2-7E
2-7
 DSR-25
SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 1 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

VD-032 BOARD (1/4)

IC224 IC225 IC229

PAL/XNTSC HD PULSE GEN
JK-216 BOARD
(VD-032 (4/16))
(1/3)
IC204
S-C/C SWITCH IC216
28 24 CN1501
J102 (1/3) (VD-032 (4/16)) B-Y/C SWITCH
CN105 CN203 (VD-032 (6/16)) (1/4)
S C IN
S VIDEO 4 4 1 CB IN
S Y IN 7 5 19 3 7 FL205 6 IC218 3 7 5 3 IC226 1 8
2 2 3 VC DELAY AMP
2
2 (VD-032 (6/16)) 4
(VD-032 (6/16)) (VD-032 (6/16))
INPUT IC220
CHROMA
IC203
7 FL203 AMP DECODE IC222
S-Y/Y SWITCH
IC215 IC217 VC AMP
IC210 (VD-032 (4/16)) (VD-032 (4/16))
VIDEO V IN R-Y/C SWITCH (VD-032 (6/16))
6 6 FL201 3 AMP 1 2 Y/C SEP
1
(VD-032 (4/16)) IC206 7 25 IC219 IC227 CR IN
9 FL202 3 1 3 20 3 7 FL206 6 3 1 3 3 1 10
(VD-032 (4/16)) AMP VC DELAY AMP
2 2 4 2 6
23 26 12 37 10
(VD-032 (4/16)) X201 (VD-032 (6/16)) (VD-032 (6/16))
14.31818MHz OVERALL2

G4

G6

G3
G5
PAL/XNTSC 18 X202
A (3-3)
12

G3 – G6
17.734475MHz
17 11 4 RY101
IC221 Y IN
FL204 DL202 3 1 12
AMP
RELAY
(VD-032 (6/16))
DRIVE

G7

G10

G11
G8
G7, G8, G10, G11
HUE ADJ
6
IC209 PAL/XNTSC
S-Y/Y SWITCH IC223
(VD-032 (5/16)) (VD-032 (5/16)) (VD-032 (6/16)) SYNC SELECT

IC213 IC214 AFC Y

BUFFER DL201 3 7 3 1 1 5 1 7 14
AMP VC AMP
2 3 2
(VD-032 (6/16))
FSC ADJ
3 7 1

XCPNT SEL

XCPNT SEL
IC228

XS SEL
2
SWITCH OVERALL3

TEST

XANA
FSC

DIG/
(VD-032 (4/16)) DIG/XANA, XCPNT SEL (3-5)
FSC TEST, 2

G1
XS SEL, G1, G3 – G8, G10, G11
3
XCPNT SEL
XS SEL

HI SI, HI SO, HI SCK, XCS MO

OVERALL3
4 (3-5)
SDC DET 31 CN707 (1/2)
IC713 (1/3) 63
HI CONTROL 21
4 61 23
IC706 (VD-032 (12/16))
25
REG 2 32 19
XSLEEP
NP-002 BOARD BACK UP 5 5 28

S401 (VD-032 (12/16))

NTSC CN401 CN706
NTSC/ NTSC/XPAL
PAL 1 1 62
PAL
79 80 94 62 95 6
IC201
2 4 XIC RST
SIGNAL SELECT 29
(VD-032 (5/16)) MO XWAKEUP
3
7 BUFFER CLAMP AMP LPF 18 XSYS RST
27
B OVERALL4
(3-7)
5 3 17
IC1501 10 15
IC1502 IC1504 MO SCK, MO SO, MO SI
Q1507 UVIC 11 13
17
SYNC SEP CONTROL IC1503 IC1505
12 11
31 XCS UVIC
13 LEVEL SHIFT 9
UVIC BUSY
28 8
X1501 32 (VD-032 (7/16)) UVIC SWIN
29 7
3.579545MHz UVIC GATE
6

BL LED
ON
(VD-032 (7/16))
IC212
BL ON BL ON, BL LED ON OVERALL5
(VD-032 (4/16)) 5 (3-9)
PAL/XNTSC XRESET OVERALL6
6 (3-11)

05

3-1 3-2
DSR-25

3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 2 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

JC-21 BOARD (1/2) DV-032 JIG PIN

BOARD (FOR CHECK)
CN4400 CN202 CN203 DV
CN1101 (1/3) IC1108 2 1 3 17 8 12 6
1 Y (8) 17 IC4402 NTPB, 6 6 1 CN201
Y IN
19 21 A/D ı ı 51 9 TPB, 5 5 2 RP-234 BOARD
LIP ı
12 CONVERTER 8 8

TMS
TCK
TDI
TDO

RF MONITOR

RF IN

JSWP
47 6 NTPA, 3 3 3
(JC-21 (2/14)) (JC-21 (8/14))
TPA 2 2 4
45 – 42 37 – 27 (JC-21 88)
M901 (1/2)
LBUS DRUM HEAD
46 45 44 43
IC1109 0–3 CN101
1 CR (8) CN4402 CN202
CR IN A/D IC2209 IC2215
21 21 ı CRCK CRCK CRCK 7 YODD, XODD 6
VBUS 90 – 93 14 14 14 27 13 40
12 CONVERTER 8 IC2214 BUFFER 90 0–7 53 71 5
6 5
(JC-21 (2/14)) CR/CB (JC-21 (3/14)) 7 15 TXDT0 – 4 12 TXDT0 – 4 12 TXDT0 – 4 26 IC301 11 42
ı ı ı ı TBUS 0 – 7 ı ı ı ı ı
CHROMA (8) 2 18 83 61 80 12
MIX 4 19 8 8 22 TRX 2 YEVEN, XEVEN 3
ı ı XTDT0, XTDT0,

MS BUS
109 82 63
82 38 (RP-234 (1/2)) 5 34 41
(JC-21 (3/14)) 9 11 XTDT1 XTDT1 IC101 1 2
IC1110 CR/CB ı 81 81
65 ı 23 17 XTDT0, 1 17 30
CB IN 1 CB (8) 6 ADDT0 – 5 15
48 42 27
23 21 A/D ı (8) 106 80 80
64 99 24 16 16 29 ı ı
IC201 TRW
95 HPCK, HPCK,
12 CONVERTER 8 96 100 ı
1 20 TRF
(RP-234 (2/2))
(JC-21 (2/14)) 12
51 17 IC4401 HPCK, XTSY, XTSY, XTSY,
97 IC4400 100 21 20 20 32 7 13 (RP-234 (2/2)) 31
OVERALL1 44 18 TXST TXST TXST
SOA, TFD
(3-2) A SIC, 45 SFD
22 19 19 31
22 24
20 6 6 21
IC2208 IC2212 36 CLK135 CLK135 CLK135
37 1 1 41 19 34
SFD SCK, ATF ATF ATF
IC2210 IC2213 39 4 4 61 18 37
SFD LRCK,

MSI, XSCK
SFD BCK 47 50 51
IC2211 IC3300 14 DRP SI,
(JC-21 (7/14)) CN4401 CN203
TIMING GEN. DRPSO,

MS BUS
VFD (JC-21 (6/14)) 10 10 MSI, MSO, XSCK
(JC-21 (3/14)) (JC-21 (5/14)) MSCK
9 9
13 26 31 32 8 8
101 X4400 SWP
84 – 86 6 6
24.576MHz
24 23 41
115
55 100 116
IC2204
43 22 104 117
AFC Y CLOCK GENERATOR
17 7 28 105 111
HUE ADJ 3 (JC-21 (4/14)) ı IC5007
25 114 60 111
52 60 (JC-21 (10/14))
78
IC2202 22 1 7
79
23 5
(JC-21 4/14)) 80 (1/2) 3
IC2203 IC5003 112
95 6 2
WEVN

5 CLAMP 2 MECHANISM
26 CONTROL
(JC-21 (4/14)) MS BUS ı
37 (JC-21 (10/14))
3 11 90 7 IC5006
WEVN
PB/XREC 91 89 6
PB/XREC EEPROM
8 88 1 (JC-21 (9/14))
LVD LVD
118
74 75 76 234
IC1101
IC5002
VRT, VRB 1 19
IC1107 ı D/A ı VSP SI, VSP SO, XVSP SCK VSP SI, VSP SO, XVSP SCK
REF DC GEN. 3 CONVERTER 21
(JC-21 (2/14)) (JC-21 (9/14))
99 CN1101
5
(2/3)
IC1112 MONITOR Y
61 FL1101 3 BUFFER 4 13
OVERALL4 XSYS RST OVERALL3
(3-7) 7 4 (JC-21 (1/14))
IC1111 E (3-5)
20 36 MONITOR C
68 FL1102 3 BUFFER 4 15
IC3302 19 37
IC3301 (JC-21 (1/14))
1 BUFFER 5 8 18 26 IC1000
(JC-21 (5/14)) PANEL Y
(JC-21 (5/14)) IC3303 ı ı 72 FL1100 3 BUFFER 4 1
16 28 (JC-21 (1/14))
X3300 CHARACTER 14 33 IC1001
GENERATOR PANEL CR
13.5MHz 74 FL1103 3 BUFFER 4 3
F OVERALL5
(JC-21 (5/14)) 11 35
M045 (JC-21 (1/14)) (3-9)
CN6001 (1/2) 2 1 IC1002 PANEL CB
OSD SO HI 4 2 76 FL1104 3 BUFFER 4 5
26 3 3 (JC-21 (1/14))
M046 52 VFD VD, VFD HD 26
5 53 27
OSD SCK HI 7
28 6
SOA, SIC, SFD SCK, SFD LRCK, SFD BCK 11
OVERALL6 C M044 IC6001 (1/2)
ı
(3-11) 11 MODE CONTROL 15
XCS OSD HI 9 96
30 10 (JC-21 (11/14)
22
IC6003 ı
SWITCH 11 45 46 44 50 24
1 15
(JC-21 (11/14)) A. +5V IC7007 38 23
60
M045

M046

M044

OSD SW AUDIO 36 24
29 X7001 7 IC7006
CONTROL 43 16
IC7003 6MHz
(JC-21 (13/14)) 42 17 A/D, D/A
OVERALL4 OSD VD 3 REF. VOLTAGE 1 CONVERTER
8
(3-7) 8 5 AMP 7 (JC-21 (12/14))
(JC-21 (12/14)))
CN7001
CN7001 (1/2) IC7001 (2/2)
6
CH1/3 IN L CH1/3 OUT
5 IC7002 6 7 5 26 1
IC7005
5 IC7009
OVERALL3 IC7004 AMP
(3-6) D AMP,
(JC-21 (12/14)) L. P. F G OVERALL3
(3-5)
3 (JC-21 12/14))
CH2/4 IN EMPHANSIS R CH2/4 OUT
7 SWITCH 2 1 3 27 3
(JC-21 (12/14)) 4

05

3-3 3-4
 DSR-25

3-3. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 3 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

VD-032 BOARD(2/4)
JK-216
CN1501 (2/4) BOARD (3/3)
MONITOR Y OUT
18 Y/C IC2015 CN201 MONITOR CN103 J102 (3/3)
OVERALL2 MIX IC2013
OUT
(3-4) E 3 AMP 1 2 MONITOR 13 12 12 VIDEO
DRIVER
MONITOR C OUT (VD-032 (10/16)) (VD-032 (10/16))
16

IC2019
S Y OUT
2 Y OUT 13 4 4
DRIVER
(VD-032 (9/16))
14

IC2023 S C OUT S VIDEO

2 13 2 2
FSC ADJ C OUT
1 4 DRIVER OUTPUT
(VD-032 (10/16))
6 14
IC003
OVERALL1 DIG/XANA,
(3-2) XCPNT SEL IC004 FSC TEST
2 SDC
IC008 SDC ADD
DV SEL, FSC TEST, XS SEL, G1, G3 – G11
3 IC009
V MUTE
IC015 78
CN1627 CN102
IC016 (2/2) (2/2)
OVERALL5 PANEL PWM EVR LOAD, V S/P XSTB 84 CH1/3 OUT
(3-9) 9 IC021 85 5 5 CH-1/3
Q1631, 1632
VD SO, VD SCK 33 MUTE AUDIO
D/A CH2/4 OUT
34 IC713 (2/3) 7 7 CH-2/4
CONVERTER
(VD-032 (3/16)) 35 HI CONTROL

HI SI, HI SO, HI SCK, XCS MO XCS MO

OVERALL1 (VD-032 (12/16))
(3-2) 4 57

VD SO, VD SCK, PANEL DA CS

OVERALL5 10 PANEL DACS
27
(3-9)
ATT STB HP-135 BOARD
98
CN1625 (1/2) CN1628 CN301
CH1/3 OUT HPL CH 1/3 L IN J301
1 2 1 1 8 2 1
IC1628 IC301 Q301, PHONES
OVERALL2 G AMP HP 302
(3-4) (VD-032 (11/16)) AMP MUTE
CH2/4 OUT HPR CH 2/4 R IN
3 6 7 3 6 6 7

RV301
PHONE LEVEL

JK-216 BOARD (2/3) 3

VD SO, VD SCK
12
J102 (2/3) CN102 CN1627 13
(1/2) (1/2) IC1627 CN1625 (2/2)
CH-1/3 3 CH1/3 IN CH1/3 IN
1 1 1 7 5 3 1 5
2 REC LEVEL IC1631
6 CONTROL
AUDIO INPUT IC101 AMP OVERALL2
(VD-032 (11/16)) D (3-3)
AMP (VD-032 (11/16))
CH-2/4 5 CH2/4 IN CH2/4 IN
8 3 3 10 8 5 7 7
6
9
IC1629
+4 S101 AUDIO +5V (VD-032 (11/16))
AUDIO
INPUT –2 3 1
LEVEL
–10
05

3-5 3-6
DSR-25

3-4. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 4 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
M903
JC-21 BOARD (3/6) CM-59 BOARD CN400
CN5005 (1/2) CN001 (1/2)
CAP FG CAP FG CAPSTAN 23 16 FG2, FG1 CAP
115 36 15 24
FG AMP 22 17 FG
46 34 CAP FWD, CAP ON 17 CAP FWD, CAP ON
45 33 18
DRUM FWD,
48 27 DRUM ON 24 DRUM FWD, DRUM ON IC400
47 26 25
DRUM MASTER CLK DRUM CLK (CM-59 (3/3))
63 31 20 14
HI C/R SW 15
9 50 1 14
CAPSTAN
MOTOR 13
7 5 U, V, W
DRIVER 8 CAPSTAN
7
CAP PWM CAP VS 7 MOTOR
69 35 16 L. P. F. 6 IC300 7 6 46 SWICHING 3 9
10
(1/3) 9
IC102
L. P. F. IC100
REEL PWM (CM-59 (3/3)) REEL VS 54 55 53 5 20 CN500
71 40 11 L. P. F. 8 9 30 39 SWICHING
DC/DC 5 M901 (2/2)
BUFFER CONVERTER 25 4
22 1 IC501 6
(CM-59 (1/3)) DRUM
IC500 2 3
DRUM PWM DRUM VS PREDRIVE 26 21 (1/2) U, V, W
68 28 23 L. P. F. 7 16 25 (CM-59 (1/3)) 40 SWICHING 17 23 4 DRUM
L. P. F. 23 24 1 MOTOR
DRUM 18
(CM-59 (2/3)) 2
IC500 27 6 MOTOR
(CM-59 (2/3)) 24 19 DRIVER
VREF 11 44 SWICHING 6.25V (CM-59 (2/3))

117 30 DRUM PG, DRUM FG 21 DRUM PG, DRUM FG 4 DRUM PG/FG 1 11 PG, FG DRUM
116 29 22 60 DRIVER 63 10 PG

43 CM (+), CM (–) 8 CM+, CM– 42 30 18 IC501

49 CN501
50 44 7 41 31 12 (2/2) 9 1 CM LOAD, CM UNLOAD
C MOTOR M905
CM LIMIT ON,
DRIVER C MOTOR 11 2
M FL MOTOR
51 45 CM LIMIT DET 6 CM LIMIT ON, CM LIMIT DET 39 32 17 DRIVER
52 46 5 40 33 13
(CM-59 (2/3))

M904
1 CN201 CN1 CN3
X5001 21 1 1 1
20MHz 15 IC200 REEL V/U/W V, U, W REEL
Q200 REEL ERROR 22 ı ı ı
2 4 REEL 23 6 6 6 MOTOR
REEL FWD, BUFFER
MOTOR
44 39 REEL ON 12 REEL FWD, REEL ON 26 DRIVE
43 38 13 6 (CM-59 (1/3))
7 IC202
REEL M FG REEL M FG 2 9 FG1, FG2 9 8 MR FG1, MR FG2 REEL
119 41 10 1 REEL MOTOR
3 12 12 10 FG
FG AMP
(CM-59 (1/3))

CN5005 (2/2) CN001 (2/2) REEL FG AMP

SREEL FG, SFG IN S REEL FG
19 13 13 S REEL FG IC5
IC5003 (2/2) 113 SREEL FG, TREEL FG 18 TREEL FG 33 S REEL FG, T REEL FG 20
114 19 32 23 IC300 (2/3) TFG IN T REEL FG MD-76 BOARD
MECHANISM
CONTROL (JC-21 (10/14)) (CM-59 (3/3)) 22 14 14 T REEL FG IC4
TAPE ON TAPE TOP TAPE TOP TOP SENS TAPE TOP
53 7 44 14 13 21 21
TAPE TOP/END
TAPE END TAPE END TAPE END DETECT
CN6002 54 8 43 17 16
LANC IN
19 1
LANC OUT
17 2 CHIME SCK, CHIME2 (SCK)
JIG PIN XLANC PWR ON CHIME SCK, CHIME SDA, CHIME SDA, CHIME3 (SDA)
15 21 71 22 29
(FOR CHECK) EJECT CHIME VDD 18 CHIME4 (VDD) 18
17 CHIME VDD CHIME SCK, CHIME SDA, CHIME VDD
3 72 23 28 17 17
PARSLEY MODE FOR CASSETTE
1 27 73 24 27 16 16
XRESET REC PROOF REC PROOF REC PROOF REC PROOF MEMORY
5 30 85 13 38 15 15
CN6001 (2/2)
CN200 CN2
HI SI, HI SO, IC6001 (2/2) L CASSETTE L CASSETTE
10 34 L CASSETTE L CASSETTE L CASSETTE
HI SCK, XCS MO 97 12 39 14 14
8 33 MODE XC IN C IN C IN C IN
6 35 20 11 13 10 41 3 3
CONTROL XCC DOWN CC DOWN CC DOWN CC DOWN
12 32 22 3 IC5008 1 11 40 2 2
XSLEEP (JC-21 (11/14)) D1
3 61 LEVEL SHIFT
(TAPE LED)
(JC-21 (10/14)) END SENS TAPE END
1 1
XIC RST 9
68 8
2 38 10 S3 S2 S1
MO XWAKEUP (CC DOWN) (C IN) (L/S CASSETTE)
4 62
OVERALL1 B XSYS RST 18 6
4
(3-2) 14 9 5
16 MO SCK, MO SO, MO SI 50 Q1 Q2
18 49 (TAPE END) (TAPE TOP)
20 48 TAPE LED ON TAPE LED ON TAPE LED TAPE LED TAPE LED IC2
XCS UVIC 55 6 45 12 12
22 58
UVIC BUSY S REEL ERR, S ELTN ERR, S ELETEN IC1 2
23 65 H
UVIC SWIN T REEL ERR T ELTN ERR S ELETEN, T ELETEN T ELETEN 1 3
24 67 98 17 34 8 8 ELETEN
UVIC GATE 99 16 35 9 9 7 ERROR AMP
25 55 6
24 72 H
66 DW DET DEW DET DEW DEW DEW 7
96 14 37 15 15 DEW
IC6004 IC3
(JC-21 (11/14)) 42 4 47 7 7
81 MODE SW D-A MODE SW D-A MODE D-A MODE D-A MODE
ı ı ı ı ı
82 39 1 50 4 4 SW
CN1101 (3/3)
XI/O SYNC HI 83
OVERALL6 28 64
IC300 CN300
(3-11) H 29
XI/O SYNC VFD
40 41 104 48 LM (+), LM (–) 3 LM+, LM– 25 (3/3) 2 1 LM+, LM– M902
105 49 2 24 LOADING MOTOR 29 2
M CAM MOTOR
OSD VD
8 DRIVER
OVERALL2 X6001 (CM-59 (3/3))
(3-3) XSYS RESET
7 20MHz
05

3-7 3-8
 DSR-25

3-5. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 5 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

VD-032 BOARD (3/4) PD-170 BOARD

CN1504 CN1502 CN802

VG VG
5 9 9
FOR PANEL COM PANEL COM
3 7 7
LCD CHECK HSY HSY
4 8 8

19 IC801
ı
22 EVR
V COM (PD-170 (1/2))
9
VCO
8
12
11 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 18 17 16 15

CN901
COM Y COM
11
38 6 39 32 31 40 30 35
CN1501 (3/4)
PANEL Y PANEL Y Y VG
30 12 12 8 22 15

PANEL CR PANEL R-Y CR IC802 VR

28 13 13 9 20 16
RGB
PANEL CB PANEL B-Y CB DRIVER VB
26 14 14 10 24 14
(PD-170 (1/2))
41

14 48 29 28

LCD901
LCD UNIT

OVERALL2
(3-4) F 3 9 11 12 47 41 44 46

39
CLS
13 4
SPS
14 5
GPCK
IC902 32 15 6
MO1
VCO 26 16 7
IC901 MO2
27 17 8
(PD-170 (2/2)) RES
LCD 18 18
TIMING GENERATOR
4 (PD-170 (2/2)) EX2
20 20
CN1503 CN801 EX3
21 21
5 VFD VD, VFD HD 10 PANEL V, HDO 10 34 22 CTR
22
4 11 11 37 23 SPD
23
CLD
24 24
HI SO, XHI SCK,
VD SO, VD SCK, PANEL DA CS 8 XCS PANEL D/A 8
OVERALL3 10 7 7
(3-5) 9 9

OVERALL1 BL ON, BL LED ON 4 BL ON, BL LED ON 4

(3-2) 5 5 5

INVERTER ND901
TRANSFORMER BACK
UNIT LIGHT

OVERALL3 PANEL PWM PANEL PWM

(3-5) 9 6 6

05

3-9 3-10
DSR-25

3-6. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 6 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

VD-032 BOARD (4/4) FR-183 BOARD FC-087 BOARD FM-037 BOARD

S811
CN702 CN401 M701
(OPEN)
OVERALL1 XRESET X RESET S403 M FRONT DOOR
(3-2) 6 13 13
(RESET) S810 MOTOR
(CLOSE)
38 S401 CN800 CN701
XPOWER SW
14 30 30 1 3 1 2
POWER

40 X EJECT S402
17 11 11 1 3 5 4
X503 EJECT
CN402
8MHz IC507

DR FWD
T OPEN SW T OPEN SW

DR REV
41 67 6 6
IC511 (VD-032 (13/16)) T CLOSE SW T CLOSE SW
66 7 7
RS CONTROL 24 48
(VD-032 (13/16))
1 DR FWD 1
5 IC716 2
23 49 2 2
22 IC506 50 MOTOR DR REV
3 3
4 DRIVE 10
26 BUFFER 60 4 4
9 (VD-032 (13/16)) 9 (VD-032 (12/16))
6 3 D442, 443
47 LED1 – 4
ı
50

IC711 D444 – 453

35 G9, 10 Q409, 410
14 LANC 12 2 36 LED DRIVE
LS-060 DRIVER
J201 11 10 1 IC713 (3/3)
BOARD (VD-032 (12/16))
LANC CN701 HI CONTROL
CN201
LANC DC 91 4 16
8 8 (VD-032 (12/16))
LANCJACK IN 92 2 18 37 G1 – 8
7 7 30 Q401 – 408
92 2 18 ı
LANC SIG 44 7 SEG DRIVE
6 6 21
IC701 BZ701
36 8 12 (BUZZER) Q411 – 415
J202 BUFFER IC401 ND401 – 408
7 SEG/LED (7 SEGMENT DISPLAY)
CONTROL S IN (VD-032 (12/16)) DRIVE
7 SEG/LED/
XHI STB (5V) MATRIX KEY
SIRCS DATA 58 13 7 28 28 9
2 2 5 3 4 CONTROL Q416 – 418
7 20 HI SO (FROM HI) (5V) 7 SEG DRIVE
17 3 24 24 6
HI SCK (FROM HI) (5V)
15 5 26 26 8
15 S1 – 8
ı KEY MATRIX
22 S404 – 425, S427
DL-062 BOARD
1 26 10 K1 – 4
IC708 7 8 22
HI SI (TO HI) (5V)
22 5 ı ,
IC601 CN601 13
CN709 6 28 IC702
IR EEPROM IC404
REMOTE 1 1 1 2 6 (VD-032 (12/16)) (VD-032 (12/16))
CONTROL
1
RECEIVER
4 44 RV402
IC704 2 46 CH-1
(VD-032 (12/16)) 3 45
71 19 CH2, 4 19 IC403 AUDIO REC
CN707 (2/2) 81 16 16 AMP LEVEL
OSD SO HI RV404
5
OSD SCK HI CH-2
OVERALL2 3
(3-3) C XCS OSD HI
43
1
OSD SW
2 10
CN704
CN1501 (4/4) CK REV M906
3
XI/O SYNC HI M PUSH OUT
OVERALL4 3 7 1 CK FWD MOTOR
(3-7) H 2
XI/O SYNC VFD
64 2

CK-107 BOARD
CN901 SW3 CN705
S900 (CASSETE DET) SW3
(CASSETE DET) 1 1 70
SW2
S901 (STANDBY) SW2
(STANDBY) 2 2 69
SW1
S902 (PUSH OUT) SW1
(PUSH OUT) 3 3 68

40 41 52 53

X701 X702
20MHz 32.768kHz
05

3-11 3-12
 DSR-25

3-7. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM 1 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

POWER BLOCK (ACS1581-MA)

VD-032 BOARD (1/2)
~ AC IN F1985 +12V UNSW
1
POWER2
CN101
F101
D101 T101 CN201 CN1984 (3-15)
AC H CN905
1 D201 FB202 L202 1 1
+12.4V L926
6 11 2 2 F911 UNREG 5
AC L FB201 3 3
2 10 6
L101, 102 4 4 4 CM REG 5V 3
C POWER4
(3-19)
GND
5 5 Q902 – 904 4
6 6 DISCHARGE (AC OFF) L916 F914 VIDEO +5V
2
Q201
F1984 2
9 IC903
L920
CURRENT DET DISCHARGE (AC OFF) VIDEO –5V
1 8 F906 3 POWER2
F904 (VD-032 (14/16))
AUDIO –5V
(3-15)
Q101
D203 4
F903
AUDIO +5V
F912 5
F902
F913
FB900 CN1627 CN102
6 5 3 IC102 D905 L928
A –5V
IC201 11 11 IC101
IC101 Q914 A +5V
1 2 4 1 SWITCHING 10 10
VOLTAGE/ AMP
PWM 35 46
3 2 1 CURRENT 5
CONTROL 44 16
JK-216 BOARD
L905 FB904 CN904
L906
AUDIO –5V
L903 9
Q915 L1984 AUDIO +5V
1 SWITCHING 7
L919 VIDEO –5V
41 6
D POWER3
M907 L915 VIDEO +5V
22 3
FAN MOTOR IC900 SW +3V (3-17)
4
CN1983 DC SW +6V
L1983 F1983 F901 CONTROL 1
FAN +12V Q1981, 1982 EVR +3V
1 2
B+ SW (VD-032 (15/16))

L922

IC716 L1982 F1982

Q603, 604
MOTOR DRIVE FB910 L908 L921
B+ SW SW +3V
(VD-032 (12/16))
Q916
6 POWER2
SWITCHING L901
Q901 PANEL 3.2V (3-15)
L1981 F1981 B+ SW
39 7
14

CN1628 CN301
MOTOR ON

FB914 D906 L902

F910 31 HP –4V
6 3 IC301
Q923, 930, 940, 941 ı Q921 HP +4V
34 SWITCHING 8 1 HP AMP
VOLTAGE CONTROL
BATT SENSE UNREG

40
D909 – 914 Q938
EMERGENCY 27 24
Q919, 925 DETECT HP-135 BOARD
SWITCH FB908 L927 L918

Q928
55 L907 SWITCHING
FAN ON
IC713 56 1 43
MAIN DD ON
HI CONTROL 29 12
L909
(VD-032 (12/16)) Q934, 937
90 35 L935
B+ SW –15V
L711 44
Q926
8
FB912
Q939 SWITCHING
65 EMERGENCY 27 46
Q1999
DETECT IC902 16
+4V REG
31 DC
ı CONTROL FB916 L930 L934
33 DIG +5V
7 (VD-032 (16/16))
Q927
9
IC703 2
IC710 SWITCHING
COMPARATOR
DROPPED UNREG

3 2 41
+5V REG
(VD-032 (12/16)) 3 (VD-032 (12/16)) 22
1
FB918 L931 L914
IC709 Q929 POWER2
Q708 3 2
B+ SW +5V REG SWITCHING (3-15)
(VD-032 (12/16)) 40
CN707 25
POWER3 BACK UP +3V IC706
(3-17) A
30 6 7
8 REG BACK UP 3 FB920 L932 L929
(VD-032 (12/16)) UNSW +6V
IC705 Q933
10
3 2 SWITCHING
+3.6V REG
EVR +3V

BT701 (VD-032 (12/16)) 39

LITHIUM 14
BATTERY

IC717 D926 – 929

CN702 2 1
+5V REG OVER VOLTAGE
L702 (VD-032 (12/16)) DETECT CP CLOCK
25 HI UNSW 5V
27
11
L705 UNSW +6V
POWER2 14 REF 3.2V
(3-15) B 15
HI UNSW 5V HI UNSW 5V
12
L701 EVR +3V
21 SW 2.8V
EVR +3V
23 13
IC712 DIG +5V
3 2
+3.2V REG
(VD-032 (12/16))
L710
SW +3V
SW +3V
05

3-13 3-14
DSR-25

3-8. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM 2 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

VD-032 BOARD (2/2)

IC222 IC218 IC216 IC226 IC2015

IC2019 IC2013 IC2023
VC AMP IC219 IC217 IC227 MONITOR
(VD-032 (6/16)) Y OUT DRIVER DRIVER AMP C OUT DRIVER
VC DELAY SWITCH AMP
(VD-032 (9/16)) (VD-032 (10/16)) (VD-032 (10/16)) (VD-032 (10/16))
(VD-032 (6/16)) (VD-032 (6/16)) (VD-032 (6/16)) IC201 IC203 IC204 IC206
SIGNAL SELECT, SWITCH AMP
L220
(VD-032 (4/16, 5/16)) (VD-032 (4/16))
L221 FB2004 FB2005 FB2001 FB2002 L2004 L2005 FB2011 FB2012
VIDEO –5V
3 L205 L206
L222 IC228
VIDEO +5V
2 SWITCH
L208 L209 L210 (VD-032 (4/16))
L217 L219
L1501 L218 L207
VIDEO +5V IC224 IC225 VIDEO +5V
IC209 IC213 IC214
IC229 IC210 IC212 IC215
HD PULSE GEN. IC223 IC221 AMP INVERTER S/C SEP
(VD-032 (4/16)) SELECT, SWITCH AMP, VC AMP (VD-032 (4/16)) (VD-032 (4/16)) (VD-032 (4/16))
(VD-032 (5/16, 6/16)) (VD-032 (5/16, 6/16))
IC1502 IC1504
L1502 L1505 IC220
IC1501 IC1503 IC1505
CHROMA DEECODE
L1504 UVIC CONTROL LEVEL SHIFT LEVEL SHIFT (VD-032 (4/16))
(VD-032 (7/16)) (VD-032 (7/16)) (VD-032 (7/16))
CN1502
SW +3V SW +3V D 3.2V
6 6

DIG +5V DIG +5V PANEL 4.9V

9 4

POWER1 PANEL 3.2V PANEL 3.2V PANEL 3.2V POWER4

(3-14) 7 5 F (3-19)
PANEL 13.2V
2
L621 PANEL –15.3V
IC003 IC008 IC015 IC021 1
IC621
1 IC004 IC009 IC016
CP CLOCK NAND 4 Q601, 602 PANEL 6.5V
11 2
(VD-032 (14/16))
D/A CONVERTER B+ SW
3
(VD-032 (3/16))
CN1503
L622 BL UNREG POWER4
1
+12V UNSW Q608, 609 Q621 – 623 LCD +13V 3 E (3-19)
B+ SW PUMP
–15V –15V
8 LS-060 BOARD
IC711 FB707 CN701 CN201 FB201
L708
UNSW +6V UNSW +6V LANC DC J201
10 1 LANC DRIVER 14 8 8
(VD-032 (12/16)) LANC
IC1627
IC1628
REC LEVEL CONTROL S DC
CONTOROL IC1629 3 3 J202
(VD-032 (11/16)) L706 R714 – 717 FB706 CONTROL S IN
IC1631
AUDIO –5V
4 AMP L714 IC701
(VD-032 (11/16)) BUFFER
AUDIO +5V
5 (VD-032 (12/16))

HI UNSW 5V EVR +3V

12
L709 L501 DL-062 BOARD
EVR +3V
13 IC511

IC506 RS-232C/ CN709 CN601 IC601

IC507 L715 IC702 IC704 IC708 RS-422 R878 IR VDD
BUFFER 3 3 REMOTE
BUFFER BUFFER BUFER EEPROM CONTROL
(VD-032 (13/16)) CONTROL
(VD-032 (13-16)) (VD-032 (12/16)) (VD-032 (12/16)) (VD-032 (12/16)) (VD-032 (13/16))
RECEIVER

FR-183 BOARD
D442 – 453
ND401 – 408
IC403 IC404 IC401
AMP BUFFER 7 SEG/LED/
MATRIX KEY
CONTROL

CN401
14 REF 3.2V
15
25 HI UNSW 5V
POWER1 27
(3-13) B
21 SW 2.8V Q411 – 418
23 LED DRIVE

05

3-15 3-16
 DSR-25

3-9. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM 3 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

JC-21 BOARD
IC1101 IC1103 IC1105
IC1106 IC1108 IC1109 IC1110 IC1000
IC1102 IC1104
REF DC REF DC A/D A/D A/D IC1001
GEN. GEN. CONVERTER CONVERTER CONVERTER
IC1002
(JC-21 (2/14)) (JC-21 (2/14)) (JC-21 (2/14)) (JC-21 (2/14)) (JC-21 (2/14))
IC1111
L1110
IC1112
L112 L114 L113 L115 L111 L116
R1201 BUFFER
IC1107 (JC-21 (1/14))
REF. VOLTAGE GEN.
(JC-21 (2/14))
CN1100 L1108 IC2208 IC2212
IC1113
UNSW 6V IC2209 IC2213
1 1 3 +5V
VOL
CONT. 6 IC2210 IC2214
(JC-21 (14/14))
IC2204 IC3300 IC3303 IC3301 IC3302 IC6004 IC2202 IC2211 IC2215
2
CLOCK L1109 VFD CHARACTOR INVERTER, INVERTER IC2203 TIMING GEN.,
L2202 GEN. (JC-21 (5/14)) GEN. BUFFER (JC-21 (11/14)) AFH CLP. CHROMA MIX,
VIDEO +5V (JC-21 (4/14)) (JC-21 (5/14)) (JC-21 (5/14)) (JC-21 (4/14)) BUFFER
(JC-21 (3/14))
L3300 L3303
IC2200 L2203
1 REG 3 AFC 3V
L2205
(JC-21 (4/14)) L3302 L3301

VIDEO 5V
3

UNSW 3.1V Q1131, 1132

2 J 3V

L5001 L4400 L4402 L4404

IC1100
POWER1 D 4
SW 3.1V
6 1.9V 4
(3-14) REG
(JC-21 (14/14)) L4401
1

IC6003 IC5008 IC5006 IC5003 IC5007 IC5002 IC4400 IC4401 IC4402

SWITCH LEVEL SHIFT EEPROM MECHANISM INVERTER D/A SFD TFD LIP
(JC-21 (11/14)) (JC-21 (10/14)) (JC-21 (10/14)) CONTROL (JC-21 (9/14)) CONVERTER (JC-21 (6/14)) (JC-21 (7/14)) (JC-21 (8/14))
UNSW 3V (JC-21 (10/14)) (JC-21 (9/14)

Q5001, 5002 IC5001

3 REG 1
(JC-21 (9/14))

VIDEO –5V
6 VIDEO –5V
A.+5V
AUDIO 5V
7
A.–5V
AUDIO –5V
9 R7089
IC6001 CN4401
CN6001 L6001
POWER1 A BACK UP 3V MODE 5V
1 IC7009 IC7001 IC7003 IC7004 IC7006 IC7008 IC7007 13
(3-13) CONTROL
14
(JC-21 11/14)) L. P. F IC7002 REF. VOLTAGE EMPHASIS A/D, D/A INVERTER AUDIO
(JC-21 (12/14)) AMP SWITCH CONVERTER (JC-21 (12/14)) CONTROL 3V 15
IC7005 (JC-21 (12/14)) (JC-21 (12/14)) (JC-21 (13/14)) 16
(JC-21 (12/14))
AMP 1.9V 17
(JC-21 (12/14)) 18
RF 6V 21
22

05
RP-234 BOARD
IC101 IC301 IC201
TRW TRX TRF
(RP-234 (2/2)) (RP-234 (1/2)) (RP-234 (2/2))
CN203
L202
5V 13
+5V
14
L201
3V 15
+3V 16
1.9V 17
+1.9V
18

IC102
RF 6V 21
1 REG 3
22
(RP-234 (2/2))
L102

3-17 3-18
DSR-25

3-10. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM 4 ( ): Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

CM-59 BOARD
IC102 IC300 IC400 IC500
CN500
BUFFER LOADING CAPSTAN DRUM/C SENSOR VCC M901
(CM-59 (1/3)) MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR 9 M DRUM
DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE MOTOR
(CM-59 (3/3)) (CM-59 (3/3)) (CM-59 (2/3))

CN100
IC101 CN400
FG VCC M903
3 CM REG 5V
4
5 +3V 4 18 M CAPSTAN
1 REG MOTOR
(CM-59 (1/3))

CN200 CN2 CN3

F100 5V 5V MR VCC, HE VCC M904
10 10 9
POWER1 11 11 18 M REEL
(3-14) C MOTOR

IC202 IC501 IC200

REEL FG DRUM/C REEL IC4
AMP MOTOR MOTOR
(CM-59 (1/3)) DRIVER DRIVE IC5
(CM-59 (2/3)) (CM-59 (1/3)) T/S
REEL FG

5 UNREG CAPSTAN
6
CN201 CN1
Q100
18 SWITCHING 5V 10 10 5V
11 11

46
20 7 IC1 IC2
22 ELETEN D1
6.25V DC IC3
24 ERROR AMP TAPE
HALL LED
Q101
8 SWITCHING
44
12
IC100
DRUM
MD-76 BOARD
DC
CONTROL
(CM-59 (1/3))
Q103
SWITCHING
40

REEL

Q102
SWITCHING

39
29

PD-170 BOARD
IC801 IC802 IC901 IC902
EVR RGB LCD TIMING VCO
(PD-170 (1/2) DRIVER GENERATOR (PD-170 (2/2)
(PD-170 (1/2) (PD-170 (2/2)

CN802
D 3.2V
6 CN901
PANEL 3.2V L801
5
PANEL 4.9V L903 VSH 2
4 LCD901
PANEL 6.5V L802 12
3 LCD UNIT
POWER2 PANEL 13.2V L901 VGH
(3-16) F 2
VCC
1
3
VGL
10
PANEL –15.3V L902 VSS
1 9

CN801
ND901
POWER2 BL UNREG L803 INVERTER
(3-16) E 3 TRANSFORMER BACK LIGHT
UNIT

05

3-19 3-20 E
 DSR-25
SECTION 4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS.
(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
For printed wiring boards: Measuring conditions voltege and waveform:
• : Uses unleaded solder. • Voltages and waveforms are measured between the mea-
• b : Pattern from the side which enables seeing. surement points and graound when color bar signal
(The other layers’ pattern are not indicated) input.They are reference values and reference waveforms.*
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. (VOM of DC 10 MΩ input impedance is used)
• Through hole is omitted. • Voltage values change depending upon input impedance
• There are a few cases that the part printed on diagram isn’t of VOM used.
mounted in this model. * Indicated by the color red.
• Chip parts.
Note: Note:
Transistor Diode The components identi- Les composants identifiés par
C 6 5 4 4 5 6 5 4 1 2 3 3 3 fied by mark 0 or dotted une marque 0 sont critiques
line with mark 0 are criti- pour la sécurité.
cal for safety. Ne les remplacer que par une
B E 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 Replace only with part piéce por tant le numéro
number specified. spécifié.
For schematic Diagram:
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF
50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and When indicating parts by reference
tantalums. number, please include the board
• Chip resistors are 1/10 W unless otherwise noted. name.
kΩ : 1000Ω, MΩ : 1000kΩ.
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor,
because it is damaged by the heat.
• Some chip part will be indicated as follows.
Example C 541 L 452
22U 10UH
TA A 2520

Kinds of Temperature External

capacitor characteristics dimensions (mm)
• Constants of resistors, capasitors, ICs and etc with XX indi-
cate that they are not used. In such cases, the unused cir-
cuits may be indicated.
• Parts with ★ differ according to the model/destination. Re-
fer to the mount table for each function.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve
B, unless otherwise noted.
• Signal name
XEDIT → EDIT PB/XREC → PB/REC
• 2 : nonflammable resistor.
• 1 : fusible resistor.
• C : panel designation.
• A : B+ Line.*
• B : B– Line.*
• J : IN/OUT direction of B line (+, –).*
• C : adjustment for repair.*
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.*

4-1
DSR-25

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

A JD-054 HARNESS CONTINUED ON

PAGE 4-5
3

CN301 8P CN1628 8P CN904 9P FVJ-021 FLAT CABLE CONTINUED ON 4

HP+4V 1 8 HP+4V SW_+6V 1 PAGE 4-5
GND 2 7 GND EVR_+3V 2

FLAT CABLE
HP-135 HP-4V 3 6 HP-4V VIDEO +5V 3 FVJ-020 FLAT CABLE CONTINUED ON 5

FVH-006
MUTE 4 5 MUTE SW +3V 4 PAGE 4-5

B BOARD A_GND 5 4 A_GND GND 5

CH2/4 6 3 CH2/4 VIDEO -5V 6
CN905 8P
A_GND 7 2 A_GND AUDIO +5V 7
GND 8
LCD901 CH1/3 8 1 CH1/3 AUDIO GND 8
CN1501 30P GND 7
LCD UNIT AUDIO -5V 9
30 PANEL_Y UNREG 6

29 GND UNREG 5
CN802 CN1502 14P CD-116 HARNESS CONTINUED ON
14P
PANEL_-15.3V 1 1 PANEL_-15.3V
POWER BLOCK 28 PANEL_CR CM REG 5V 4
PAGE 4-5
1

C PANEL_13.2V 2 2 PANEL_13.2V
CN1984 6P
(ACS1581-MA) 27 GND CM REG 5V 3
24P

CN201 6P 26 PANEL_CB GND 2

PANEL_6.5V 3 3 PANEL_6.5V
+12.4V 1 1 +12.4V CN101 2P 25 GND N.C.(SW +3V) 1

PV-134 HARNESS
PANEL_4.9V 4 4 PANEL_4.9V
CN901

GPCK

HARNESS
VB12

COM

MO2

MO1

+12.4V 2 2 +12.4V AC H 1 24 CB OUT

GND

VGH
SPD

VSH

VSH
CLD

CTR

RES

VGL

VSS

SPS

VCC
CLS
EX3

EX2

TST

PD-116
VR
VG
VB

PANEL_3.2V 5 5 PANEL_3.2V CN703 16P

+12.4V 3 3 +12.4V N.C. 23 GND
D 3.2V 6 6 D 3.2V HI_TEST_A 1
24
23
22

21

20

19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12

11

10

9
8

6
5

4
3
2
1

GND 4 4 GND AC L 2 22 CR OUT

PANEL_COM 7 7 PANEL_COM
GND 5 5 GND
AC-249 HI_TXD 2
21 GND
HSY 8 8 HSY HARNESS HI_RXD 3
GND 6 6 GND 20 Y OUT
15P VG 9 9 VG HI_XRESET 4
19 GND
D LED 1 REG GND 10 10 REG GND
18 MONITOR Y OUT
REG_GND 5
GND

VL
2

3
PD-170 BOARD REG GND

PANEL_Y
11

12
11

12
REG GND

PANEL_Y
17 GND
MC_F_BUSY 6

DRP_SI 7
16 MONITOR C OUT
N.C 4 PANEL_R-Y 13 13 PANEL_R-Y
M907 DRP_SO 8
FAN MOTOR 15 GND JIG PIN
Back Light

N.C 5 PANEL_B-Y 14 14 PANEL_B-Y CN1983 2P XDRP_SCK 9

14 AFC_Y
ND901

N.C 6 FAN +12V 1 XCS_MC_FLASH 10

CN801 12P CN1503 12P 13 GND
N.C 7
INVERTER BL GND 1 1 BL GND
GND 2
12 Y_IN
XCS_VC_STAR 11
N.C 8 XVC_SCK 12

E N.C 9 TRANSFORMER BL GND 2 2 BL GND 11 GND

VC_SO 13

PV-133 HARNESS
BL UNREG 3 3 BL UNREG 10 CR_IN
N.C 10
UNIT Vin BL_UNREG
BL ON 4 4 BL ON 9 GND
VC_SI 14
N.C 11 GND GND VC_F_BUSY 15
BL LED ON 5 5 BL LED ON 8 CB_IN
N.C 12 Vic BL_ON MT_5V 16
PANEL_PWM 6 6 PANEL_PWM 7 GND
N.C 13 Vcnt PWM

N.C 14 LED BL_LED_ON

XHI SCK 7 7 XHI SCK NP-002 BOARD 6 HUE ADJ CN1504 5P
CN706 2P CN401 2P
HI SO 8 8 HI SO 5 VFD_VD N.C. 1
VH 15 NTSC/XPAL 1 1 NTSC/XPAL
XCS PANEL D/A 9 9 XCS PANEL D/A 4 VFD HD GND 2
GND 2 2 GND FOR
PANEL V 10 10 PANEL V 3 XI/O SYNC HI PANEL_COM 3
F HDO 11 11 HDO VN-050 2 XI/O SYNC VFD HSY 4
LCD CHECK
REG GND 12 12 REG GND
HARNESS 1 V_SYNC VG 5
FC-087
CN707 30P CN1625 8P
BOARD CN401 30P CN702 30P 30 BACK UP +3V CH1/3 OUT 1
CN800 3P CN402 5P XPOWER_SW 30 30 XPOWER_SW 29 XIC RST GND(CH1/3 OUT) 2

T.OPEN SW 1 1 T.OPEN SW GND 29 29 GND 28 XSLEEP CH2/4 OUT 3

GND 2 2 GND XHI_STB(5V) 28 28 XHI_STB(5V) 27 MO XWAKEUP GND(CH2/4 OUT) 4
VJ-108 HARNESS CONTINUED ON 2
G M701
FRONT
T.CLOSE SW 3 3 T.CLOSE.SW HI_UNSW_5V 27 27 HI_UNSW_5V 26 GND

HI SCK
CH1/3 IN 5
PAGE 4-5
DOOR 4 DR_REV HI_SCK(FROM HI)(5V) 26 26 HI_SCK(FROM HI)(5V) 25 GND(CH1/3 IN) 6
MOTOR GND
5 DR_FWD HI_UNSW_5V 25 25 HI_UNSW_5V 24 CH2/4 IN 7

CN701 2P HI_SO(FROM HI)(5V) 24 24 HI_SO(FROM HI)(5V) 23 HI SO GND(CH2/4 IN) 8

GND

M
DR_FWD 1 SW_2.8V 23 23 SW_2.8V 22
DR_REV 2 HI_SI(TO HI)(5V) 22 22 HI_SI(TO HI)(5V) 21 HI SI
FF-205 GND
SW_2.8V 21 21 SW_2.8V 20
FM-037 HARNESS
CH1 20 20 CH1 19 XCS_MO
FVF-009 FLAT CABLE

H BOARD FR-183 BOARD

CH2 19 19 CH2 18 XCIN
XSYS_RST
GND 18 18 GND 17

CH3 17 17 CH3 16 GND

CH4 16 16 CH4 15 MO_SCK

REF_3.2V 15 15 REF_3.2V 14 GND

REF_3.2V 14 14 REF_3.2V 13 MO_SO

X_RESET 13 13 X_RESET 12 GND

DL-062 GND 12 12 GND 11 MO_SI

I BOARD
X_EJECT 11 11 X_EJECT 10 GND

XCS_UVIC
GND 10 10 GND 9
VD-060 UVIC_BUSY
N.C. 9 9 N.C. 8
CN601 3P HARNESS CN709 3P
GND 8 8 GND 7 UVIC_SWIN
IR 1 1 IR
T.CLOSE SW 7 7 T.CLOSE SW 6 UVIC_GATE
GND 2 2 GND
T.OPEN SW 6 6 T.OPEN SW 5 OSD_SO_HI
IR VDD 3 3 IR VDD
GND 5 5 GND 4 GND

DR_REV 4 4 DR_REV 3 OSD_SCK_HI

J DR_REV 3
2
3
2
DR_REV 2
1
OSD_SW
XCS_OSD_HI
DR_FWD DR_FWD
CK-107 DR_FWD 1 1 DR_FWD

BOARD VD-058
CN901 4P HARNESS CN705 4P
SW3(CASSETTE DET) 1 1 SW3(CASSETTE DET)
SW2(STANDBY) 2 2 SW2(STANDBY)

SW1(PUSH OUT) 3 3 SW1(PUSH OUT)

K VD-032 BOARD
MONITOR_OUT_GND

GND 4 4 GND

CN704 3P
A.MONITOR OUT
MONITOR_OUT

S_Y_OUT_GND

S_C_OUT_GND
R-Y_OUT_GND
B-Y_OUT_GND

15P
12P

LANCJACK_IN

COTROL S DC
S_Y_IN_GND

S_C_IN_GND
6P

1 CK FWD

SIRCS_DATA
Y_OUT_GND

8P
14 TC GND OUT
V_IN_GND

CH1/3 OUT

CH2/4 OUT

LANC SIG
12 TC GND IN
S_Y_OUT

S_C_OUT
R-Y_OUT
B-Y_OUT

LANC DC

2 CK FWD
CN1627
CH1/3 IN

CH2/4 IN
S_Y_IN

S_C_IN

CN701
Y_OUT

CN203
CN201

15 TC OUT
V_IN

10 A.+5V

3 CK REV
GND
GND

GND
11 A.-5V

13 TC IN
GND

GND

GND

GND

M906
M
12

11
10

9
8
7
6

5
4
3

2
1

1
2

3
4

5
6

1
2

4
5
6
7

8
9

8
7

6
5

4
3
2
1
PUSH OUT
MOTOR

L VJ-109 HARNESS
VJ-111
FVJ-017 FLAT CABLE
FVL-001
FLAT CABLE
HARNESS

DV-032
MONITOR_OUT 12
11
10

A.+5V 10
A.-5V 11

TC GND IN 12
TC IN 13
TC GND OUT 14

TC OUT 15
9
8

7
6

4
3

1
2

3
4

5
6

1
2

3
4
5
6
7

8
9

6
5

3
2
1
S_C_OUT

CH1/3 IN
GND

CH2/4 IN
GND
CH1/3 OUT
GND
CH2/4 OUT

GND
A.MONITOR OUT
S_C_OUT_GND
S_Y_OUT_GND
B-Y_OUT_GND

Y_OUT_GND
MONITOR_OUT_GND

B-Y_OUT

R-Y_OUT

S_Y_OUT
Y_OUT
R-Y_OUT_GND

6P
12P

S_Y_IN_GND
S_Y_IN

S_C_IN_GND
S_C_IN

V_IN_GND
V_IN

LANC DC
LANCJACK_IN

LANC_SIG

GND
GND

CONTROL S DC

GND
8P
15P

SIRCS_DATA

BOARD
CN201
CN105

CN202 6P
CN103

CN102

GND 1

TPA 2

M CN203
NTPA
GND
3
4
JD-053 HARNESS CONTINUED ON 6
PAGE 4-5
TPB 5

05 JK-216 BOARD LS-060 BOARD NTPB 6

FRAME (1/2) 4-3 4-4

 DSR-25

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 CONTINUED ON CD-116 HARNESS

PAGE 4-4

A CONTINUED ON VJ-108 HARNESS

M905
FL MOTOR
M902
CAM MOTOR
M901(1/2)
DRUM HEAD
2
PAGE 4-4

EVEN

ODD
M901
3 CONTINUED ON JD-054 HARNESS M M904
REEL
M903
CAPSTAN M (2/2)
DRUM
PAGE 4-4 MOTOR MOTOR
MOTOR

10
11

12
13
14

15

16
17
18

10
11
12

13

14
15
16

17

18

11
10

10
9
8
7

6
5

4
3

2
1

7
6

5
4

3
2

7
6

5
4

3
2

2
1

1
2

5
6
7
8

3
4
5

7
8
9

8
7

5
4
3

4
5

7
8

9
3
B

9P

8P

2P

2P
18P
8P

11P

10P
18P

HE GND

FG1
FG VCC
SW +6V

MR_GND
MR_FG1

HE VCC
AUDIO -5V
AUDIO GND
AUDIO +5V

VIDEO -5V
GND

SW +3V
VIDEO +5V

EVR +3V

GND(CH2/4 IN)

CH2/4 IN
GND(CH1/3 IN)

CH1/3 IN
GND(CH2/4 OUT)

CH2/4 OUT
GND(CH1/3 OUT)

CH1/3 OUT

GND

GND
UNREG

UNREG
CM REG 5V

CM REG 5V
GND

N.C.(SW +3V)

CM_LOAD
CM_UNLOAD

V
V
U
U

W
W

MR_VCC
MR_FG2

U+
U-
V+

W+

HW+

HV+

HU-
HU+

V
W
W

U
U

FG2

LM-

LM+

PG
FG

SENSOR Vcc

GND
GND

U
V
V

GND

XEVEN
YEVEN

GND

XODD
YODD
GND
XSDL

YSDL
GND
HE VCC

MR GND
V-

W-

HW-
HE GND

HV-
CN1100

CN7001

CN300
CN100

CN501

CN3

CN500
CN400

CN101
C CN6001 30P CN2 21P CN200 21P
CN5005 50P CN001 50P CN4401 22P CN203 22P
30 XCS_OSD_HI HI_C/R_SW 50 1 HI_C/R_SW TAPE_END 1 1 TAPE_END DSWP 1 1 DSWP

29 OSD_SW LM(-) 49 2 LM(-) CC_DOWN 2 2 CC_DOWN CONT_O 2 2 CONT_O

28 OSD_SCK_HI LM(+) 48 3 LM(+) C_IN 3 3 C_IN CONT_E 3 3 CONT_E

27 GND SL/LIMT 47 4 SL/LIMT MODE_A 4 4 MODE_A SC_WD 4 4 SC_WD

26 OSD_SO_HI CM_LIMIT_DET 46 5 CM_LIMIT_DET MODE_B 5 5 MODE_B CLK150 5 5 CLK150

25 UVIC_GATE CM_LIMIT_ON 45 6 CM_LIMIT_ON MODE_C 6 6 MODE_C SWP 6 6 SWP

D 24 UVIC_SWIN CM(-) 44 7 CM(-) MODE_D 7 7 MODE_D XRST 7 7 XRST

FMD-14 FLAT CABLE

23 UVIC_BUSY CM(+) 43 8 CM(+) S_ELETEN 8 8 S_ELETEN MSCK 8 8 MSCK

FRJ-1 FLAT CABLE

22 XCS_UVIC GND 42 9 GND T_ELETEN 9 9 T_ELETEN DRP_SO 9 9 DRP_SO

21 GND REEL_M_FG 41 10 REEL_M_FG 5V 10 10 5V DRP_SI 10 10 DRP_SI

20 MO_SI REEL_PWM 40 11 REEL_PWM 5V 11 11 5V XCS_TRF 11 11 XCS_TRF

19 GND REEL_FWD 39 12 REEL_FWD TAPE_LED 12 12 TAPE_LED XCS_TRX 12 12 XCS_TRX

18 MO_SO REEL_ON 38 13 REEL_ON GND 13 13 GND 5V 13 13 5V

17 GND GND 37 14 GND L_CASSETTE 14 14 L_CASSETTE 5V 14 14 5V

E FVJ-021
16 MO_SCK CAP_FG 36 15 CAP_FG DEW 15 15 DEW 3V 15 15 3V

4 CONTINUED ON FLAT CABLE

15 GND CAP_PWM 35 16 CAP_PWM W- 16 16 W- 3V 16 16 3V
PAGE 4-4 14 XSYS_RST CAP_FWD 34 17 CAP_FWD W+ 17 17 W+ 1.9V 17 17 1.9V

13 XCIN CAP_ON 33 18 CAP_ON V- 18 18 V- 1.9V 18 18 1.9V

12 XCS_MO GND 32 19 GND V+ 19 19 V+ GND 19 19 GND

11 GND DRUM_MASTER_CLK 31 20 DRUM_MASTER_CLK U- 20 20 U- C1ERRP 20 20 C1ERRP

10 HI_SI DRUM_PG 30 21 DRUM_PG U+ 21 21 U+ RF 6V 21 21 RF 6V

FVJ-1 FLAT CABLE

9 GND DRUM_FG 29 22 DRUM_FG RF 6V 22 22 RF 6V

F 8 HI_SO DRUM_PWM 28 23 DRUM_PWM MD-76 BOARD CN1 21P CN201 21P
CM-59 BOARD
7 GND DRUM_FWD 27 24 DRUM_FWD
REEL_V 1 1 REEL_V
6 HI_SCK DRUM_ON 26 25 DRUM_ON CN4402 22P CN202 22P
REEL_V 2 2 REEL_V
5 GND GND 25 26 GND CLK135 1 1 CLK135
REEL_U 3 3 REEL_U
4 MO_XWAKEUP CHIME_VDD 24 27 CHIME_VDD REEL_EVR 2 2 REEL_EVR
REEL_U 4 4 REEL_U
3 XSLEEP CHIME_SDA 23 28 CHIME_SDA CAP_EVR 3 3 CAP_EVR
REEL_w 5 5 REEL_w
2 XIC_RST CHIME_SCK 22 29 CHIME_SCK ATF 4 4 ATF
REEL_W 6 6 REEL_W
1 BACK_UP_+3V CAP_EVR 21 30 CAP_EVR GND 5 5 GND
GND 7 7 GND
G

FMD-14 FLAT CABLE

REEL_EVR 20 31 REEL_EVR TXST 6 6 TXST
GND 8 8 GND
TREEL_FG 19 32 TREEL_FG GND 7 7 GND
FG1 9 9 FG1
SREEL_FG 18 33 SREEL_FG TXDT4 8 8 TXDT4

FRJ-1 FLAT CABLE

5V 10 10 5V
S_ELTN_ERR 17 34 S_ELTN_ERR TXDT3 9 9 TXDT3
5V 11 11 5V
T_ELTN_ERR 16 35 T_ELTN_ERR TXDT2 10 10 TXDT2
FG2 12 12 FG2
GND 15 36 GND TXDT1 11 11 TXDT1
SREEL_FG 13 13 SREEL_FG
DEW_DET 14 37 DEW_DET TXDT0 12 12 TXDT0
TREEL_FG 14 14 TREEL_FG
REC_PROOF 13 38 REC_PROOF GND 13 13 GND
REC_PROOF 15 15 REC_PROOF
H L_CASSETTE 12 39 L_CASSETTE
CHIME_4(VDD) 16 16 CHIME_4(VDD)
CRCK 14 14 CRCK

XCC_DOWN 11 40 XCC_DOWN GND 15 15 GND

CHIME_3(SDA) 17 17 CHIME_3(SDA)
XC_IN 10 41 XC_IN XTDT1 16 16 XTDT1
CHIME_2(SCK) 18 18 CHIME_2(SCK)
GND 9 42 GND XTDT0 17 17 XTDT0
GND 19 19 GND
TAPE_END 8 43 TAPE_END GND 18 18 GND
GND 20 20 GND
TAPE_TOP 7 44 TAPE_TOP XTSY 19 19 XTSY
TAPE_TOP 21 21 TAPE_TOP
TAPE_LED_ON 6 45 TAPE_LED_ON HPCK 20 20 HPCK

GND 5 46 GND N.C. 21 21 N.C.

I MODE_SW_D 4 47 MODE_SW_D N.C. 22 22 N.C.

MODE_SW_C 3 48 MODE_SW_C

MODE_SW_B 2 49 MODE_SW_B

MODE_SW_A 1 50 MODE_SW_A CN201 20P

1 TCK

2 TMS

3 TDI
4 GND

J 5 N.C.

6 JSWP
7 GND
8 RF_MONITOR

5 CONTINUED ON 9 N.C.
PAGE 4-4 JIG PIN 10 N.C.

11 N.C.

12 RF_IN

K 13 N.C.

14 N.C.

15 N.C.

16 GND

17 TDO
18 C1ERRP
MONITOR C OUT

MONITOR Y OUT

JC-21 BOARD
30P

XI/O SYNC VFD

19 N.C.
XI/O SYNC HI

20 GND
PANEL CR
PANEL CB
HUE ADJ

PANEL Y

L
V_SYNC

VFD_VD
CN1101

CR OUT
VFD HD

CB OUT
CR_IN

Y OUT
CB_IN

AFC Y
Y_IN
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

RP-234 BOARD
30
29

28

27
26

25
24

23
22

21

20

19
18

17
16

15

14

13

12
11

10
9

8
7

6
5
4

3
2

FVJ-020 FLAT CABLE

20P
M 20 TMS/ONBOAD55
CN6002
LANC_IN 19
CN4400 6P
18 TCK/ONBOAD73 LANC_OUT 17
1 GND
16 TDI/ONBOAD78 XLANC_PWR_ON 15
2 TPA
14 TDOB/ONBOAD79 UNSW_6V 13
3 NTPA
6 CONTINUED ON JD-053 HARNESS 12 ONBOAD80 UNSW_3V 11
PAGE 4-4 4 GND JIG PIN
10 GND B.UP_3V 9
5 TPB
8 XRESET GND 7
6 NTPB
N 6 MO_RXD
MO_TXD
XRESET
EJECT
5

4 3
2 MO_TEST_A PARSLEY_MODE 1

05

4-5 4-6 FRAME (2/2)

DSR-25

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

RP-234 (1/2) (REC/PB AMP 1) • See page 4-95 for RP-234 printed wiring board. • See page 4-133 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

A
RP-234 BOARD (1/2)
REC/PB AMP 1
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE RF6V

R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE 5V

1
B RP-234 BOARD (2/2)
CN203 22P CL205
RF 6V 22 1-1

RF 6V 21 1-2
CL204
C1ERRP 20
CL135
GND 19
CL134 C315
1.9V 18 10u
6.3V
1.9V 17 CL133

C 3V

3V
16

15
C314
0.01u TCK CL136
CN201 20P

CL132 1 TCK
TMS CL137

SW_PS

ALL_PS

CONT1
5V 14 2 TMS

CRCK
HPCK
XTSY

XTDT0

XTDT1

TXDT0
TXDT1

TXDT2
TXDT3

TXDT4
TXST
R220 TRX_TDI CL138
5V 13 470k 3 TDI
JC-21 BOARD (7/14) CL131 XCS_TRX CL139
XCS_TRX 12 4 GND

0
CN4401 CL130 CL140
XCS_TRF
R341 N.C.

R340
THROUGH THE XCS_TRF 11 5
CL129 MSI 0 SWP CL141
FRJ-1 FLAT CABLE DRP_SI 10 6 JSWP
(SEE PAGE 4-24) CL128 MSO CL206
DRP_SO 9 7 GND
CL127 XSCK CL207
D

CL159

CL158

CL157
MSCK 8 8 RF_MONITOR
CL126 XRST CL208
XRST 7 9 N.C.
CL125 SWP CL209
SWP 6 10 N.C.

R0/P0.8
R0/P0.8

R1.1/P0
R1.1/P0

R1.1/P0
R1.1/P0

R1.1/P0
CL124 CLK150 CL152 CL210 JIG PIN

R2/P0
CLK150 5 11 N.C.
CL123 SC_WD CL142
SC_WD 4 R0/P1.2 0 2 1 0 0 2 12 RF_IN
CL122 CONT_E CL143
CONT_E 3 C309 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 13 N.C.
CL121 CONT_O 0.1u CL144
CONT_O 2 14 N.C.
CL145
DSWP 1 C333 15 N.C.
CL120 3.3u CL211
C308
E R309
15
4V 0.01u
TRX_TDO CL146
16

17
GND

TDO
1 CL156 CONT0 CL147

48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
18 C1ERRP
C338 C336 1 R1.9/P0 CL154 RECA2 CL148
XX XX 19 N.C.
C337 2.8 R1.9/P0 CL155 CL212
CL400 C335 RECA1
XX R348 D301 C310 20 GND
XX XX 0.01u CL160
XX 2.8 R0.9/P0 RECCK
R343
CN202 22P XX 2 R339 0
CL203 L301
N.C. 22 XX 0 R1.2/P0 CL161 RECDT
C303 R352 R351 R350 R349
IC301
F N.C. 21 CL202
HPCK
10u
6.3V
XX XX XX D302
XX
10k

C334
0 R347 0
CL167
PLLSW
PLLMSK
C304
0.01u
HPCK 20 0 (Note) 0
CL119 IC301

9
XTSY
XTSY 19 1.7 F712504DPM-TEB CL166
CL118 1

8
GND 18 R0.2/P1.1 CL169
XTDT0 2-1

7
XTDT0 17 TRX_TDO 1.3 R0.2/P1.4
CL117 XTDT1 2-2

6
XTDT1 16 TRX_TDI 2.7 R0.2/P1.4
CL116 2-3

5
GND 15 TCK 1.4 R0.2/P1.4
CL201 CRCK 2-4

4
CRCK 14 TMS 1.4 R0.2/P1.4
2-5

3
CL115
GND 13 2.7 R0.2/P1.4
G JC-21 BOARD (7/14) R338 C302 2-6

2
CL114 TXDT0 100k 0.01u
CN4402 TXDT0 12 2.8 R0.2/P1.4
2-7

1
THROUGH THE CL113 TXDT1
TXDT1 11 XSCK
FRJ-1 FLAT CABLE CL112 TXDT2 2-8
TXDT2 10 MSO
(SEE PAGE 4-24)
TXDT3 9
CL111 TXDT3
Note:Resistor is mounted to the location
where C334 is printed. 2 2-9

CL110 TXDT4
TXDT4 8 2-10
CL109
GND 7 2-11
CL200 TXST 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 XCS_TRF
TXST 6 2-12
CL108 2 0 2.8 REEL_EVR 2

2.7
2.7

2.7
1.4

1.4
0.1

1.4

2.8
GND 5 2-13
H ATF 4
CL107 CAP_EVR
2-14
RP-234 BOARD (2/2)
CL106 SWP

CL168
CAP_EVR C301
CAP_EVR 3 0.01u 2-15
CL105 REEL_EVR CL170
REEL_EVR 2
CL104
CLK135 1
CL103

GND
I
SIGNAL PATH
2-16
VIDEO SIGNAL
XCS_TRX

AUDIO
CLK150
SC_WD
XSCK

XRST

SIGNAL
MSO
MSI

Y/CHROMA 1.9V

REC 05

3V
J PB

RP-234 (1/2) 4-7 4-8

 DSR-25

RP-234 (2/2) (REC/PB AMP 2) • See page 4-95 for RP-234 printed wiring board. • See page 4-133 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

RP-234 BOARD (2/2)

A REC/PB AMP 2
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE

RF6V
B 1 5V

RP-234 BOARD (1/2) 1-1

CONT_E
CONT_O
1-2

PLLMSK
RECDT
PLLSW
L202
10uH

L102
10uH IC102
IC102
S-81350HG-KD-T1
C C222
3900p

2200
C223 R218
C224
8200p 8200p 100
R0/P2.7 R217 R214
R201

R213
100 2200
10k C221
Q201
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO 3900p
C219 C220
2 Q203 3300p 1 2 3
3300p
2SC4851-TL

4700
0 0
5 5.5

20k

R105 22k

R107 22k
R202 C201
D

R211
6800 0.01u C111

R104
C204 C205 R0.7/P0.1 R215 R0.7/P0.1 R216 0.1u
R212 LND101
0.01u 0.01u 120 4700 2200
GND

22k
C202

15k
C207

22k
C200 Q202 C206 R204
0.01u 0.01u 2SC4851-TL 47p 0.033u C101 R101 C102
470
0.01u 10k 0.1u

R103

R106
R102
C208
R219 0

47p
R203
150k

CL165
R108

R2.3/P1.3
220
E
R0/P3.2
R0/P2.7

R1.2/P0

R1.9/P0
2.8

2.8

2.7

2.7

2.7
2.7

1.3
1.8
5 0 0 2.1 0 R3.9/P1.8
R115
4700
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13

C209 C103
0.01u 0.1u
F R0.2/P1.1 2.2 R0/P2.3 R3.9/P1.8
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

10 11 12
2-1 CN101 10P
5 C199
C104 0.1u
R0/P2.3 7 R3.9/P1.8
10 GND
R0.2/P1.4 0.1 R206 12k R207 12k 0.01u R4.8/P2.7 R3.9/P1.8
2-2
R208 10k
3 9 YSDL
R0.2/P1.4
IC201 0 5 R109 220

C105
0.01u
2-3

9
8 XSDL M901(1/2)
R110 220
2-4
R0.2/P1.4 2.2 C107
10u CL153 IC101 R4.2/P1.7 DRUM HEAD

8
7 GND
R0.2/P1.4 IC201 2.8 C210 0.1u 10V R4.1/P1.7
2-5

7
CXA2071R-T4 CL149 6 YODD
R0.2/P1.4 0.2 RECA2 R1.9/P0 IC101 R4.1/P1.7 ODD
2-6 CXA2072R-T4

6
5 XODD
R0.2/P1.4 2.8 2.8 R4.2/P1.7
2-7

5
4 GND
CL163 CL151 RECA1 R1.9/P0 R111 220
G C211
6

4
0.01u 3 YEVEN
2.7 CL150 SW_PS R2/P0 R4.2/P1.7 R112 220 EVEN
2-8 XEVEN

3
2
2 CL164 CONT0 1 R4.1/P1.7
C213
4

2
0.01u 1 GND
0 3.7 CONT1 2 R4.1/P1.7
2-9

1
C212
2-10 470p
5
R2.6/P1.4

2 C106
0.01u
RP-234 BOARD (1/2)

H 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
R209
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
2.7 2 5 5 R3.7/P2.3 0 2 5.5 R4.2/P1.7
1.4

2.8

1.4

0.9

R0.9/P0

R1.2/P0
1M
R113
220
2-11
2-12
CL162 ALL_PS
2-13
RECCK
2-14
RECDT
2-15
I LND102
C108 C109
0.01u 0.01u GND
C214 C215 C216 C218
0.01u 0.01u 470p 10u LND103
10V
GND GND
C217 C110
10u 10u LND104
6.3V LND105 10V
R210 68 GND
2-16 GND

1.9V L201 LND106

10uH
J 3V
GND

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL
AUDIO
Y/CHROMA SIGNAL
k
REC

05 PB

4-9 4-10 RP-234 (2/2)

DSR-25

JC-21 (1/14) (VIDEO PB AMP) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board. • See page 4-134 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A
JC-21 BOARD (1/14)
VIDEO PB AMP
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
AFC_Y 8 JC-21 BOARD (4/14)

Y_IN
+5V
1 JC-21 BOARD (14/14) CR_IN
GND 9 JC-21 BOARD (2/14)
B CN1101 30P R1102
10
CB_IN

-5V
CL1110
PANEL Y 1
CL1111
GND 2
CL1112 R1103 10
PANEL CR 3
CL1113
GND 4
CL1114 R1104 10
PANEL CB 5
CL1115
GND 6
CL1116 R1105 10
CB OUT 7

C GND 8
CL1117
R1107 10
Q1103
2SC4081T106R
IC1000 Q1114
2SC4081T106R
IC1002
CL1118
CR OUT 9
CL1119
GND 10 R1113
CL1120 R1115 10 1k R1139
Y OUT 11 C1103 R1221 IC1000 1k R1011 IC1002
CL1121 33p 5 R1220 0 LM7131BCM5X R1000 5 0 LM7131BCM5X R1012
R1222 XX

R1009
GND 12 R1108 0 0

XX
VD-032 BOARD (7/16)
CL1122 R1119 10 0 220 3.9
1 0.7 5 3.9
2
0.7 5

5
MONITOR Y OUT 13
CN1501 CL1123 R1109 -4.9 R1001 -4.9 R1013
R1223 820 820

2
GND 14 1k
THROUGH THE R1121 10 0 3.3 0.4 0.4 R1136 1k 3.3 0.4 0.4
CL1124

4
FVJ-020 FLAT CABLE MONITOR C OUT 15
CL1125
D (SEE PAGE 4-51) GND 16
CL1126 R1122 10 2.8
1 2 3 C1008
22u
1 2 3
C1005
22u
4V
AFC Y 17 4V 2.8
CL1127 2.2
GND 18 6 4 R1002 2.2 6 4 R1010
R1015 C1000 C1001 R1143 22k C1006 C1007 R1014
CL1128 0.1u 820 0.1u
Y_IN 19 FL1100 22k 0.1u FL1104 470 0.1u 820
CL1129
GND 20
CL1130 Q1100 R1116
CR_IN 21 2SA1576A-T106-R 470
CL1131 Q1112
GND 22 2SA1576A-T106-R
CL1132
CB_IN 23
CL1133 R1019
E GND

HUE ADJ
24

25
CL1134 L1000 0uH XX L1108
10uH
L1001 0uH
CL1135
VFD_VD 26
L1101 0uH R1021 0
CL1136 R1129
IC1001

2SC4081T106R
R1111 C1106 R1117 R1005
VFD_HD 27

2SC4081T106R
L1122 0uH 220 1k 1k 0
CL1137 R1020 0 22p

Q1111
XI/O SYNC HI 28
IC1112

Q1104
CL1138 L1107 0uH 5 IC1001
XI/O SYNC VFD 29 4.1 R1003 LM7131BCM5X R1006
IC1112 R1127 XX
CL1139 1k 5 0
V_SYNC 30 R1112 LM7131BCM5X R1219 0.6 5
4
R1017 XX
R1016

5
1k 0 4
R1101 1.2 5 -4.9 R1007
0

F XX 3.5 3

2
820
2 JC-21 BOARD (9/14) HUE_ADJ
R1018
-4.9 R1218
1500 3.3
0.4 0.4

4
1 2 3
PB/XEE XX 0.4 0.4 1 2 3 C1002

4
S/XV 22u
C1184 4V
6 4 2.9
3 JC-21 BOARD (11/14) 3.2 22u
4V 6 4
C1100 FL1101 R1217 2.3
XI/O_SINC_HI 2.7 C1185 C1186 FL1103 R1134 R1004 C1003 C1004 R1008
10u R1120 0.1u 470 22k 0.1u 0.1u
0.1u 470 820
6.3V 470
VFD_HD

VFD_VD C1101 Q1101 R1216

0.01u 2SA1576A-T106-R 22k
Y_SIKISA Q1109
2SA1576A-T106-R
G 4 JC-21 BOARD (5/14)
Y_OUT
CR_OUT
CB_OUT IC1111
C_OUT
SIGNAL PATH
Q1129 FL1102
5 JC-21 BOARD (5/14) OSDVD 2SC4081T106R 5 R1215
0
6 4 5 1.2 5 VIDEO SIGNAL
R1123
5

5
2.8
VD_HD 1k 5 -4.9
C1181 R1212
CHROMA Y

2
6 JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
V_FROM_SYNCGEN 1 2 3
0.01u
0.4 0.4 1500
2.2 C1107

4
Q1130
H 0.01u
2SC4081T106R
REC
R1118 4.4 IC1111
DPB_CBOUT 1k LM7131BCM5X
R1110 R1114 R1125 R1213 R1214
XX 2200 22k C1182 C1183
7 JC-21 BOARD (14/14) DPB_CROUT 2200
0.1u 0.1u 470 PB
05 DPB_YOUT

JC-21 (1/14) 4-11 4-12

 DSR-25

JC-21 (2/14) (VIDEO A/D CONVERTER) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board. • See page 4-134, 135 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

A
JC-21 BOARD (2/14)
GND 13
VIDEO A/D CONVERTER 10 JC-21 BOARD (14/14) VIDEO_-5V L1114 C1180 R1211
SPCK1 JC-21 BOARD (4/14)

XX 0
10uH
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
+5V
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE C1159
C1177
R:REC MODE XX
0.01u
P:PB MODE Y_IN
Q1126
CR_IN 6 2SC4081T106R C1171
10u
B 6.3V

3.2

3.2
3.2

1.2

3.2

3.2
9 JC-21 BOARD (1/14)
R1182
5
L1109 C1139
CB_IN 10u 3.2
5 1k 10uH
Q1117 6.3V
-0.3 2SC4081T106R 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
-5V R2.2/P5
C1114 C1137
1u R1167 R1.6/ R1191 0.01u

R1.6/P4.4
-0.9 16V 100 P4.6 100 CL1157
10

2SA1576A-T106-R
11 JC-21 BOARD (4/14) AFH_CLP
C1112 R1158

Q1123
0 Q1120 -4.9
22u

CL1146
2SC3326N-TE85L-B R0.8/P3.2
CL1161 4V

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
R1171

8
R1.6/ R0.9/P0.7 Y7
1k P4.6 CL1173 2.9 R1.3/P3.2

7
Y6
R1151
C R1161
XX
C1125 0.01u 22k R1.2/P1 C1120 L1112 10uH 3.2 R1.3/P3.2

6
XX Y5
CL1155 C1166
IC1108

R1.1/P0.2

C1155
C1127 3.2 R1.6/P3.2
14
11

XX
C1117 10u

R1.2/P1

R1.2/P1
R1164

5
R1153 R1176 0.01u C1174 Y4
10u 2200 4700 R1186 C1131 6.3V R1.2/P3.2
1k 6.3V 1800 10p 0.01u IC1108 JC-21 BOARD (5/14)

4
CXD2300Q-T4 Y3
R1.1/ R1.2/P1 R1.6/P4 R1.2/P3.2

3
P0.7 Y2
R1.2/P3.2
9

2
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Y1
CL1174 R1.4/P3.2
5 2.9 2.9 2.9
7

1
R1.1/ Y0
P0.7 R1207 R1183 5 1

BA10324AFV-E2
4700 8 7 6 5 1k
C1146 5 Q1127
Q1118
0.01u -0.3 2SC4081T106R 2SC4081T106R
D R1179
1k
CL1165
IC1105
R2.6/P5 R1197
0
IC1102 RV1103
BA10358F-E2
C1147
C1115
1u R1168 R2/ R1192

R1.9/P4.4
1k -0.9 16V 100 P4.5 100 CL1158

2SA1576A-T106-R
0.01u
R1208 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
IC1102

1 2 3 4

Q1124
0 C1111 R1159
22u 0 Q1121 -4.9

3.2
CL1147
1 1 1 -4.9 4V 2SC3326N-TE85L-B
RV1103 R2/ R0.9/P0.7

C1156

C1168
P4.5

0.01u

0.01u
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y CLAMP
REF.VOLTAGE R1150 C1121
22k R2/P1.7
5 1.2 1.2 1.2 XX
C1128
C1118 R1165 R1177 0.01u
E IC1105 R1154
1k
10u
6.3V
10k 4700 R1187
1800
C1132
10p
C1151
10u
6.3V
C1162
10u
6.3V

C1134
0.01u
L1115
R1172
4700 C1124 0.01u
8 R1184
1k
5 C1160
XX
10uH C1178
0.01u
5
Q1119 Q1128
R1162 -0.2 2SC4081T106R 2SC4081T106R
XX CL1154 CL1160
R1201
IC1107 C1116
R2.6/P5

R1193
C1172
10u
6.3V
47 1u R2/
F R1169
R2/P1.6

R2/P1.6

R2/P1.7

R2/P1.7

R1.9/P4.4
16V 100 CL1159

3.2

3.2
3.2

1.2

3.2

3.2
-0.9 100 P4.5

2SA1576A-T106-R
R1.1/P0.7

R1.1/P0.7

3.2
R2/ 2.6
R1156 R2/ C1113 R1160
P1.7

Q1125
4700 P1.6 22u 0 Q1122 -4.9 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

CL1148
8 7 6 5 4V 2SC3326N-TE85L-B
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R2/

NJM431M(TE2)
R0.9/P0.7
5 5 P4.5

IC1107
CL1145 R1152
R1202

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 C1122
R2/P1.7
10
BA10324AFV-E2

390

22k XX
TC74HC4066AFT(EL)

R1155 C1129
1k C1119 R1166 R1178 0.01u
10u 10k 4700 R1188 C1133 R1.8/P3.2
R1203

10p

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
IC1103

8
1 2 3 4 6.3V 1800 CR7
0

CL1175 2.9 R1.4/P3.2

5 R1180

7
3.2 CR6
G IC1101
Q1116
UN5213-TX
10k
R1204
L1110
10uH
L1113 10uH 3.2 R1.4/P3.2

6
1500 CR5
CL1169 C1143
IC1109

C1157
C1167
IC1103

3.2 R1.4/P3.2

XX
0.01u
13

5
10u C1175 CR4
C1141 6.3V
R1198

CL1152 C1148 C1144 0.01u R1.4/P3.2

1500

C1140 10u IC1109

4
0.01u CL1166 10u CR3
IC1101

0.01u 6.3V R1.9/P4 CXD2300Q-T4 R1.6/P3.2

6.3V

3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CR2
CL1167 R1.6/P3.2
C1149 12

2
5 2 2 2 CR1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 RV1100 0.01u CL1176 R1.4/P3.2
4700

1
CR0
5 5 1
R2/P1.6

R2/P1.6

R2/P1.6

R2/P1.6

RV1100
R1199 CL1170
15k A/D CONV.
CL1168
H REF.VOLTAGE 1

CL1172
C1135 RV1101
0.01u 4700 RV1101

R1173 C1126 R1200 A/D CONV.

R1157 4700 0.01u 8200 REF.VOLTAGE 2 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
XX
R1163

3.2
CL1156 C1142 0.01u
XX
CL1162
R1106 C1152
CL1181 XX
R2/P1.6

R2/P1.6

R2/P1.7

R2/P1.7

10u
6.3V
R2/
I R2/
P1.6
P1.7 2.9 2.9 2.9 -4.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
C1158 C1163
0.01u 10u
6.3V
C1169
0.01u

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15
JC-21 BOARD (3/14)
BA10324AFV-E2

BA10324AFV-E2

R1205 R1209 L1116

1k 1k C1161 10uH C1179
XX 0.01u
R1181
10k

RV1104
IC1104 CL1164 IC1106 RV1104
2200 CB CLAMP
C1173
10u
REF.VOLTAGE 6.3V

3.2

3.2
3.2

1.2

3.2
CL1153

RV1102
IC1106
IC1104

3.2 3.2
J
CL1149

CL1150

CL1151

2200 CL1171
CL1163 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
R1210
1k

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 R1206 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1k
5 2 2 2 1 1 1 5 1 1 1
RV1102 10
Y_CLP_ERR CR CLAMP
REF.VOLTAGE R1.9/P3.2
12

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
JC-21 BOARD (9/14) CR_CLP_ERR

8
CB7
CL1177 2.9 R1.3/P3.2
CB_CLP_ERR

7
CB6
L1111 10uH 3.2 R1.3/P3.2

6
CB5
K R1174 R1189 R1195 C1153 C1165 3.2 IC1110 R1.5/P3.2
15

5
XX XX XX 10u C1176 CB4
XX 6.3V R1.1/P3.2
0.01u IC1110
C1109

4
C1188 CXD2300Q-T4 CB3
100u 100u R1.9/P4 R1.1/P3.2
6.3V C1138

3
6.3V CB2
0.01u R1.3/P3.2
R1170 14

2
CB1
4700 C1145 CL1178 R1.4/P3.2
R1185 R1190 R1194 0.01u

1
4700 15k 4700 CB0
R1175 1
3300

SIGNAL PATH C1123 C1194 C1130 C1187 R1196 C1136 C1110

47u 47u 100u 100u 15k 100u 100u
6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V
L VIDEO SIGNAL
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
CHROMA Y

3.2
C1154 C1170
0.01u 0.01u
REC

C1150 C1164
10u 10u
6.3V 6.3V

05

4-13 4-14 JC-21 (2/14)

DSR-25

JC-21 (3/14) (CHROMA MIX) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A JC-21 BOARD (3/14)

CHROMA MIX
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE

B
IC2214
CB7
CB7

CB6 R2250
IC2209
TC74VHC244FT(EL)
IC2214
TC74VHC374FT(EL) IC2215
CB6 10k
CB5 1.4 2.8 1.4 2.8 IC2215

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
CB5 TC74VHC541FT(EL)

1
CB4
CB4 CR0 R1.4/P3.2 1.4
IC2212 C0 R1.3/P2.8 R1.7/P2.8 C7

2
R0/P2.8 2.8

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C0 CB0 CB7

1
CB3 C7 R1.7/P2.8 R1.3/P2.8 R1.4/P3.2 R1.9/P3.2
CB3
IC2208

3
2.8 1.4 C0 R1.3/P2.8
2.8 1.4 IC2212
C CR1 CR7 CB6

2
CB2 R1.6/P3.2 R1.8/P3.2 CB1 R1.3/P3.2 R1.3/P3.2
CB2 TC7SH00FU-TE85R

4
C1 R1.4/P2.8 R1.3/P1
C1 JC00

3
CB1 5 4 C6 R1.1/P2.8 R1.4/P2.8 5 4 C1 R1.4/P2.8 R1.1/P2.8 C6
CB1

5
C2 R1.1/P2.8 R1.4/P1.1

0.01u
CR2 CR6 JC01

4
CB0 IC2208 R1.6/P3.2 R1.4/P3.2 C2 R1.1/P2.8 R1.2/P2.8 C5
CB0

6
C3 R1.1/P2.8 R1.1/P1
TC7SH00FU-TE85R JC02
15 C2 CB5

5
CR7 C5 R1.2/P2.8 R1.1/P2.8 CB2 R1.1/P3.2 R1.3/P3.2
CR7

7
C4 R1.2/P2.8 R1.1/P0.9

C2244
CR3 CR5 CB4 JC03 18

6
JC-21 BOARD (2/14) CR6 1 2 3 R1.4/P3.2 R1.4/P3.2 1 2 3 CB3 R1.1/P3.2 R1.5/P3.2
CR6

8
C5 R1.2/P2.8 R1.2/P1.1
C3 JC04

7
CR5 2.8 C4 R1.2/P2.8 R1.1/P2.8 2.8 C3 R1.1/P2.8 R1.2/P2.8 C4 JC-21 BOARD (5/14)
1.4

1.4
CR5

9
C6 R1.1/P2.8 R1.2/P1
CR4 JC05

8
CR4 R1.4/P3.2 0.9

10

10
CR4 C7 R1.7/P2.8 R1.1/P1
JC06

9
CR3
CR3 R1.7/P1.9
D

10
CR2 C2240 JC07
CR2

CR1
CR1 IC2209 0.01u
R2255
0
CR0
CR0
C2243
R2251 XX
XX

L2205
10uH
J_3V
E
2.8 2.8 2.8 1.4
IC2210
IC2213 8 7 6 5 IC2210
IC2211
TC7SH04FU-TE85R
IC2213 IC2211
TC7SH08FU-TE85R
16 TC7WH74FU(TE12R) 2.8

5
JC-21 BOARD (14/14) 1.2 1.4 2.8

5
F 3
1.7 1.7

2
1 2 3 4
0.9

4
1.2 1.5 1.4

SIGNAL PATH
C2238 C2239 C2241 C2242 R2254
10u 1u 1u 0.01u XX
6.3V VIDEO
GND
SIGNAL

CHROMA
G 17
17-1 R2252
0
17-2 REC
JC-21 BOARD (4/14)
17-3

05

JC-21 (3/14) 4-15 4-16

 DSR-25

JC-21 (4/14) (AFC) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board. • See page 4-135, 136 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

JC-21 BOARD (4/14)

A AFC
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE

17-2
R2253
0
17
B JC-21 BOARD (3/14)
17-1

17-3
R2256
0 CL2236
WEVN
CL2210 CL2237
SPCK0
C2221 R2257
XX 0
22
19 AFC_3V
R2241
XX JC-21 BOARD (5/14)
JC-21 BOARD (5/14) R2229 R2234 R2258
0 CL2238
0 0
VD
CL2239

CL2211
CL2208 AFH
13
C JC-21 BOARD (2/14)
SPCK1
IC2200
R2259
0
TK11630UTL

1.2 3.1 3.1 1.2 1.2 3.1

8
JC-21 BOARD (1/14)
AFC_Y
IC2200 L2203
10uH 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33

C2211
10u
1 2 3

D 5 3.1
6.3V
17 18
3.1

49

32
R2209 R2214

50

31
XX XX
VIDEO_+5V C2206
C2204 47u
20 3.1

51

30
0.01u 4V
JC-21 BOARD (14/14) GND R2210
C2201 0 0

52

29
0.01u
R2215 0 CL2217
10k
23

53

28
21 PB/XREC CL2200
E JC-21 BOARD (14/14) SPCK2 R2211 3.1 1.5

54

27
XX
1.6 3.1
68
19

55

26
JC-21 BOARD (9/14)
PB/XREC CL2201
IC2204 C2235
0.01u

56

25
L2202
10uH CL2202 IC2204
1.5
CXD2193AR-ER

57

24
R2246
R2200 3.1 1.2 0

58

23
10k R2206
F 5 1k C2209
0.01u
CL2203 0 CL2218
C2237
XX

59

22
3.8 Q2200
2SC4081T106R R2248
CL2204 2.8 XX R2249
C2200

60

21
22u XX
3.2
4V
0 0.8
16

61

20
R2212 R2216
0 XX

22

62

19
R2202 2.2
0 Q2201 CL2205 RV2201 C2236
L2201 2SA1576A-T106-R 0.8 4700 0.001u
L2200

63

18
R2204

XX
470 56uH 120uH 1.6 CL2206

G 3.1 20

R2207

64

17
C2207 C2208 R2201
0.01u 10u 39k RV2201
6.3V R2203
1k R2205
470
21 AFC
PICTURE
FRAME
C2202 C2203 C2205 R2208 R2217
82p 390p 1000p XX 0
11
AFH_CLP
JC-21 BOARD (2/14) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1.6 1.5 2 1.6 3.1 1.5 2 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.7 1.5 1.5 3.1
R2213 R2218 C2212
4700 220 1000p
H

C2220
4700p
R4.6/P5

R4.6/P5

R2247
IC2202

CL2209
WEVN

R2236
CL2213

R2239
R2230

CL2215
CL2214
680k 10k

1k
0
R2269
4700 R5/P0 CL2212
5 0
IC2202
TC7SET08FU(TE85R) 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
R2270 R2266
0 4700
0 5
1

R5/P0 0 R2231
I C2210
IC2203 XX R2237
2

0.01u 33k R2267

Q2203 0 R2221 4700
R2232 XX
3

UN5213-TX 4700
IC2203 23
2.3 3.1

R2240
TC74VHC123AFT(EL)

33k
JC-21 BOARD (9/14)
R0/P2.8 R2261 R2262 6 4
D2201 82k 82k
KV1470TL00 2.6 2 5
R2235 R2263 2.5
C2226

CL2216
R2226
4700
R2222 33k 470p 4700 1 3
270 Q2202

0.01u
3 1 XP4601-TXE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R2227
2.1 3

270
8 7 R2268
0 0

R2238
R5/P0
R4.6/P5

R0.2/P0

4.9

C2217

10k
C2216 4 6
J R2228
1u
16V C2222 L2204
LVD

C2213 4700 3300p C2225 C2245 R2265

R2223 C2215 XX C2227 C2233 C2246 R2264
47u CT2200 220p 330p 10k 10k
6.3V 4700 0.01u 5p 0.01u

C2219 C2224
1u 3.3u CT2200
16V C2228
16V 18p AFC
R2220
8200
C2214 D2200
1000p C2218 R2233 C2223
R2224 CL2207 R2219 XX XX
R2225 0.1u 33k
220 1500 220

K CSM 24
PAL/XNT JC-21 BOARD (11/14)

05

4-17 4-18 JC-21 (4/14)

DSR-25

JC-21 (5/14) (VFD (VIDEO DSP, D/A CONVERTER)) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board. • See page 4-136 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

JC-21 BOARD (5/14)

A VFD(VIDEO DSP,D/A CONVERTER)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE

B
L3302 R3310
10uH 470
19 AFC_3V
JC-21 BOARD (4/14) R3318 R3319 R3308 R3315
510 330 470 470
L3300 3.1
10uH
CL3300
2.9
J_1.9V
C3302 C3305 C3306 Q3300
22u 22u 0.01u 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO 3.1
2.3

VBUS0

VBUS1

VBUS2
VBUS3
VBUS4

VBUS5

VBUS6
VBUS7

XVEN

TUVS
TUSV
6.3V C3303 6.3V
0.01u CL3301
C 2.9

Q3301
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
2.3 3.1
CL3302
2.8 Q3302
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
25 R3316
2.2
0
JC-21 BOARD (14/14) Y_SIKISA
CR_OUT

CB_OUT
D CL3303
C_OUT
CL3304
L3301 Y_OUT
10uH
J_3V
R3309 R3312 R3314
C3301 C3304 4700 4700 4700
0.01u R3301 R3304 R3307
0.01u 1500 3300 3300

GND
C3300

R0/P2
22u

0.9

0.6

0.6
0.8

0.8

3.1
2.9

2.9

3.1
2.8

2.6

3.1
2.6

2.6
3.1

2.6

3.1
6.3V
0.8 1 1 0 0 2 2.7

E 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61
4
C3307 JC-21 BOARD (1/14)
10u
10V
24 25 26 27 28
2

120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
CAM_Y0 C3308
Y0 0.01u
CAM_Y1 2.8 3.1
F Y1
Y2
CAM_Y2 2.8
CAM_Y3
Y3 R3320
14 CAM_Y4 0 1.4
Y4
0

JC-21 BOARD (2/14) CAM_Y5 1.4

Y5
R3300

CAM_Y6 2.8
Y6 VFD_VD
CAM_Y7 0 2.6
Y7 VFD_HD
CAM_FLD 1.6 1.4 MOE
CAM_C0 R3311
AFCK 0
JC00 1.2 1.5
CAM_C1
G JC01
CAM_C2
2 CL3305 VBUS0 CL3306
VBUS0
JC02 L3303 IC3301 TC7SU04FU(TE85R) C3314
CAM_C3 0.01u VBUS1 CL3307
18 JC03
CAM_C4
CAM_VD 0 IC3300 2.8 MVO 10uH
2.8
IC3302
VBUS1

5
JC-21 BOARD (3/14) JC04 CAM_HD 0 2.6 MHO 1.4 TC7WH04FU(TE12R) R3324 VBUS2 CL3308
CAM_C5 IC3300 VBUS2

2
0
JC05 CAM_C7 M65511AFP-R60S 0.9 MY07 1.3 1.3 2.8
CAM_C6 VBUS3 CL3309

8
JC06 CAM_C6 R1.7/P1.9 1 MY06 1.5 VBUS3
CAM_C7

7
JC07 CAM_C5 R1.1/P1 1.3 MY05 1.3 2.8 VBUS4
29 VBUS4

6
AFCK CAM_C4 R1.2/P1 1.5 MY04 R3317 1.5 CL3310
X3300
VBUS5

5
SPCK0
H 22 AFH
CAM_HD R1.2/P1.1 0.6 MY03 1M 13.5MHz
CL3311
VBUS5 30
CAM_VD TDO 2.8 0.6 MY02 C3309 VBUS6 JC-21 BOARD (6/14)
C3311
JC-21 BOARD (4/14) VD

WEVN
CAM_FLD TDI 2.8 1.1 MY01
10u
6.3V XX
C3312
5p IC3302 VBUS7
CL3312
VBUS6

TCK 1 MY00 VBUS7

C3310 CT3300 CL3313
TMS 2.8 R0.8/P0.4 2.8 0.01u TUVS
TUVS
DATA_TO_MS_VSP 2.6 2.6 CT3300 CL3314
R3313 XVEN
DATA_FROM_MS_VSP 0 VFD
SPCK
IC3301 0
CL3315
XVEN

XMS_SCK_VSP 2.7 R0.7/P0.4 0 TUSV

I XCS_VFD 2.7 0 CL3316
TUSV

2.8 TRCK

2.8
VFD_OE
CL3323
DA135
31
R1.1/P0.9

R1.4/P1.1

R0.8/P3.2

R1.3/P3.2

R1.3/P3.2
R1.6/P3.2

R1.2/P3.2
R1.2/P3.2

R1.2/P3.2
R1.4/P3.2

JC-21 BOARD (14/14)

OSDHD
R1.1/P1

R1.3/P1

IC3303 CLK135
32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 IC3303 JC-21 BOARD (7/14)
J 0 0 0 0 0
MB90097PFV-G-146-BND-ER
2.8

2.8

2.8

2.8

2.8

0.6
1.4

2.8 0

10
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
OSDVD 5
R3325

9
JC-21 BOARD (1/14)
0 0 1.5

8
0

7
C3313
0.01u

6
XRST_VSP R3326 XX 0 2.8
R3323

5
0 CL3318
0 2.8
VREF XSYS_RESET

4
K FRRV
CL3319 0 0.3
OSD_SO 33

3
R3322 0 2.8 2.8
TRRV XCS_OSD

2
JC-21 BOARD (11/14)
R3321 CL3320 2.6 2.9
XOSD_SCK

1
0

26 XMS_SCK_VSP
XVSP_SCK
JC-21 BOARD (9/14) XCS_VFD
XCS_VFD
DATA_TO_MS_VSP
VSP_SI
CAM_C2

CAM_C0

CAM_Y4

CAM_Y2

CAM_Y0
CAM_C3

CAM_C1

CAM_Y7
CAM_Y6

CAM_Y5

CAM_Y3

CAM_Y1

DATA_FROM_MS_VSP
VSP_SO
L XRST_VSP
XRST_VSP R3302
XX
R3305
XX
SIGNAL PATH
R3303 R3306
TMS 0 0 VIDEO SIGNAL
TMS
TCK
27 TCK
CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
CAM_HD

CAM_C0
CAM_C1

CAM_C2

CAM_C3
CAM_C4

CAM_C5
CAM_C6

CAM_C7

CAM_Y0

CAM_Y1
CAM_Y2

CAM_Y3
CAM_Y4
CAM_Y5

CAM_Y6

CAM_Y7

MY00

MY01

MY02
MY03

MY04
MY05

MY06
MY07

MHO

MVO
MOE

JC-21 BOARD (11/14) CL3317 TDI

TD02 REC
CL3321
CL3322

M TDO PB
28 TDO3
JC-21 BOARD (6/14)
MHO
MY00

MY01

MY02
MY03

MY04
MY05
MY06

MY07
AFH
JC00

JC01
JC02

JC03

JC04
JC05

JC06
JC07

Y0

Y1

Y2
Y3
Y4

Y5
Y6

Y7

29
N JC-21 BOARD (14/14)

05

JC-21 (5/14) 4-19 4-20

 DSR-25

JC-21 (6/14) (SFD) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board. • See page 4-136, 137 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

JC-21 BOARD (6/14)

A SFD
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE
VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS.
39-1
B

XACC
XENA
DIR

FCLR

FRL
C4410 C4411
10p 10p

39-2
R4409 X4400
0 24.576MHz
TDO3
28 JC-21 BOARD (5/14) TDO3
R4410
XX
R4443
TCK 47
TCK
TMS
34 JC-21 BOARD (11/14) TMS
TDO5
C TD05
CL4434

R4411

TMS
TCK
0

XRST_VSP
C4400 R4400
2.2u 47
6.3V

R4402

R1.4/P0.3

R2.8/P1.7
330

R2.8/P0
D SFD_FCK
FCK0
C4401 CL4400 C4407 0.001u

2.8
2.8

1.3
1.3

1.3

2.8

2.8

2.8
LRCK0 JS7004 0.047u
SFD_LRCK 0 R4403 2 2 0 0
BCK0 R4401 10k L4403
SFD_BCK 1 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4700 1.5uH
35 JC-21 BOARD (12/14)
SOA
ADAI1
3 R4404
ADAO1 C4402 2
SIC 10k
0.001u D4400
SOB KV1470TL1-3
32 39 JC-21 BOARD (8/14)
CL7003

CL7002

CL7001

C4408
0.001u
2.8 TDO3

76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26
1.6 2.8
E LOCK_MCK L4400
10uH 2.8
TDO4

OCK
FCK0 1.4
SFD_FCK
LRCK0 C4404
C4406
10u 1.3
30
SFD_LRCK 0.01u 6.3V
BCK0
SFD_BCK R4445
ADAI1 0 1.2 2
SOA
ADAO1 2 LBUS3
SIC R4444
0 1.2 LBUS2

F R4405
R2.8/P2.1 LBUS1

FCK0 0 0.8 LBUS0

39-3
36 JC-21 BOARD (14/14) LRCK0 R4406 0 1.4

R4407
2.8 IC4400 2.8
BCK0 0 1.4 2.7 XCS_SFD
IC4400 39-4
HG73C050TETL
2.7 XMECHA_SCK
R4446
0 1.4 R0.8/P0.4 DATA_FROM_MECHA
BCK
2 2.6 DATA_TO_MECHA
R4447
G LRCK
ADAI1
0 1.5 2
2
J_3V

ADAO1 2 SFD_3V
TBUS7
SOB
C4409 XX TBUS6 SFD_1.9V
SID
1.4 R0.4/P0.7 TBUS5
L4401 10uH 31 TBUS4
J_1.9V
L4402 10uH GND
H 37 JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
J_3V
C4403 C4405
10u 10u
6.3V 6.3V
GND
0.8
0.9

0.6
0.6

0.8

0.8

2 1 1

VBUS0 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
VBUS0 1.4 0 0 2 0 0 2
R0/P2

VBUS1
0.5
VBUS1
VBUS2

R0.4/P0.7
VBUS2 40-1
VBUS3
I VBUS3
VBUS4
VBUS4
VBUS5
VBUS5
30 JC-21 BOARD (5/14) VBUS6
R4408
VBUS6
VBUS7 0
VBUS7
TUVS
TUVS
XVEN C4412
VBUS0
VBUS1
VBUS2
VBUS3

VBUS4
VBUS5

VBUS6
VBUS7

TBUS0
TBUS1

TBUS2
TBUS3
XVEN 0.01u
TUVS

XVEN

TUSV

TUTS
SEN

TUSV
TUSV

J TRCK 40-2

DATA_FROM_MECHA
VSP_SO SFD_1.9V
DATA_TO_MECHA
VSP_SI
XCS_SFD 40 JC-21 BOARD (7/14)
SFD_3V
38 JC-21 BOARD (9/14) XCS_SFD
XMECHA_SCK
XVSP_SCK
XRST_VSP
XRST_VSP

K 40-3

SIGNAL PATH
XRST_VSP
VIDEO SIGNAL 40-4
AUDIO
Y/CHROMA SIGNAL

REC
L 40-5
PB
05

4-21 4-22 JC-21 (6/14)

DSR-25

JC-21 (7/14) (TFD) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

JC-21 BOARD (7/14)

A TFD
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE

RF_6V 45 JC-21 BOARD (9/14)

41 JC-21 BOARD (8/14) 41-1
CN4401 22P

B 22 RF 6V

21 RF 6V
20 C1ERRP
C4420
40-1 0.01u 19 GND
CL4402

TDO5
TDO4
TMS
TCK
18 1.9V
17 1.9V

16 3V

R1.4/P0.3

R0.9/P0.5
15 3V

2.8

2.8

2.8
14 5V
C

0
RP-234 BOARD (1/2)
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 13 5V
XCS_TRX CL4408 CN203
12 XCS_TRX THROUGH THE
XCS_TRF CL4409
11 XCS_TRF FRJ-1 FLAT CABLE
40-2 DRP_SI CL4410 (SEE PAGE 4-7)
40 JC-21 BOARD (6/14) 10 DRP_SI
DRP_SO CL4411
9 DRP_SO
XDRP_SCK CL4412
2 2.8 8 MSCK

51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
1
SFD_1.9V XRST_VSP CL4413
7 XRST

2
SWP CL4414
D SFD_3V 6 SWP

3
DRP CL4415
TUTS 0 5 CLK150

4
SC_WD CL4416
40-3 TBUS0 R0.4/P0.7
4 SC_WD

5
CONT_E CL4417
TBUS1 R0.4/P0.7 2.8
3 CONT_E

6
40-4 CONT_O CL4418
TBUS2 R0.4/P0.7 2.8
2 CONT_O

7
DSWP CL4435
40-5 TBUS3 R0.4/P0.7
1 DSWP

8
TBUS4 R0.4/P0.7

9
WR01 TBUS5 R0.4/P0.7

25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
WR01
RDX TBUS6 R0.4/P0.7 2.8
E RDX
FRRV
FRRV TBUS7 R0.4/P0.7

TRRT
TRRT SEN 0.5 IC4401 CL4437
CN4402 22P

DRP CRCK 0.9 IC4401 22 N.C.

DRP CXD3129R-T6 CL4438
SWP TXDT0 R1/P0 21 N.C.
SWP HPCK CL4419
ALE TXDT1 R1/P0 2.8 20 HPCK
ALE XTSY CL4420
DXXA10 TXDT2 R1/P0 2.8 19 XTSY
DXXA10
D24A00 TXDT3 R1/P0 18 GND
D24A00 XTDT0 CL4421
F D25A01
D25A01

D26A02
TXDT4
TXST
R1/P0

0 2.8
XTDT1 CL4422
17

16
XTDT0

XTDT1
D26A02
D27A03 HPCK R0/P1 15 GND
42 JC-21 BOARD (9/14) D27A03 CRCK CL4423
D28A04 XTSY 0 14 CRCK
D28A04
D29A05 XTDT0 R0/P0.8 13 GND RP-234 BOARD (1/2)
D29A05 TXDT0 CL4424 CN202
D30A06 XTDT1 R0/P0.8 2.8 12 TXDT0
D30A06 TXDT1 CL4425 THROUGH THE
D31A07 11 TXDT1 FRJ-1 FLAT CABLE
D31A07 TXDT2 CL4426
DXXA08 10 TXDT2 (SEE PAGE 4-7)
DXXA08 TXDT3 CL4427
DXXA09 9 TXDT3
G DXXA09
XDVCN
TXDT4 CL4428
8 TXDT4
XDVCN
LIP_SLEEP 7 GND
LIP_SLEEP TXST CL4429
LPS 6 TXST
LPS 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
FP 5 GND
OFR ATF CL4430
1.4

2
2.8

2.8
0.6

1.4
1.4
1.4

2.5

R2.5/P1.5
R2.1/P1.5

R2.2/P1.2

R1.4/P0.6

R0.9/P1.3
R1.2/P1.8

R2/P1.3

0.3
2.4

2.4

2.8
XRST_LINK 4 ATF
XRST_LINK CAP_EVR CL4431
XRST_PHY 3 CAP_EVR
XRST_PHY REEL_EVR CL4432
2 REEL_EVR
CL4401

1 CLK135
H R4413 DXXA10

DXXA08

DXXA09
D24A00
D25A01
D26A02

D27A03
D28A04
D29A05

D30A06
D31A07
0
WR01

FRRV
TRRT

SWP
RDX

DRP

ALE
XRST_VSP

C4415 0.01u

GND

J_1.9V
I 43 JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
J_3V
VIDEO_+5V

ATF
ATF
CAP_EVR
CAP_EVR
REEL_EVR
REEL_EVR
XCS_TRX
XCS_TRX
XCS_TRF CL4433
XCS_TRF
J DRP_SI
DRP_SI
SIGNAL PATH
DRP_SO
DRP_SO
XDRP_SCK
44 JC-21 BOARD (10/14)
XDRP_SCK VIDEO SIGNAL
SWP AUDIO
SWP
DRP Y/CHROMA SIGNAL
DRP
SC_WD
SC_WD
CONT_E
CONT_E REC
CONT_O
CONT_O
K DSWP
DSWP PB

32 JC-21 BOARD (5/14) CLK135

05

JC-21 (7/14) 4-23 4-24

 DSR-25

JC-21 (8/14) (DV INTERFACE) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

JC-21 BOARD (8/14)

A DV INTERFACE
XX MARK:NO MOUNT R4425
R4430
XX
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 0
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
39-1

D31A07
D30A06

D29A05

D28A04

D27A03

D26A02

D25A01
D24A00

DXXA10
RDX
WR01
ALE
XACC
DIR

XRST_LINK
B 39-2

R1.2/P1.8
R0.9/P1.3

R1.4/P0.6
R2.2/P1.2
R2.1/P1.5
R2.5/P1.5
R2/P1.3
0.3

2.8

2.5
2.8

2.8
2.8 0 0 2 2.8
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

C
2

60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
LBUS3 2.8 XDVCN

LBUS2 2.8 XRST_PHY

LBUS1 R2.8/P2.1 0 LIP_SLEEP

LBUS0 2.8

D R4412 0 1.4

2.8
XENA R2.8/P1.7 2.8

FRL 0
0
IC4402 1.3
0
R4431 R4434
12k
R4436
XX
CN4400
6P
12k
IC4402 1 GND
FCLR R2.8/P0 SN104266PN-TEB 1.9 CL4405
DV-032 BOARD

9
2 TPA
2.8 1.9 CL4406 CN202

8
3 NTPA
0 THROUGH THE

7
4 GND JD-053 HARNESS
E 39 JC-21 BOARD (6/14) 0 CL4407
(SEE PAGE 4-92)

6
5 TPB
2.8 R4437 R4438 CL4404
56 56

5
6 NTPB
1.9 0.5% 0.5%

4
R4435

3
CL4403 0
2.8 C4421
1u

2
R4432
0 R4440 R4442

1
R4439 56 56
10k 0.5% 0.5%
0.5%
R4433
F XX
R4441
10k
C4422
220p
0.5%

61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

2.8 2 2.8

2.8

2.8

1.2

2.8

1.3
R4424
R4421 XX

0
SIGNAL PATH
G

R4426 XX

R4427 XX
39-3
R4416 VIDEO SIGNAL
0 AUDIO
39-4
SIGNAL
R4418 XX

R4419 XX

R4420 0
Y/CHROMA

R4423
L4404

0
R4415
10uH 0
J_3V
REC

SFD_3V
PB

H C4414 R4428 R4429

C4417

R4417

SFD_1.9V C4413 C4416 R4414

XX

10u XX
XX

XX
0.01u 6.3V 0.01u XX

C4418 C4419
R4422
LPS

0.1u XX
FP

XX
GND

I
41 JC-21 BOARD (7/14) 41-1

05

4-25 4-26 JC-21 (8/14)

DSR-25

JC-21 (9/14) (MECHANISM CONTROL 1) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

JC-21 BOARD (9/14)

A
MECHANISM CONTROL 1 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
XX MARK:NO MOUNT P:PB MODE

45 RF_6V
JC-21 BOARD (7/14) L5001 10uH
J_3V J_3V 49
46
B JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
GND GND JC-21 BOARD (10/14)

Q5001
R5071 2SB624-T1BV4
XX
47 SW_6V
5.5 5.4
JC-21 BOARD (14/14) D5001
MS91 MA132WK-TX
23 WEVN
MS118 4.8
JC-21 BOARD (4/14) LVD
R5004
1k
MS74
XVSP_SCK

C XCS_VFD
MS17
MS76
IC5001
VSP_SI
MS75 IC5001
VSP_SO S-81350HG-KD-T1
26 MS92
0.2
JC-21 BOARD (5/14) XRST_VSP 2.8
MS106 Q5002
FRRV UN5213-TX
MS108
TRRV
CL5738
VREF

D 1 2 3

5.1

5.5
0
0

0
C5004 C5005
4 3 2 1 10u C5006 6.8u
C5016 10V 0.01u 16V
R5057
0.01u 1k
C5003
E IC5007 0.01u

IC5007
TC7W241FU-TE12R

MS112

MS19

MS76

MS75

MS74
C5002
0.01u
5 6 7 8

0
0
0

2.8
R5058
1k

R0.8/P0.4
5.1

2.8
2.6

2.7

2.8
5.1
MS111
MS75 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
VSP_SO
MS76
VSP_SI
38 XCS_SFD
MS38 IC5002
JC-21 BOARD (6/14) MS74
XVSP_SCK
G XRST_VSP
MS92 IC5002
MB88146APFV-G-BND-ER
OFR
CL5740 MS15
WR01
MS16
RDX
MS106
FRRV
MS107 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
TRRT
MS61

R2.7/P0.3
R2.6/P2.1

R2.6/P2.1
5
0

0
DRP R5066
MS60 100k
SWP
H ALE
MS13

MS26
D24A00
MS27

100
100
100

100
100
D25A01 R5067
MS28 R5009 100
D26A02 10k
42 D27A03
MS29

R5013

R5008
R5005

R5014

R5015
JC-21 BOARD (7/14) MS30 R5003
D28A04 22k
MS31
D29A05
MS32
I D30A06
D31A07
MS33

MS35
DXXA08
MS36
DXXA09
MS37
DXXA10
MS14
XDVCN 50-1
MS84
LIP_SLEEP
MS77
LPS
MS10
XRST_LINK 50
J XRST_PHY
MS11
JC-21 BOARD (10/14)

68 CL5748 MS8
PB/XREC
JC-21 BOARD (4/14)
50-2
Y_CLP_ERR
12 CR_CLP_ERR
JC-21 BOARD (2/14)
CB_CLP_ERR

K 2 HUE_ADJ
JC-21 BOARD (1/14)
CL5947
48 FIFO_MUTE
JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
05

JC-21 (9/14) 4-27 4-28

 DSR-25

JC-21 (10/14) (MECHANISM CONTROL 2) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board. • See page 4-137 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

JC-21 BOARD (10/14)

A MECHANISM CONTROL 2
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE

49 J_3V

JC-21 BOARD (9/14) GND IC5008

B R5069
100k

MS91
MS92
MS105
MS104

MS99

MS98
MS97
MS108

MS107

MS96
MS115
MS117
MS116

MS114
MS113

MS112
MS111

MS9

MS106
MS119

MS118
R5050
SIGNAL PATH 100k IC5006 UNSW_3.0V
R5041 220k
56
REC/PB R5039 47k IC5006
JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
AK6480AM-E2 3.1 0 2.8 0 0 0 0
C5015
R5051 100k 0.01u
Drum speed servo 100k
2.7 2.8 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

8
R5052

C Drum phase servo

C5011 R5040 100k MS74 2.7 2.8
R5047

7
1u

CL5968
CL5967

CL5966
R5038 100k 100k
MS75 R0.8/P0.4
2.7
R5049 100k

6
Drum servo(speed and phase) IC5008
C5012
0.01u C5014 0.01u MS76 2.6 TC74VHC08FT(EL)

5
Capstan speed servo
R5037
4700
Capstan servo(speed and phase)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
D R5070 0 2.8 0 0 0 0
100k

XC_IN
XCC_DOWN
57

2.8

1.4

0.2
1.5

1.3

1.3
1.3

1.4

1.4
0.6

2.8

2.8
1.3

2.3

1.4

2.7
3 * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 JC-21 BOARD (11/14)
1.6 C5013
0.01u
120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91

E MS39 CL5401
CN5005
1
50P
MODE_SW_A
MS40 CL5402
2 MODE_SW_B
C5008
10p
X5001
34 36 37 MS41 CL5403
3 MODE_SW_C
20MHz 1.1 2.8 MS42 CL5404
33

61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
1
4 MODE_SW_D
1.2 35 2.7

2
5 GND
2.7 MS55 CL5406
C5009

3
6 TAPE_LED_ON
10p 2.7 MS53 CL5407
MS87
4 7 TAPE_TOP
F 2.8
CL5749
R5059 R5060
MS54 CL5408
5
1k 100k 8 TAPE_END
2.8 0 MS85
6

9 GND
C5007 0.001u 2.8 0 MS84 MS20 CL5410
7

10 XC_IN
MS8 R0/P2.8 0.2 MS83 MS22 CL5411

100k
470k
R5018
8

11 XCC_DOWN
100k 0 2.6 MS97 CL5412
MS82
R5045
9

12 L_CASSETTE

R5046
R5044
MS10 2.8 2.7 MS81 100k MS95 MS85 CL5413
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

R5019 13 REC_PROOF
MS11 2.8 2.7 MS80 MS96 CL5414
100k 14 DEW_DET
2.6 0 MS79
15 GND
MS13 0 2.7 MS99 CL5416
G R5020 MS14 2.8 2.8
MS78
MS77 MS98 CL5417
16 T_ELTN_ERR

51 CL5965 470k
MS15 2.8
IC5003 2.6 MS76
MS113 CL5418
17 S_ELTN_ERR
XMUTN 18 SREEL_FG
JC-21 BOARD (14/14) MS16 2.8 IC5003 R0.8/P0.4 MS114 CL5419
R5068 MS75
1k MB91192PFF-G-151-BND-ER 19 TREEL_FG
MS17 2.7 2.7 MS74 CL5420
20 REEL_EVR
2.5 CL5421
21 CAP_EVR
XCS_DSP MS19 2.8 2.9 MS72 CL5422
22 CHIME_SCK
52 XVSP_SCK MS20 R5025 10k 0 0.4 MS71 CL5423
23 CHIME_SDA
JC-21 BOARD (13/14) VSP_SO CL5424 CM-59 BOARD (1/3)
H VSP_SI MS22
R5048
10k 0 0.5
CL5750
MS69 L5002
24 CHIME_VDD
CN001
1uH 25 GND THROUGH THE
MS23 2.7 0.8 MS68 MS47 CL5301
CL5747 FVJ-1 FLAT CABLE
MS87 26 DRUM_ON
XCS_DSP MS24 2.8 MS48 CL5302 (SEE PAGE 4-71)
R5042 R5053
MS74 100k 100k 27 DRUM_FWD
XVSP_SCK MS68 CL5303
53 2.8
28 DRUM_PWM
MS75
JC-21 BOARD (14/14) VSP_SO MS26 R2.5/P1.5 MS116 CL5304
MS76 29 DRUM_FG
VSP_SI MS27 R2.1/P1.5 2.8 R5043 MS117
100k 30 DRUM_PG
MS28 R2.2/P1.2 1.4 MS63 MS63 CL5306
31 DRUM_MASTER_CLK
I MS29

MS30
R1.4/P0.6
R0.9/P1.3 1.4
R5055 1k
CL4436
MS61 MS45 CL5308
32 GND

33 CAP_ON
MS46 CL5309
34 CAP_FWD
38 MS69
MS115 CL5311
35 CAP_PWM

36 CAP_FG
R5026 37 GND
1k MS43 CL5313
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 38 REEL_ON
MS44 CL5314
R1.2/P1.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 REEL_FWD
0.3

2.4
2.4

2.5

2.7
2.7

2.7

2.7
2.7

2.7
2.7

2.7
2.7

2.9
2.9

0.4

2.7

2.7

1.4

0.2

1.4
MS71 CL5315
R2/P1.3

J MS119 CL5316
40 REEL_PWM

41 REEL_M_FG

42 GND
MS49 CL5318
C5021 XX 43 CM(+)
MS50 CL5319
C5022 XX 44 CM(-)
MS51 CL5320
C5023 XX 45 CM_LIMIT_ON
MS52 CL5321
46 CM_LIMIT_DET
C5024 CL5322
XX 47 SL/LIMT
MS104 CL5323
K
1k

48 LM(+)
R5033 1k
1k

R5035 1k

MS105 CL5324
49 LM(-)
R5032

R5034

50-1 MS9 CL5325

MS60
MS57

MS58

MS60
MS59
MS56

50 HI_C/R_SW
MS31

MS32
MS33

MS35

MS36
MS37

MS38

50
JC-21 BOARD (9/14)
CHIME_VDD
50-2 58
R5028 47k CHIME_SDA
JC-21 BOARD (11/14)
R5029 47k CHIME_SCK

R5030 47k

L XMODE_SCK
MS81 R5031 47k CAP_EVR

MS83 REEL_EVR
MODE_SO
54 MS82 DRP
MS41

MS44
MS43

MS55
MS42

MS45

MS46
MS39

MS40

MS47
MS48

MS49
MS50

MS51
MS52

MS53

MS54

MODE_SI MS56
JC-21 BOARD (11/14) MS7 CONT_E
XSYS_RESET MS57
MS72 CONT_O
XCS_MECHA MS59
C5020 SC_WD 44
XX MS60
MS7

SWP JC-21 BOARD (7/14)

MS78
XDRP_SCK
MS79
M
C5019
C5018
C5017

DRP_SO
XX
XX
XX

MS80
DRP_SI
MS23
XCS_TRF
MS24
R5061 XCS_TRX
1k MS95
ONBOAD55 ATF
R5062 1k MS58
ONBOAD73 DSWP
55 R5063 1k
ONBOAD78
JC-21 BOARD (11/14) R5064 1k
ONBOAD79
N ONBOAD80
R5065
1k

05

4-29 4-30 JC-21 (10/14)

DSR-25

JC-21 (11/14) (MODE CONTROL) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board. • See page 4-137 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

JC-21 BOARD (11/14)

A MODE CONTROL MO7
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 0
R:REC MODE Q6003
P:PB MODE UN9113J-(K8).SO
2.8 2.8

MO100

MO99
MO98

MO96
MO95
R6057 R6059 MO73
5600 1500 CHIME_SCK
MO72
B CL6531
CN6002 20P
CL6539 2.4
2
MO71
CHIME_SDA

CHIME_VDD
58 JC-21 BOARD (10/14)

ONBOAD55 20 TMS/ONBOAD55 LANC_IN 19 R6058 R6064

R6085 100

R6083 100
R6084 100
CL6532 CL6540 L6003
2200 4700

R6063
2.8 6 1 2.9 1uH
ONBOAD73 18 TCK/ONBOAD73 LANC_OUT 17

3.3
CL6533 CL6541
2.2 2.8
55 JC-21 BOARD (10/14) ONBOAD78 16 TDI/ONBOAD78 XLANC_PWR_ON 15
CL6534 CL6542 3 4
ONBOAD79 14 TDOB/ONBOAD79 UNSW_6V 13
CL6535 CL6543
ONBOAD80 Q6004 5
12 ONBOAD80 UNSW_3V 11 XP4401-TXE
10 GND B.UP_3V 9 2.2 2.8
R6065 XX CL6547 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3
TD02 XRESET GND 2.8
8 7
R6066 XX CL6548 CL6544

100

99

98
97

96
95
94
93
92

91
90
89

88
87

86
85
84
83
82

81
80

79

78
77
76
MO_RXD Q6005
6 XRESET 5
C 27 JC-21 BOARD (5/14)
TMS
R6067 XX CL6549
4 MO_TXD EJECT 3
CL6545
R6028
2SB624-T1BV4
2.8
R6068 XX CL6550 CL6546 XX
TCK 2 MO_TEST_A PARSLEY_MODE 1 MO71
JIG PIN

R6062 3300
R6060 3300
R6061 3300
TD05

R6013 470k

R6048 470k
R6052 470k
R6050 470k
R6078 470k
R6011 R6017
34 JC-21 BOARD (6/14) TMS XX 100 3.1 3

51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
1
TCK 0

2
R6018 2.8 R6054 1k MO73
59 JC-21 BOARD (13/14) 1k

3
XSYS_RESET
2.8 R6055 1k MO72
R6019

4
D 60 JC-21 BOARD (14/14) XSYS_RESET MO72 100 2.8 2.8 R6056 1k MO71

5
MO73 R6020 100 2.8
61 JC-21 BOARD (14/14) J_3V

6
MO7 0 2.9

7
UNSW_3.0V
R6025 100k
62 JC-21 BOARD (14/14) SW_6V
0 R6053 1k MO68
IC6004

8
MO9 R6024 XX 2.8 0 MO67
GND

9
R2.5/P2.8 R6090 1k

25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
MO9 0 R0.4/P0 R6091 1k MO65
XSYS_RESET R2.5/
MO24 IC6001 2.9 R6092 1k MO64 2.8 P2.8

TC7S04FU(TE85R)
XCS_MECHA
E 54 JC-21 BOARD (10/14) MODE_SI
MO48
IC6001
2.9 5 4

IC6004
MO49 CXP921064A-078R-T6 0 R6093 1k MO62
MODE_SO
MO50 3 R6094 1k MO61
XMODE_SCK
MO18 C6009 0.1u 1 2 3
XCC_DOWN R6016 R6081
57 JC-21 BOARD (10/14) MO68 10k 1k 3.1 C6012 0.1u
XC_IN R0.4/
MO96 MO18 0 2.9 MO58 P0
PAL/XNT
24 JC-21 BOARD (4/14) MO95
R6079
R6022
CSM 1k
10k

F 70 JC-21 BOARD (14/14) PAL/XNT

R6080
1k 3.1 0 MO55
R6098 47 0
R6099 47 0 1.5

2.9 1.2
XSYS_RESET L6001 R6001 0
40 3
R6049
10M
X6002
32.768kHz
C6010
22p
10uH 47
OSD_SO MO24
33 JC-21 BOARD (5/14)
C6011
XOSD_SCK
XCS_OSD
39 15p

G C6006
10u
C6007
0.01u
6.3V

26

27

28
29

30
31
32
33
34

35
36
37

38
39

40
41
42
43
44

45

46
47

48
49
50
R0/P3 0 0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3

R1.2/P1.8
2.9

2.9

1.6

1.5

2.8
2.8

2.6

0.2

2.7
MO25
S/XV R6027
MO26 1k
C6004
3 JC-21 BOARD (1/14) PB/XEE 0.1u
MO64
XI/O_SINC_HI

R6076
R6026

1k
10k
R6029 R6100
47
H 10k
R6030 XX R6040
47k

R6037 1k
R6032 10k R6077
3 1k

R6038 100
CN6001 30P 0 R6042

R6039 1k
R6041 1k
CL6501 R6033 100k 1M
0
BUCK_UP_+3V 1 R6034 100k
CL6502 MO38
XIC_RST 2 Q6011 Q6012 R6035 100k
CL6503 MO61 UN5213-TX UN5213-TX
XSLEEP 3 R6036 100k

0.022u
C6008
CL6504 MO62
MO_XWAKEUP 4
MO25

MO26

MO32
MO33

MO34
MO35

MO38
MO62

CL6505 X6001
I GND 5
CL6506 MO35
20MHz

HI_SCK 6
MO33 R6046 100k
GND 7
CL6508 L6007 0uH MO34 R6047 100k
HI_SO 8
MO32 R6043 100k
GND 9
CL6510 R6095 100k
HI_SI 10
R6088 XX

MO46

MO45
MO44

R6096 100k
R6089 0

R6087 0
R6086 0

GND 11
CL6512 R6069 XX R6097 100k
XCS_MO 12 L6008
CL6513 0uH MO68 R6070 XX
J XCIN

XSYS_RST
13

14
CL6514 L6010 0uH MO9 R6071 XX

VD-032 BOARD (12/16) CL6515 L6002 XX MO98

GND 15
CN707 CL6516 L6011 0uH MO50 3 3.1
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1

THROUGH THE MO_SCK 16

MO44

MO45

MO46

MO48
MO49
MO50
CL6517 L6004 XX MO99 2.8 0
FVJ-021 FLAT CABLE R6072
2

GND 17
CL6518 L6012 0uH MO49 1k 0.3
(SEE PAGE 4-62)
3

MO_SO 18
CL6519 L6005 XX MO100 0.3 IC6003
4

GND 19
CL6520 MO48 2.8
R6073 IC6003
5

MO_SI 20
K L6014
1k 2.9 TC74LCX157FT(EL) 3
6

GND 21 C6005
CL6522 0uH MO58 2.9 2.8 0.01u
7

XCS_UVIC 22
CL6523 MO65 R6074 2.8
1k
8

UVIC_BUSY 23
CL6524 MO67
UVIC_SWIN 24 R6009
CL6525 MO55 470k
UVIC_GATE 25 R6075
CL6526 1k
OSD_SO_HI 26

GND 27
L OSD_SCK_HI 28
CL6528
CL6529
L6015 XX

L6016 XX
A.XUP

OSD_SW 29 A.MON.2 63 JC-20 BOARD (13/14)

CL6530 L6017 XX
XCS_OSD_HI 30 A.MON.1
05

JC-21 (11/14) 4-31 4-32

 DSR-25

JC-21 (12/14) (AUDIO 1) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

JC-21 BOARD (12/14)

A AUDIO 1
XX MARK:NO MOUNT Note:Ferrite beads are mounted to the

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
location where R7009,R7010,R7013 and R7015 are printed. IC7005
J_3V
65
R7009
0uH JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
CN7001 8P
CL7032 (Note)
CH1/3 OUT 1
CL7033 R7011 0
B VD-032 BOARD (11/16)
GND (CH1/3 OUT)
CH2/4 OUT
2

3
CL7034 R7010 0uH (Note)
C7015
10u
6.3V
CN1625 CL7035 R7012 0 A.+5V
GND (CH2/4 OUT) 4
THROUGH THE CL7036 R7013 0uH (Note)
VJ-108 HARNESS CH1/3 IN 5 JS7009 0 66
CL7037 R7014 0 R7047 10k AUDIO_GND
(SEE PAGE 4-59) GND (CH1/3 IN) 6 JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
CL7038 (Note) R7053 10k GND
CH2/4 IN 7
A.-5V

2.5
2.5
CL7039 R7015 0uH
GND (CH2/4 IN) 8 2.5 R7202
R7016 R7044 4.7k
0 100 4 3 2 1

IC7003 R7079 C7032

C R7001
XX
C7023
C7028
22u
3.9k
R7078
220p

4.7u 4V

NJM2115V(TE2)
4.7k
AU_CH1_OUT
R7002 XX R7042 IC7006 6.3V
R7204

IC7005
AU_GND1_OUT 10k R7083
R7003 XX IC7003 IC7006 100
R7029 NJM2115V(TE2) C7030 4.7k
AU_CH2_OUT AK4520A-VF-E2
R7004 XX R7027 100 1500p
C7025
64 AU_GND2_OUT
R7005 XX
10k 5
R7045 C7016 C7018
0.1u

8
4.7u 5 2.5

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
100 0.1u

1
JC-21 BOARD (14/14) AU_CH3_OUT 2.5 2.5 JS7008

0
R7006 XX 6.3V 0

7
2.5
AU_GND3_OUT

2
2.5 2.5

R7082
R7007 XX R7054 470

6
2.5 2.5

3
AU_CH4_OUT 2.5 2.5 5 6 7 8
D 0 0

5
5 C7020 2.5 -5
AU_GND4_OUT 2.5 R7055 470 C7302

4
0.001u

2.5
2.5
R7008 R7028 C7009 R7048 2.5 3.1 4.7u 4 3 2 1
100

5
XX 10k 10u 10V
6.3V R7056 R7057 C7021 2.5 3.1
470 0.001u

6
470
5 C7022 0.1u
C7024

7
R7051 R7052
C7014 R7043 10k 3.1 4.7u
10k C7019 6.3V

8
10k
10u
6.3V
0.1u
IC7008 IC7009

9
IC7009

14 13 12 11 10
IC7008 NJM4580V(TE2)
C7017
4.7u 1.5 TC7S04FU(TE85R)
6.3V
E 1.5 0 2.3

3
R7023
R7036
100
IC7002 9.1k JS7007
2.3 3.1 0.8

2
0 1 0.9 5 6 7 8
IC7002 R7038

1
C7007 NJM2115V(TE2) 100 R7046 R7049 3.1 0 0 5
47p 10k 100k R7080
2.5 5 0
R7024

8
5.6k 2.5 2.5
R7018

7
10k C7029
2.5 2.5
1500p R7081

6
JS7006 R7065
2.5 0 4.7k
C7003 C7012 R7039 100k
F R7026

5
10u 47p 4.3k
10k C7027 R7076
6.3V R7033
10k 22u 4.7k C7031
4V 220p R7203
C7010 R7077 100
3900p 3.9k
R7201
R7030 4.7k
C7004 R7022 3.9k
47p 5.6k
R7031 1M
SIC
JS7005
0 SOB

C7008 SOA
G 10u
6.3V CL7040
SFD_FCK
35
JS7001 0 JC-21 BOARD (6/14)
SFD_BCK
0.2 CL7209 JS7002 0
SFD_LRCK
0.7 JS7003

2.5

2.5

2.5

0.2
0
5 0.2
R7050
Q7001 100k XPD_AD
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 0.1 2SC4081T106R
XPD_DA
TC74HC4053AFT(EL)

DEM1
67
JC-21 BOARD (13/14)
DEM0
H EMP

IC7004
IC7004

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2.5

2.5

2.5

R7035 C7013
1M 3900p

R7037
3.9k

J R7019 R7020 100

5.6k
IC7001 R7032
NJM2115V(TE2) R7040
SIGNAL PATH C7005
10k 100
47p 2.5 5
C7001 R7021
1

10u 5.6k R7034

R7017 2.5 2.5
AUDIO 9.1k
2

6.3V 10k
2.5 2.5
SIGNAL
3

2.5 C7011 R7041

R7025
4

47p 4.3k
10k
REC
K C7002
47p

PB
C7006
10u IC7001
6.3V
05

4-33 4-34 JC-21 (12/14)

DSR-25
JC-21 (13/14) (AUDIO 2) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board. • See page 4-138 for waveform.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

JC-21 BOARD (13/14)

A AUDIO 2
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
CN7002 XX
CL7004
AU X1 IN 30 AU_X1_IN
CL7005
AU Y1 IN 29 AU_Y1_IN
B GND 28
CL7006

CL7007
AU_1_GND_IN
GND
AU_X2_IN
68
AU X2 IN 27
CL7008 JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
AU Y2 IN 26 AU_Y2_IN J_3V
CL7009
GND 25 AU_2_GND_IN
CL7010
AU X3 IN 24 AU_X3_IN
CL7011 R7068
23 AU_Y3_IN 100k
AU Y3 IN
CL7012 A.MON.1
GND 22 AU_3_GND_IN
CL7013 R7069
AU_X4_IN 100k
AU X4 IN 21
CL7014 A.MON.2
63
C AU Y4 IN 20
CL7015
AU_Y4_IN
AU_4_GND_IN
69 R7070
100k
JC-21 BOARD (11/14)

GND 19 JC-20 BOARD (14/14)

CL7016 A.XUP
TC IN 18 TC_IN
CL7017 R7071
GND 17 TC/GNDIN 100k
CL7018
TC OUT 16 TC_OUT
CL7019 R7072
15 TC/GNDOUT 100k
GND
CL7020
DSP CS 14 DSP_CS
CL7021 R7073
GND 13 GND 100k
CL7022
D DSP SI 12 DSP_SI
R7074
GND 11 100k
CL7023
DSP SO 10 DSP_SO
R7075
GND 9 100k
CL7024
DSP SCK 8 DSP_SCK
CL7025 R7106 XX
NC 7
CL7026 R7105 XX
NC 6
CL7027 R7104 XX
NC 5
CL7028 R7103 XX
E NC 4
CL7029 R7102 XX
NC 3
CL7030 R7101 XX
NC 2
CL7031 R7100 XX
NC 1

EMP
R7066
100k
F DEM1

3.1
0.1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DEM0

75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
67
JC-21 BOARD (12/14)
XPD_DA

XPD_AD

3.1

100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
CL7041
G
R7059
100k
3

R7060
100k 3 CL7205
R7205
R7061 100k 3 0 1k

R7062 100k 3 3.1

R7206
1k R7087
H R7063 100k 3 100k CL7206
R7304 100k

R7301 100k
3
3
IC7007 3.1
R7086
R7207
1k
100k
3.1 IC7007 CL7207
HD6433837TSC73X R7208
3 3.1 1k CL7208

R7058 3
100k CL7043
3
CL7042
R7303
R7302
I 3 100k
100k R7088
100k

3.1

R7089
4.7
C7033
0.01u
R7064
XX
3
XCS_DSP
C7026 IC7301
0.01u TC7W241FU-TE12R
J 3 3.1
C7301
0.01u

8
2.9

7
2.9

6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

5
3.1 3.1 3 3
1.4
1.4

3.1

2.9

0.8
2.9
41
R7067
52
K 1M
JC-21 BOARD (10/14)

C7100
10u
6.3V

X7001
6MHz R7084 R7085
100k 100k
05

L XVSP_SCK

VSP_SO

VSP_SI
JS7010
XX
XSYS_RESET
59
JC-21 BOARD (11/14)

JC-21 (13/14) 4-35 4-36

 DSR-25

JC-21 (14/14) (POWER SUPPLY) • See page 4-99 for JC-21 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A
JC-21 BOARD (14/14)
POWER SUPPLY
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

J_3V 61 JC-21 BOARD (11/14)

J_3V 65 JC-21 BOARD (12/14)

B CN1100 9P
SW +6V 1
CL1100 CL1182
J_1.9V
CL1101
EVR +3V 2 J_3V
CL1102 CL1179 43
VIDEO +5V 3 VIDEO_+5V
VD-032 BOARD (15/16) CL1103 JC-21 BOARD (7/14)
CN904 SW +3V 4
CL1104 CL1180
THROUGH THE GND 5 GND
JD-054 HARNESS CL1105
VIDEO -5V 6
(SEE PAGE 4-68) CL1106
AUDIO +5V 7 R1238 R1237 J_1.9V
CL1107 IC1113
XX 0 25
AUDIO GND 8 5 R1234
PQ05TZ1U 2.8 J_3V JC-21 BOARD (5/14)
C AUDIO -5V 9
CL1108
6
XX 2
GND
6 5 4
LND101 Q1131
R1235 SI2301DS-T1
R1145 GND XX
XX
66
AUDIO_GND
A.-5V
CL1140 LND102
IC1113 R1236 R1230
2.8 2.8
IC1100
J_1.9V
37
0 10k C1196 J_3V JC-21 BOARD (6/14)
JC-21 BOARD (12/14) IC1100
A.+5V R1146 GND 0.033u TK11220BMCL
XX 1 2 3 4 5 0 GND
GND
CL1141 LND103 5.5 5 5 R1231
220k
R1147 GND J_3V 16
D XX R1232
10k
0.7
0
Q1132
R1229
0
GND
JC-21 BOARD (3/14)

CL1183

CL1184

CL1185

CL1186

CL1187
CL1142 LND104 2SC4081T106R
R1148 GND 1 2 3
XX
R1100 J_3V 46
C1195 2.8 1.3
XX JC-21 BOARD (9/14)
CL1143 LND105 47u

R1226 XX

R1227 XX

R1228 XX
R1225 XX
GND

R1224 XX
6.3V C1197 R1233
R1149 GND 1u 15k
XX C1193
C1191 C1189 C1190 XX
0.01u 0.01u 47u C1104 6.3V J_3V
68
CL1144 LND106 6.3V C1108 10u
XX 6.3V JC-21 BOARD (13/14)
GND
GND
C1102 C1192
E LND107
0.01u 0.1u
VIDEO_+5V 20
JC-21 BOARD (4/14)
GND GND
56 JC-21 BOARD (10/14) UNSW_3.0V
LND108
47 JC-21 BOARD (9/14) SW_6V VIDEO_-5V
GND 10
AU_CH1_OUT +5V
JC-21 BOARD (2/14)
AU_GND1_OUT GND
UNSW_3.0V
62 AU_CH2_OUT
SW_6V
F JC-21 BOARD (11/14)
GND
64 AU_GND2_OUT +5V 1
JC-21 BOARD (12/14) AU_CH3_OUT JC-21 BOARD (1/14)
GND
DPB_CBOUT AU_GND3_OUT
7 DPB_CROUT AU_CH4_OUT
JC-21 BOARD (1/14)
DPB_YOUT AU_GND4_OUT

LOCK_MCK

CL8048

CL8068

CL8074
CL8014
CL8016

CL8018

CL8020

CL8022
CL8024

CL8026

CL8028

CL8032

CL8034
CL8036

CL8038

CL8040

CL8042
CL8044

CL8046

CL8050

CL8056
CL8058

CL8060

CL8062
CL8064

CL8066

CL8070

CL8076

CL8078
CL8006
CL8002

CL8004

OCK
G SFD_FCK
AFH
SFD_LRCK
JC00
SFD_BCK
JC01
SOA
36
JC02 JC-21 BOARD (6/14)
SIC
JC03
BCK

AU_GND1_OUT 102

AU_X3_IN 112
AU_CH2_OUT 100

AU_X4_IN 108
AU_CH1_OUT 104

AU_3_GND_IN 110

AU_1_GND_IN 118
AU_4_GND_IN 106

AU_2_GND_IN 114
AU_X2_IN 116

AU_X1_IN 120
10

12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54

56
58
60
62

64
66
68

70
72
74
76
78
80
82

84
86
88
90
92
94
96

98
2
4
6

JC04
LRCK
JC05
DPB_YOUT
GND
DPB_CROUT

GND
DPB_CBOUT

GND
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
GND
JC00
JC01
JC02
JC03
JC04
JC05
JC06
JC07
N.C
J_3V
VIDEO_+5V
VIDEO_-5V

SIC
SID
SFD_BCK
BCK

SFD_LRCK
LRCK
N.C

VFD_HD
GND
N.C
XVSP_SCK
VSP_SO
GND
DSP_SCK

DSP_SO
TC/GNDOUT
TC_OUT
AU_GND4_OUT
AU_CH4_OUT
AU_GND3_OUT
AU_CH3_OUT

AU_GND2_OUT
SOB
H JC06
SID
JC07

Y0
Y1
XX

XCS_DSP
29 Y2
XVSP_SCK 53
CN8001

JC-21 BOARD (5/14)

Y3 JC-21 BOARD (10/14)
VSP_SO
Y4
I Y5
VSP_SI

AU_Y4_IN(GND)

AU_Y3_IN(GND)

AU_Y2_IN(GND)

AU_Y1_IN(GND)
AU_4_GND_IN

AU_3_GND_IN

AU_2_GND_IN

AU_1_GND_IN
Y6
DPB_CROUT

DPB_CBOUT

AUDIO_GND
AUDIO_GND
AUDIO_GND
VIDEO_+5V

LOCK_MCK
DPB_YOUT

FIFO/MUTE

VIDEO_-5V

XRST_VSP

TC/GNDIN
XCS_DSP
SFD_FCK
PB/XREC
PAL/XNT

Y7

DSP_CS
VFD_VD

VFD_OE

DSP_SI
VSP_SI
VD_HD

AU_X1_IN
SPCK2
DA135

TC_IN

A.+5V
A.+5V
A.+5V
MY00
MY01

MY02
MY03
MY04
MY05
MY06
MY07

A.-5V

A.-5V
MHO

N.C

J_3V
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
SOA
SOB

OCK
AFH

N.C

AU_Y1_IN
MY00
AU_1_GND_IN

101
103
105
107
109

111
113
115
117
119
11

13
15

17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67

69
71
73
75
77
79
81

83
85
87
89
91
93
95

97
99
1
3
5
7
9

MY01
AU_X2_IN
MY02
AU_Y2_IN
MY03
AU_2_GND_IN
J MY04
AU_X3_IN
CL8003

CL8009

CL8013

CL8015

CL8017
CL8019

CL8021

CL8023
CL8025

CL8027

CL8031

CL8039

CL8043

CL8049

CL8055

CL8057

CL8061

CL8063

CL8073
CL8075

CL8077

MY05
AU_Y3_IN
MY06
AU_3_GND_IN
MY07
AU_X4_IN 69
MHO
AU_Y4_IN JC-21 BOARD (13/14)

AU_4_GND_IN
GND

TC_IN
K VFD_OE TC/GNDIN
31
JC-21 BOARD (5/14) DA135 TC_OUT
VFD_HD
OSD_HD TC/GNDOUT

DSP_CS

70 JC-21 BOARD (11/14) PAL/XNT DSP_SI

DSP_SO
48 JC-21 BOARD (9/14) FIFO_MUTE
21 SPCK2 DSP_SCK
JC-21 BOARD (4/14) PB/XREC 51 JC-21 BOARD (10/14) XMUTN
L XSYS_RESET
60 JC-21 BOARD (11/14)
6 VD_HD
VFD_VD
JC-21 BOARD (1/14) V_FROM_SYNCGEN
05

4-37 4-38 JC-21 (14/14)

DSR-25

VD-032 (1/16) (SYNC GENERATOR 1) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

A
VD-032 BOARD (1/16)
SYNC GENERATOR 1
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

F8
R008 R011 C012
XX XX XX L003 L004
C010 XX XX
XX
6.3V D001 IC031
IC005 XX XX
C039 XX
R021 XX C048
C002 XX
XX

8
XX IC013 XX
L001 16V

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1
GEN_LOCK_Y XX

7
XX R044 R050 C050 R073 F5 R081

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
R018

1
IC020

2
XX XX XX XX
C046 XX XX E5

6
Q002 E1
C XX

3
1 XX

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IC011 R046
4

1
F6 F1
C016 R025 XX R074

4
VD-032 BOARD XX
XX XX E2 XX

2
(5/16) R057 C053 E6
Q001

5
XX XX 6.3V

3
XX 6 4 F7 F2
IC026 R075 R083

6
R047 XX

R065
XX XX XX E7

XX
2

4
5 3 R052 E3
C044

10 11 12 13 14
GEN_LOCK_C
1

7
XX XX

5
C001 F8 F3
R076
C005

8
XX 1 2
XX

XX

R017
R053

6
R045 E4 E8

XX
R014 XX
3

9
XX
XX R048

X002
FB001

7
F4

XX

10
R013 IC006 XX
4

9
R054 XX
R010

R012

R005 R007 XX
XX

9
XX

XX XX
D

R066
10
XX XX
5

XX
R037
XX
FB002
6

9
C041
XX

5
XX
7

8
16V
C003 C054
XX R009 C043
XX XX
6.3V R026 XX
R006 C019 C026 XX R049
XX XX XX XX
2 GND
C004 C008 C011 C017 XX C029 R038 C042 R051

E7
VD-032 BOARD XX XX XX XX XX XX XX
(15/16) VIDEO_-5V 6.3V
C007

C2
XX 6.3V

A6
CL006
INT/EXT_DET
F C099 VIDEO_+9V
6
VD-032 BOARD
XX (14/16)

R036
A7 XX

R035 R039
XX XX 7-3
XX 16V

7
C022

R095
XX 7-2
VD-032 BOARD
(2/16)

XX
XX
L002

XX
C023 7-1
G XX XX
IC014 C033
L006
XX

C055
XX

C098
C035
XX
IC022 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
IC001 XX R058
XX R019 XX C060 C061
XX
3 XX CL007 XX
6.3V
14

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IC029
1

1
Q003 C024
10 11 12 13 14

VD-032 BOARD R028 XX R086 8

1

XX XX XX R055 R060 F1 XX

2
(7/16) XX XX
13

DIG_+5V VD-032 BOARD

2

FB003

8
R029 (16/16)
C027 XX
3

XX C045 C051
XX
12

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
R089
3

1
6.3V XX XX
F2 XX
4

7
S R043

2
XX R056
H
11

F3 R090 XX FB004 XX
5

XX

3
C018 X001
F4 R091 XX
6

XX XX R096
10

R022
5

4
XX C038 XX
R027 F5 XX
7

5
R093
XX XX IC036

5
F6 R092 XX XX
6

C049

6
XX
C020 10V C052
7

7
XX XX
C014 CL012
XX 10V

R087 XX

8
R024 R059 FB005
R023 XX XX R088 XX
XX XX
I SC_DET
CL001 R064
XX

C3
R097
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 XX

R094
XX
F7

IC017 9-1 9
J 4-1
XX
9-2
VD-032 BOARD
1

(3/16)
4 4-2
2

R016
VD-032 BOARD XX 10
3

(3/16) 10-1 VD-032 BOARD

4-3 (2/16)

C040
XX

K IC023 IC027
XX XX
IC002 IC007 IC012 IC018
XX R015 XX XX XX

14

14
1

1
XX
IC032
10 11 12 13 14 15 16

10 11 12 13 14

10 11 12 13 14

10 11 12 13 14

XX
1

13

13
11

2
2

10 11 12 13 14
R030 XX SW_+3V VD-032 BOARD

1
12

12
3

3
C013 (15/16)
R031

2
XX XX
4

11

11
R032

3
XX
5

4
10

10
6

5
R033

5
XX
7

9
8

C036

8
XX 12-1
7

8
12-2 12
VD-032 BOARD
(2/16)

M 5 5-1 12-3
VD-032 BOARD
(3/16) 5-2

05

VD-032 (1/16) 4-39 4-40

 DSR-25

VD-032 (2/16) (SYNC GENERATOR 2) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

A VD-032 BOARD (2/16) VIDEO_+9V 15 VD-032 BOARD (14/16)

SYNC GENERATOR 2
XX MARK:NO MOUNT R141 R144
XX XX
C082 SC_U
XX FB007 CL014
IC051 XX
C064 XX Q004
XX R104 C073 XX
IC044 XX XX

B XX IC053

5
R110 R112 XX R133
XX XX 16

2
XX

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IC050

1
VD-032 BOARD (10/16)

14
XX

1
R102 R106 R136 C088

2
7-1
XX XX XX XX

13
3

2
C067 C071 R108
XX

4
XX XX

12
2

3
C065 FB015

5
XX R103 XX
7

C074
XX R129

XX

11
XX

4
VD-032 BOARD (1/16) 7-2 SC_V

7
Q006

10
4

5
R138 XX
C

9
R109 XX
XX

9
7-3 R130
XX
C075 C076

8
C069 R107
XX XX XX XX
10V 10V C093
XX

R105 C070 R111 R142

E5
XX XX XX XX
CL015

E6

C1
D

A5
C092
XX
50V

C094
XX

FB016 XX
DIG_+5V 17 VD-032 BOARD (16/16)
FB018 XX

FB017 XX

XX
E

C068
R117 C083 C089
XX XX XX
IC033 IC038 IC042
XX XX XX
C058 IC049
XX XX
10 11 12 13 14 15 16

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

14
1

1
SW_+3V
R131 R134

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IC054
2

1
C077 XX

13
XX XX

2
A3 XX
R115 R118
3

2
A4 XX XX

12
IC046
4

8
F A1 XX R127
XX C090 C091
5

4
XX XX

11
18

7
A2 6.3V 16V
C080
6

5
R116 C084
XX XX XX VD-032 BOARD (15/16)
C095 XX

10
7

6
C087
8

R119 XX
XX C072

5
C096
XX

9
XX
C097 R128

8
XX XX
10V
C079 C086
XX C085 XX
10V XX 10V
GND
G R120 C081 R132

C4
XX XX XX
13-1 FB008
13 VD-032 BOARD (3/16)
XX
13-2
R_SYNC_OUT
19
R_BF_OUT VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
FB009
10 VD-032 BOARD (1/16) 10-1 XX

E8
E1
E6

E8
E4
E2

H R145
0

XX
IC035 IC041 IC045 IC048 IC052
XX XX XX XX XX

C078
E7
20
14

14

14

14

14
1

1
V_SYNC_HI VD-032 BOARD (7/16)
R113 R143 FB010
XX IC055 XX
XX
13

13

13

13

13
XX
2

2
12

12

12

12

12
3

5
I FB011

2
XX
11

11

11

11

11
4

4
R114 21

4
R_Y_BLK VD-032 BOARD (9/16)
XX
10

10

10

10

10
5

5
GEN_REF_Y 22 VD-032 BOARD (6/16)
FB012
6

9
XX

R135 Q005
7

8
XX XX

R137
14-1 C059 XX R140
XX XX

J 14
VD-032 BOARD (3/16)
12-1
12-3 12
14-2 VD-032 BOARD (1/16)
12-2
05

4-41 4-42 VD-032 (2/16)

DSR-25

VD-032 (3/16) (SYNC GENERATOR 3) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

VD-032 BOARD (3/16)

A SYNC GENERATOR 3
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE
VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS. C009 C015
0.1u 0.1u

B 95

A9

A8
A2

A1
VD-032 BOARD (5/16) XS_SEL

XS_SEL CL005 R004 0

23 V_S/P_XSTB
XCPNT_SEL CL004 R003 0
VD-032 BOARD (4/16) VD_SCK 30

4.9

4.9

4.9

4.9
FSC_TEST CL003 R002 0
5 0 0 5 5 5 5 5 EVR_LOAD VD-032 BOARD (12/16)
CL002 R001 0
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 VD_SO
24 XS_SEL
A9
VD-032 BOARD (4/16) C034
C032 100u
C IC009 IC015 IC021
0.1u 6.3V

XCPNT_SEL
A8
IC004 IC008 IC009 C021 IC015 C030
25 DV_SEL
A10
IC004 IC008 5 0 0 0 M62352GP-70ED 0.1u M62352GP-70ED 0.1u
IC021
M62352GP-70ED
VD-032 BOARD (5/16) A12 NJU3712M(TE2) NJU3712M(TE2) R040
EE/XPB 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5 5 5 5 5 5 3300

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

10

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

10

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

10
A13
INT/XEXT 2.6 C14 C3 R0/P2.9 2.7 C2 CL008

9
C16 1.5 2.4 C13 C1 R2.8/P1.5 2.7 C25 CL009

8
26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
IC003
2.8 0.1 3.5 C24 CL010
IC016

7
A15
VD-032 BOARD (6/16) DIG/XANA C006 0 3.5 C11 0 3.5 C23 0 3.2 C31
D 0
R0/P5

0 5 0
R0/P5

R5/P0
0

R0/P5
0

6
0.1u IC016
IC003 4.9 3.6 C10 4.9 2.9 C22 4.9 3.2 C30 NJU7062M(TE2)
TC74VHCT08AFT(EL)

5
27 SDC
A14 3.3 C9 2.8 2.5 C21 0.1 1.6 C29
R041
0

4
2200
VD-032 BOARD (10/16) A16 C5 0.8 2.1 C8 C17 1.7 3 C20 C4 1 0
FSC_TEST

3
5
A10

A12

A14
A16
A15

3
1.3 1.6 C7 C18 3 2.5 C19 C26 2.1 3.7

A13
C6 C27
A3

A4
A5

A6

A7

C028 R042

2
22u 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 0
6.3V C28

2
3 3 5

2.9

2.9
4.9
IC010 5
XX

1
13 13-2
VD-032 BOARD (2/16)
E
1

5
13-1

2
3

4
4 4-2

VD-032 BOARD (1/16) 4-3

4-1
C025
XX

F
FB013
XX 33
R_HD
VD-032 BOARD (7/16)
C5
Y/C_SEP_GAIN
C6 FB014
DEC_FREERUN_ADJ_PAL XX
C7 R_Y_CLAMP 34
C_DECODE_LEVEL VD-032 BOARD (8/16)
C8 R_UV_CLAMP
C_DECODE_HUE FB006
C9 XX
28 REC_Y_GAIN
G

E6
C10

E3
VD-032 BOARD (4/16) REC_U_GAIN
C11
REC_V_GAIN
C13
REC_U_DELAY
C14 IC039
REC_V_DELAY RB001 RB002 XX
C26 XX XX
DEC_FREERUN_ADJ_NT

5
2
C16
PU1
PU2
PU3
PU4

PU5
PU6
PU7
PU8

PB_U_DELAY

4
C17
PB_V_DELAY
H COMPONENT_SYNC
C18

C19
COMPOSITE_SYNC IC047
C20 XX
BURST_U IC030 IC043
C21 XX XX 35
BURST_V IC037 DIG_+5V

5
C22 IC025 XX VD-032 BOARD (16/16)
XX R067
10 11 12 13 14 15 16

10 11 12 13 14
COMPOSITE_U_GAIN
1

2
29 C23 CL011 PU8
XX
PU1

10 11 12 13 14
COMPOSITE_V_GAIN
2

4
VD-032 BOARD (10/16) R068
10 11 12 13 14
1

C24 PU7 XX PU2 PU5

COMPOSITE_U_BAL R084
3

3
R069 XX
2

C25 PU6 XX PU2 PU6

I COMPOSITE_V_BAL
4

4
R070
3

PU5 XX PU3 R098

5

5
R071 XX
4

C27 PU4 XX PU4 PU7

6

9
Y_BLK_LEVEL
5

PU3 R085 PU8

7

8
XX
6

C29 R072 PU1 R099

PB_Y_LEVEL
8

8
XX XX
7

C30
PB_U_LEVEL
C31
PB_V_LEVEL
C28
85 VD-032 BOARD (7/16) PANEL_PWM C066
C057 XX

J XX

32
GND
9-1 VD-032 BOARD (16/16)
9 VD-032 BOARD (1/16)
9-2
36
14-1 SW_+3V
14 VD-032 BOARD (2/16) VD-032 BOARD (15/16)
14-2

L005 C062
XX XX
6.3V
K
E6
E8

C063 XX

32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
IC019 IC024 IC028 IC034
XX XX XX XX

L
16

14

14

14
1

R100
XX
15

13

13

13
2

R077

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5-2
1

XX
14

12

12

12
3

R061 R078
XX XX
3
13

11

11

11
4

R034
R062 R079
4

XX
XX XX
12

10

10

10

IC040
5

C031 R063 XX
XX XX
6
11
6

M 5
7

R080
XX
10
7

VD-032 BOARD (1/16)

8

R101
XX

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

N C037 C047 C056 5-1

XX XX XX

05

VD-032 (3/16) 4-43 4-44

 DSR-25

VD-032 (4/16) (VIDEO IN 1) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board. • See page 4-139, 140 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
R381 R394
0 0

VD-032 BOARD (4/16) 38

VIDEO_+5V 43
VD-032 BOARD (15/16)
A VIDEO IN 1 VD-032 BOARD (6/16)
38-2

38-1
C353
XX Q241
XX
R383
XX Q244
R395
XX GND
XX
C365
XX MARK:NO MOUNT R382 XX R393
Q233 L217 XX XX
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 2SC4081T106R 10uH

4.9 XCPNT_SEL
SIGNAL PATH 1.1
R335 Q245
R304 0 C334 C339 XX
100 0.1u 100u
XS_SEL
VIDEO SIGNAL 0.6 6.3V Q243
C314 XX
B CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
R309
1k
22u
4V C324
0.047u

0.47u

C320 0.047u
R350
REC

82k

R330 10k
XX
C308

C311
1u

R324
PB R351
XX
Q238
2SC4081T106R
IC225 R396
TC74VHC221AFT(EL) 56k
R325
2200 4.2 4.9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
Q246
UN2111-TX
4.9 4.2 IC229 23

2
4.9 R361
C

2.2
2.9

2.8
4.3
4.8

2.7
1.9
2.1

2.1
3.9
XX 4.9 0 VD-032 BOARD (3/16)

2.8
4.2

3
4.9 3.9 C372
0
R369
4.2 IC225 0.7 120p

4
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 R375 4.9
1k 1.9 1.9
47k

5
M51271FP-70AD
4.9 CL225 0.5% 0 4.9 0.7

4.9

3.2

2
8 9 10 2.8 4.9
4.3

4
D204 C352
1SS335TE-17 13 0.001u
0.7

9
IC229 C379
TC7S00FU(TE85R) 0.1u

11 12

0.001u
IC220

IC220
D D206
MA112-TX
TP201

2.7
2.2
2.2

2.3
R371
R332 R376

C341
D202 56 D205
KV1470TL1-3 100k R345 100k
KV1470TL1-3 C297 R303 C371
47 100p 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 0.1u
R327 C349 R380 1k
C326
14.318182MHz

100k 2.8 R357

2.9
2.9

2.9

2.9
2.6

2.4

3.2
100k

2
33p 22p 4 6800
C329 C345 C301 FSC_TEST
R362

17.734475MHz
X201

6p 6p 0.001u C336 XX IC224 IC228

G11 G8 CL223 0.001u G9 TC7W66FU(TE12R) MM1111XFBE

R331
4

X202
C327 C350

1k
R333 R353 R367 R389 4.4 4.9 2.7
R320 33p 22p R377

C321 2.2u 35V

100k XX XX L222

8
MA112-TX
100k 100k 100k

0.5%

R336 470k
R363 10uH
100
3

D201
0 R346 R368 R372 33k 4.4 4.9 0 2
330 R354 100

C351 10p
E

470uH
XX R399 R329 FSC_ADJ

7
L215
VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
XX 5
470k 8200

8
C310 R334

R310 6800
C355 C362 0.5% 4.9 4.3 2.7 4.9
4.7k 4.9
C332

0.1u 0.1u C298

10p

0.1u

6
C337
RY201 22p 0.1u C359

R321
R316
33k

R344 4700
4.3

XX
R305 0.01u

0.5%

5
Q235 C330 C346 R385 39k

MA112-TX 6800
D203 R356
2SC3326N-TE85L-AB 0.001u 560p 4700

0.001u
R358 C354 C378

0.01u
0.01u
0.1u

0.1u
10u

0.1u
0.01u

C306 0.1u
33k

R326 8200
C361 16V

C377
0.1u
R317 0.01u
6800

C319
C312
C307

C325
C315
C316
F R323
20k
C322
100u
C328
4.7u
CL224
RS2_HUE_ADJ
101
VD-032 BOARD (7/16)
0.5% 6.3V 25V
IC224 IC228

G10
G8
96 41-6

G VD-032 BOARD (5/16) 41-8

41-7
L206
LND201 IC203 10uH

SHAS
C210
22u
IC203
MM1115XFBE 1
6.3V
1.6 IC206 R248
1k
FL202 R257
2200
1

4 6
24 4.9 1.1 IC206 MM1031XML
C247 R254
4.9 Q229
22p 220 UN2111-TX
XS_SEL
2

VD-032 BOARD (3/16) 4.9

CL220 1.5 C254 C258
3 3 2 1
0.1u 47u
1

4
1.8 4.9
H 6.3V
3

R225 2 2.4 1.2

2

3
C211 47 Q212 R252
2SC4081T106R 0.6
22u 4.9 1k
4

6.3V C239 R244 0 R300

C226 Q215 4.9
40 VIDEO_OUT C215
0.1u 0.1u 2.2u 1k
2SA1576A-T106-R
0
35V
VD-032 BOARD (10/16) S-C_OUT

MONITOR_OUT
Q207 Q230
S-Y_OUT 2SC4081T106R Q208 L207 UN2211-TX
10uH
37 IC204 2SC4081T106R

VD-032 BOARD (9/16)

CPNT-U_OUT
C207
0.01u
MM1111XFBE
2 FL203
L210
10uH
CPNT-V_OUT 2.7 R246 4 6 R258
4.9 R236 22k R249 2200
1

R234
R293
I CPNT-Y_OUT
4.9 2
22k 2200
2.8 Q211
4.9
C240
1k
R253 C249
C266
47u
6.3V
C275
0.1u
C287 XX
1.5

0.1u
2

CN201 12P 0.01u 3 2 1

2.8 2SC4081T106R 1k 0.01u 1.4
MONITOR_OUT 12 2.7 4.9 2.2 1.5 R290
0.8
3

XX
MONITOR_OUT_GND 11 CL221 R239
C208 680 0.9
0.01u R247
0.9 Q216

4.9

4.9
4.9
10 10k
4

B-Y_OUT C216 2SA1576A-T106-R

0.1u C255 C259
B-Y_OUT_GND 9 R237 R242 0.1u 47u
1k 1k 6.3V 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
JK-216 BOARD
CN103
R-Y_OUT

R-Y_OUT_GND
8

7
IC204 R227 C227 R235
7
1k 0.1u 10k
J THROUGH THE
VJ-109 HARNESS
Y_OUT 6
5
IC210 C269
Y_OUT_GND
(SEE PAGE 4-90) IC210 L208 0.01u
S_Y_OUT 4 LM7131BCM5X 10uH 2.4

48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
S_Y_OUT_GND 3 1.5 4.9 4.9

S_C_OUT 2
3 R223
22k 4 5
R251
2200 4.9
Q206 C243
S_C_OUT_GND 1 2SC4081T106R FL201 0.1u 2.2
C222 R255
R241 0
22u 4.9 1k
CN202 XX 4V 2.4 6 4
R265 R270
V_OUT_GND 1
CL219 1.5
3 2 1
2 C256 C260
560 56k 1.9 IC215
K V_OUT
B-Y_IN_GND
2
3
CL215
1.8 R231
1k
1 2 3
1.5 R243
1.4 1.4 0.1u 47u
6.3V
1.9
IC215
CXD2064Q-T6
0.9 4700 R245 C264
B-Y_IN 4 0.5% 5600 0.022u 4.9
R224 R230 0.5%
C267 C295
R-Y_IN_GND 5 22k 1k C238 C248 0.1u 4.9 0.1u
R240
C291 R315 1k 47u XX C268
R-Y_IN 6 15p 220 4V 0.1u 1 C296 G1
0.1u REC_Y_GAIN
Y_IN_GND 7 Q213 1.7
Q210 2SA1576A-T106-R
Y_IN 8 2SA1576A-T106-R R295
3900
CN203 6P R204
150 5 6 G3
REC_V_GAIN
L JK-216 BOARD
S_Y_IN_GND 1 0.5%
G4
S_Y_IN 2 REC_V_DELAY
CN105
S_C_IN_GND 3 R205
150 G5
THROUGH THE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 REC_U_GAIN
0.5%
VJ-111 HARNESS S_C_IN 4

IC212 4 3 1.7

0.5

4.9

2.6
0.8
4.9

0.6
C201 Q203 G6 28
(SEE PAGE 4-90) V_IN_GND 5 0.01u 2SC4081T106R REC_U_DELAY
4.9 VD-032 BOARD (3/16)
V_IN 6 IC212 1.3 G7
0 TC7S04F(TE85R) Y/C_SEP_GAIN
41-2 C273
41

C290
R209

0.1u
22u G8
1

41-1 100 0 6.3V DEC_FREERUN_ADJ_PAL

VD-032 BOARD (5/16)
2

41-4 L209 C281 C288 C289 R291 G9

10uH 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 3900 C_DECODE_HUE
3

42-2
M 42
VD-032 BOARD (6/16)
42-1
R213
100k
C265 C285
0.1u
R398
220
G7 G10
C_DECODE_LEVEL
22u C279 R294
R215 6.3V R292
42-3 0.1u 3300 10k G11
4700 DEC_FREERUN_ADJ_NT

R397
99 VD-032 BOARD (7/16) NT/XPAL5 220

102 VD-032 BOARD (12/16) SDC_DET

05

4-45 4-46 VD-032 (4/16)

DSR-25

VD-032 (5/16) (VIDEO IN 2) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board. • See page 4-140 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

VD-032 BOARD (5/16)

48-1
C232
A R211
XX
R228
1k
R238
2200 XX
6.3V
1.6

8
4.9
VIDEO IN 2 R212 4.9 Q204 C231 C233 4.9 0.9
R250
100 0.9
Q214
R214 XX

7
2SC4081T106R 47p 2SC4081T106R
XX MARK:NO MOUNT 0 1.1
22u
6.3V
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE DL201
1.6 4.9
IC213

6
0.3
R206
R:REC MODE XX 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 IC213
P:PB MODE LM7131BCM5X

5
Q201
XX
14 3 0.4 4.9
B Q219

5
12 10 9 7
C251 -4.9 2SC4081T106R 4.9
0.2
IC209 22u R262 48

2
4V 680
C245 0.2 0.2 0.4 VD-032 BOARD (6/16)
R217 Q205 C244

4
220 IC209 100u
2SC4081T106R -0.3 MM1115XFBE 0.1u
6.3V

R260
R261

680
0.2
Q202 R216
1k
R233
220 -0.3
R256
4700
R259
22k
XX -0.2 15
XX

Q209 48-2

R232
1500
R207 R222 R229 -4.9 C261 C262 C263 R271
XX 220 2200 2SA1576A 0.1u 0.1u XX 470
-T106-R
GND
C246
100u
C 6.3V
48-3

48-4 49
VIDEO_+5V VD-032 BOARD (15/16)

D R208
0
R210
0

45 CPNT_DET

VD-032 BOARD (12/16)

S/V_DET

E L205
10uH
46 CL218
VD-032 BOARD (7/16) UVIC_Y C225 IC207 IC211
C202 XX
XX C214 XX C241 XX
6.3V XX 4V XX
1.5
C206
1

8
2 1
XX

4.9 1.1 C220 L204

R218 L202 XX XX
2

7
C203 XX C242
22u 6.3V
1.4 16 4.9 IC202
XX
C228
XX
XX
3

XX

6
R219 C217
F 95
XS_SEL
4.9 1.8 XX XX 4V
4

5
VD-032 BOARD (3/16)
C205 L201 C236 C234
3 4 XX C252
22u C204 XX XX XX C250

R220

C221

C223
L203
6.3V R226

XX

XX

XX

XX
0.1u XX 4V XX
IC201
IC201 C209
MM1117XFBE XX
35V

47
G VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
DV_REF_SYNC

DV_REF_SC

IC205
C212
XX XX C229
INT/XEXT 6.3V XX
1

8
EE/XPB R221
XX
25 XCPNT_SEL
2

7
C213 C230
VD-032 BOARD (3/16) XX 6.3V XX
H
3

6
C253 C257
4

5
DV_SEL 47u
C219 C237 0.1u
6.3V
XX IC208 XX
6.3V
XX
C224

C218 C235
XX

XX XX

I 1
GEN_LOCK_Y
VD-032 BOARD (1/16)
GEN_LOCK_C

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO
SIGNAL
41-1

41-2

41-4

41-6

41-7

41-8

Y
J
41 96 REC
VD-032 BOARD (4/16) VD-032 BOARD (4/16)
05

VD-032 (5/16) 4-47 4-48

 DSR-25

VD-032 (6/16) (VIDEO IN 3) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board. • See page 4-140, 141 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

A
VD-032 BOARD (6/16) DIG/XANA
26
VD-032 BOARD (3/16)

VIDEO IN 3 GEN_REF_Y
22
VD-032 BOARD (2/16)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
VIDEO_+5V
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE L218
10uH
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE 4.9
4.9 0
0
B SIGNAL PATH
8 7 6 5
Q226
2SC4081T106R -0.6

VIDEO SIGNAL
IC214
R287
47k
C292
39p R318
IC223
IC214 R289
2200 18 C343
22u
IC223
MM1115XFBE
CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA CXA1521M-T4 680 6.3V
CL222 2.4 50
17

8
FL204 DL202 4.9 VD-032 BOARD (15/16)
0.6 4.9
REC

5
R0/P5 1.7 1.7
C302 -4.9

7
22u R352 R355

2
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4V 0.3 0.3 330 470 Q242
2.6 4.9 2SC4081T106R
C

6
48-1 1 2 3 4 1.1
R284 R288 C344
C274 0.3 XX
12 10 9 7 18 16 15 13 12 10
15k 1k R343 R347
19

5
0 -4.9

1.1
47u 680 820 6.3V
4V -0.2
IC221

R322 22k
48-2
Q234 IC221 C323 C331

R384
22p C363

2200
R285 R286 R308 2SA1576A 0.1u
48 C270
C280 12k 8200 680 -T106-R
LM7131BCM5X C357
0.1u 100u C367
0.1u 6.3V 0.01u
VD-032 BOARD (5/16) 0.1u -4.9
GND GND
R277 C276 C313 L219
10k 0.1u 0.1u 10uH
48-3 VIDEO_-5V
C364 C368
D 100u 0.01u

G1
6.3V
48-4 REC_Y

L220
10uH

R306 R311
2200 18k IC218 R337
18k IC222
C338
IC218 47u IC222 4.9
R263 CXA1211M-T4
XX R298 TK16074MTL 4V
E IC216 560 FL205 2 AFC_Y

C299
Q217 C282 IC216 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 47u Q239
XX XX MM1111XFBE 4V 2SC4081T106R 1.4
6.3V

2.5
3.4
2.7 4.9 2
18 10 2.9 2.8

8
4.9 16 15 13 12
REC_CB
R282 4.9 2 2 6 5 4 8 7 6 5
2

7
2200 Q236
4.9 C283 2.7 4.9 Q227 2SC4081T106R
R266 2SC4081T106R
3

6
100 22u 4.9
2.1 Q220 6.3V 1.3
F 38-1 2SC4081T106R 1.3 2.9
21 R386
4

5
0.7 2200
1.5 4.9
38
VD-032 BOARD (4/16)
20 1.4 Q231 -4.9 1 4.9
R387
100 51

5
2SA1576A
-T106-R C347 -4.9 VD-032 BOARD (7/16)
R275 Q222 22u

2
38-2 1k 2SC4081T106R 0.8 1.4 4V
R365 0.2 0.2
CL226

4
R280 0.8 R296 10k
2200

0.1u
470 1 2 3 1 2 3 4

33k
R341 10k
L211 4.8 2.9 2.5 2
Q224
IC226

3.4
XX L213

C317
R338
XX 2SA1576A
G C271 C277
-T106-R
-4.9 C293 R301 R312 R348 C333 C342 R366 R370 R373 R378
IC226
LM7131BCM5X C360 R388 C369 C373
XX XX 0.1u 560 27k 4700 0.1u 0.1u 22k 10k 4700 22k 0.1u 680 100u 0.01u
6.3V

R268 R272 R278 C303 C356 C370 C374

4700 0.1u 0.1u 100u 0.01u
XX 4700 6.3V

L221
10uH

G6

G5
H
42-1 R307 R313
R283
R264
XX
2200
2200 18k
IC219
42-2 IC217 R299
IC219
TK16074MTL 2
4.9

Q218 IC217 560

XX C284 MM1111XFBE FL206
XX C300
6.3V 47u Q240
2.7 2SC4081T106R 1.4
4V R339
1

4.9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 18k REC_CR
4.9 4.9 2 2 2.9 2.8

I
2

2.1 Q221 6 5 4
C286 2.7 4.9 Q228 18 16 15 13 12 10
2SC4081T106R 22u 2SC4081T106R
3

R267
100 6.3V
1.4 1.3 1.3 4.9
22 23
4

0.7 2.9
42 4.9 Q237 R390
R273 R276 2SC4081T106R 2200
VD-032 BOARD (4/16) 1200 1k -0.2 Q232 1.2 4.9
2SA1576A -4.9 2.3

5
-T106-R C348 -4.9 R391
Q223 22u 100

2
2SC4081T106R -0.8 -0.2 4V 0.3 0.3
C335 R359 CL227

4
-0.8
J Q225 47u 10k

0.1u
2SA1576A-T106-R 4V

R340 33k
R342 10k
R281 R297
L212 2200 1 2 3
XX 470
-4.9
L214
IC227

C318
XX 4.9 2.9
R349 C340 R360 R364 R374 C375
C272 C278 C294 R302 R379 IC227 C366 R392 100u
0.1u 560 R314 4700 0.1u 22k 10k 4700 22k LM7131BCM5X 0.1u 680
XX XX 6.3V
27k

R269 R274 R279 C304 C358 C376

XX 3300 4700 0.1u 0.1u 100u
6.3V
K

G4

G3
05 42-3

4-49 4-50 VD-032 (6/16)

DSR-25

VD-032 (7/16) (UVIC) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board. • See page 4-141 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

A
VD-032 BOARD (7/16)
UVIC
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE

L1501 Q1501 Q1502

B 52 VIDEO_+5V
10uH 2SC4081T106R 2SC4081T106R

R1523 R1527 R1531 R1533 R1541

VD-032 BOARD (15/16) 22k 10k 1k
47k 1k
GND
4.9 4.9 4.9
46 Q1505
2.3 2.9 3.7
VD-032 BOARD (5/16) UVIC_Y 2SC4081T106R
99
C1503 Q1503 R1534
10u 2SC4081T106R 18k NT/XPAL5 VD-032 BOARD (4/16)
1.6 2.8 4.9 3
16V
24 2.8
Q1504
2SC4081T106R
R1543
47k
R1545
1k 60
3.7 C1519 SW_+3V VD-032 BOARD (15/16)
C1502 Q1506 Q1507
0.1u C1504 0.1u 2SA1576A-T106-R
2.1 2SA1576A-T106-R
C 1u 2.2
R1537
3.6
V_SYNC_HI
20
VD-032 BOARD (2/16)
C1501 330 3
22u R1530 1.5 C1516 R1552
R1542 10u 3.2
6.3V 390 0
R1536 C1509 C1510 1k 16V
INT/EXT_DET
3
1k 470p XX 2.6
R1526 R1528 C1505 VD-032 BOARD (1/16)
220k 33k R1529 R1532 C1506 R1535 SC_DET
R1525 10u 680 10u
1k 470 22k C1515 R1544
16V 16V R1538 L1503 R1546 R1555
220p 47k 100k 0
0 XX INT/EXT_IN
R1524 C1518 SC_EXIST
47k 0.1u
R1558
MO_SI
D L1505
10
UVIC_GATE
53 10uH
VD-032 BOARD (16/16) DIG_+5V NTSC/XPAL
XCS_UVIC
R1553 R1556 C1524
C1520 100 100 0.1u
22u
6.3V
C1512
0.1u R1550
10

2.6
CL1520
C1511 C1513 C1514 C1517 5 0 5 2.8 5 4.8 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
22u 22u 0.1u CL1521 2.9 2.9 4.8
0.1u
6.3V 6.3V
E L1504 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 5

TC7WH125FU(TE12R)
10uH

CN1501 30P
R1501
L1502
10uH IC1502 IC1503 IC1504 61
IC1505

R1.7/P0.7
0

C1521
C1523

0.1u
CL1501 IC1502 C1522 IC1503 IC1504

R2.1/P5
PANEL Y 30 TC74VHCT08AFT(EL) 0.1u TC74VHCT08AFT(EL) 0.1u TC74VHC08FT(EL) VD-032 BOARD (12/16)
GND 29 R1502
0 5 5 R1.8/P0.1
CL1502

IC1505
PANEL CR 28
F GND 27
R1503
0
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

CL1503
PANEL CB 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4

R1559
GND 25 2.7 2.8 2.8

4.8
0.1

0.2

2.8

R0.6/P0

R0.6/P0

R0.3/P0

4.8
2.8
R1504 0 5 5 5 3 3 5 0 0 0
25 26

10
CL1504
CB OUT 24 PB_CB
R1505 R1557 V_SYNC
GND 23
0 54 5 R1551 10

25

16
CL1505 10
CR OUT 22 PB_CR VD-032 BOARD (8/16) R1554 UVIC_BUSY
10
R1506

26

15
GND 21 R1548 R1549
0 10 10 UVIC_SWIN
CL1506
Y OUT 20 PB_Y

27

14
G GND 19 R1507
0
CL1507 5
28 IC1501 4.8 XSYS_RST

13
MONITOR Y OUT 18 MONITOR_Y 55
JC-21 BOARD (1/14) R1508 MO_SCK
GND 17 0 VD-032 BOARD (10/16) R0.6/P0 IC1501 4.8
29

12
CN1101 CL1508 CL1518 MC68HC68VBIFB
THROUGH THE MONITOR C OUT 16 MONITOR_C R1539 MO_SO
10k 4.8
R1509
30

11
FVJ-020 FLAT CABLE GND 15
0
(SEE PAGE 4-11)
AFC Y 14
CL1509
AFC_Y 2.7 27 0.2 BL_ON
31

10
R1510 CL1519
GND 13 0 C1507
R1540 470k

CL1510 10p 2.7 5

51
32

9
Y IN 12 REC_Y
X1501
H GND 11 R1511
0
CL1511
VD-032 BOARD (6/16) 3.579545MHz
R1547
10k
CR IN 10 REC_CR
GND 9 R1512
0 C1508
CL1512 10p
CB IN 8 REC_CB
GND 7 RS2_HUE_ADJ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R1522 XX R1521 0 101 VD-032 BOARD (4/16)
HUE ADJ 6
R1513 100
R_HD 33 VD-032 BOARD (3/16) 0
CL1513
VFD VD 5
R1514 100 CL1514
VFD HD 4
I XI/O SYNC HI 3
R1515 100
R1516 100
CL1515
XI/O_SYNC_HI 56
CL1516 VD-032 BOARD (12/16)
XI/O SYNC VFD 2 XI/O_SYNC_VFD
CL1517
V_SYNC 1
R1517
100

CN1502 14P
PANEL_-15.3V 1
69 SIGNAL PATH
PANEL_13.2V 2 LCD+13V
VD-032 BOARD (14/16)
PANEL_6.5V 3 LCD+6V
J PANEL_4.9V 4 CN1504 5P
VIDEO SIGNAL
58
PANEL_3.2V 5 PANEL_3.2V VD-032 BOARD (15/16) 1 N.C. CHROMA Y
PD-170 BOARD (1/2)
D_3.2V 6 2 GND
CN802
THROUGH THE PANEL_COM 7 3 PANEL_COM
FOR
LCD CHECK
REC
PV-134 HARNESS HSY 8 4 HSY
(SEE PAGE 4-85)
VG 9 5 VG PB
REG_GND 10
REG_GND 11
K PANEL_Y 12
PANEL_R-Y 13

PANEL_B-Y 14

CN1503 12P
BL_GND 1

BL_GND 2 -15V 59
UNSW_+6V VD-032 BOARD (16/16)
PD-170 BOARD (1/2) BL_UNREG 3
CN801 BL_ON 4
THROUGH THE
BL_LED_ON 5 BL_LED_ON
PV-133 HARNESS

L (SEE PAGE 4-85) PANEL_PWM

XHI_SCK
6
7
R1518
100
VD_SCK
97
R1519 VD-032 BOARD (12/16)
100
HI_SO 8 VD_SO
R1520
100
XCS_PANEL_D/A 9 PANEL_DA_CS

PANEL_V 10
HDO 11 PANEL_PWM 85 VD-032 BOARD (3/16)
05 REG_GND 12

VD-032 (7/16) 4-51 4-52

 DSR-25

VD-032 (8/16) (VIDEO OUT 1) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

A
VD-032 BOARD (8/16)
VIDEO OUT 1
XX MARK:NO MOUNT

63-1

B Q2003
XX
R2085
XX
Q2015
XX
C2003
XX 8 7 6 5
6.3V
R2051 Q2021
XX C2038 XX 3 1
R2020 C2005 XX
XX XX
IC2005 2 5
R2021 C2006 XX
XX D2001 4 6
XX
XX
C R2022 FL2005 DL2001
XX
XX XX
R2068 R2075
XX XX

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4

Q2017
R2011 R2016 12 10 9 7 18 16 15 13 12 10 XX
XX XX

C2022

R2069

R2077
D XX

XX
C2030

XX
Q2010 4V R2079
XX C2021 XX R2070 R2086
XX XX XX XX

R2044 R2060 C2028

XX XX XX
63-2

B13
63-3

E R2027 R2029
63-4

XX XX
C2027
XX R2098 R2109
C2008 4V Q2018
XX XX 63
XX
XX VD-032 BOARD (9/16)
4V

6 5 4
8 7 6 5
63-5
Q2026
F PB_Y
Q2001
R2045
XX
R2071
XX
C2040
XX
XX 3 1

XX
2 5
IC2001
PB_CR XX IC2006 D2002 4 6 63-6
C2001 Q2011 XX XX
XX XX
4V
FL2001
XX

R2009 R2030
XX XX
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 R2081
1 2 3 4 XX
R2087 Q2023 R2101
G R2001
XX
R2005
XX 18 16 15 13 12 10
Q2006
XX
XX XX XX
Q2029
XX

C2010 R2049 R2053 C2025 R2073 R2089 R2102

XX XX XX XX XX
XX XX
54 GND
R2023 C2016 R2046 C2031 R2072
VD-032 BOARD (7/16) XX XX XX
XX XX
63-7
B2 B15

Q2019
XX R2099
XX
6 5 4

I R2110
R2031

R2028 XX
Q2027
XX

XX
Q2002 C2039 XX 3 1
XX R2047
XX XX
PB_CB IC2002
C2009 2 5 63-8
C2002 XX XX Q2012
XX 4V XX D2003 4 6
4V XX
FL2002
XX R2063
R2032 XX
R2010 XX
XX R2048 R2050
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 XX XX C2024 R2082 64-1
XX XX Q2024
J R2002
XX
R2006
XX 18 16 15 13 12 10
Q2007
XX
4V R2088
XX
XX R2103
XX Q2030
XX
64-2

C2011 R2054 C2029 R2067 R2090 R2104 64

XX XX XX XX XX XX
VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
R2024 C2017 R2064
XX XX XX

R_Y_CLAMP B3 B14
34
VD-032 BOARD (3/16)
K R_UV_CLAMP 64-3

62
62-1
VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
05

4-53 4-54 VD-032 (8/16)

DSR-25

VD-032 (9/16) (VIDEO OUT 2) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board. • See page 4-141 for waveform.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

A
VD-032 BOARD (9/16)
VIDEO OUT 2
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

B 21
VD-032 BOARD (2/16) R_Y_BLK 98-1
98
L2006 VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
XX
63-1 VIDEO_+5V
FB2004

R2148 C2110 C2115

4.7u
XX 0.1u
IC2019
R2134 IC2019
XX CXA1451M-T4
R2176
0 4.9
R2164

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
XX
C R2094
0.3 4.9

2
DL2004
XX IC2008 Q2033 0
XX XX 3 1 R2185
XX

3
R2128 0.7 XX
C2095
XX 66

4
3 2 1 2 5 XX C2098

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 4 6
1

1 3 5
28

IC2014
XX R2186 VD-032 BOARD (15/16)

5
3 2 1

XX
R2137 4 6 6.3V XX
2

0.7
XX

IC2016

6
R2151 R2180

XX
3

12 10 9 7 0
CL2001 XX 150

7
4 5
4

-4.9 -4.9 R2181

9
4 5 150
5

R2154
D XX
6

R2092
XX FB2005
7

C2042
R2095

R2149
XX R2157

C2058
XX

XX
XX

XX
R2141 C2085 C2088 C2120 C2125
XX XX XX 0.1u 4.7u
GND
C2055 C2071 C2075 C2092 L2007
XX XX XX XX XX
63-2 VIDEO_-5V
B12 C2096 C2099
63-3 XX XX C2116 FB2006
6.3V XX XX

63 C2111
XX
E VD-032 BOARD (8/16)
63-4
L2008
CPNT-Y_OUT
XX
63-5 R2129 R2142 IC2020
XX XX XX S-Y_OUT

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
63-6

1
DL2002
XX

2
R2187

3
XX
3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
C2090 C2093 CPNT-V_OUT

4
XX
F R2120
XX IC2011
R2135
XX
XX
6.3V

5
XX Q2031
12 10 9 7 XX 3 1 R2188

6
XX
4 5

7
2 5

9
4 6
FB2007 37
XX VD-032 BOARD (4/16)

R2121 C2059 C2064 R2139 C2121 C2126

XX XX XX XX XX XX
GND
R2144 C2091
G 63-7
XX XX
C2117 FB2003
C2094 L2009 XX XX
XX XX
6.3V C2112
XX

R2130
XX R2143 IC2021
XX XX
63-8

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
DL2003
XX
H

2
R2189

3
3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 XX
1
CPNT-U_OUT

4
R2122 R2136
XX IC2012 XX

5
XX Q2032 3
12 10 9 7 1 R2190
XX

6
XX
4 5

7
2 5

9
4 6
FB2008

I XX

R2123 C2060 C2065 R2140 C2122 C2127

XX XX XX XX XX XX

R2145
XX
SIGNAL PATH
65-1

65 VIDEO SIGNAL
65-2
VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
65-3 CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
J
PB

05

VD-032 (9/16) 4-55 4-56

 DSR-25

VD-032 (10/16) (VIDEO OUT 3) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board. • See page 4-141, 142 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

A
VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
VIDEO OUT 3
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE L2001
XX
R:REC MODE VIDEO_+5V
P:PB MODE
R2015 R2014 R2035 R2058 R2066
XX R2036 R2056 R2062 R2076 R2040
XX XX XX XX XX
C2012
B XX
XX
R2042
XX
IC2003
XX
XX XX XX IC2004
XX
R2019 Q2016
XX XX R2018

8
Q2009 1 3 XX
XX 1 3 C2013 Q2008
Q2005 XX 5 2 XX 1 3

7
XX 1 3 5 2 4V Q2004
XX 1 3 5 2 Q2014
5 2 6 4 XX
R_BF_OUT 67

6
6 4 Q2013 5 2 1 3
R2004 XX 6 4 VD-032 BOARD (15/16)
XX 6 4 R2003 1 2 3 5 2

5
R2074
XX 6 4

FL2004 XX
1 2 3

XX
1 3
6 4
R2017 5 2 6 4
C XX
6 4 FL2003
XX
R2033
6 4 XX

R2041
XX
R2055
C2015 R2007 R2012

XX
XX C2007
19 R2008 R2013 C2004 R2026 R2034 R2038
XX
C2020
C2026 XX
XX
R2039
XX
C2018
XX R2052 R2059 R2065 C2034
C2036
XX XX
VD-032 BOARD (2/16) XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX 6.3V
GND
R2043 R2057 R2061 R2025 C2014 C2019 C2023 C2035
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX
VIDEO_-5V
C2037 L2002

B5
B7
B6

B4
XX XX
6.3V

D
R_SYNC_OUT

C2118 FB2009
XX XX

C2113
65-1 XX
65
VD-032 BOARD (9/16)
E 65-2 IC2022
XX
65-3
R2172

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
62

1
XX
62-1 R2165

2
VD-032 BOARD (8/16) XX
R2191

3
XX
R2158 VIDEO_OUT

4
IC2009 XX
XX

5
3 2 1 R2192

6
R2113 XX
F

IC2017
1

5
XX

XX

7
64-3

2
64

9
C2051

4
XX R2163 4 5
VD-032 BOARD (8/16) 64-2 XX FB2010
XX

64-1 C2087
XX C2101
XX
C2097 C2128
XX XX

C2062
C2044

R2106 R2111 C2056

XX
L2010 C2123
XX

XX XX XX
XX XX

G C2049
XX
C2053
XX 40
VD-032 BOARD (4/16)
C2119
0.1u FB2011

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
R2155 R2166
XX
C2114 IC2023
XX 4.7u
IC2023
CXA1451M-T4
B2 8 7 6 5 FL2006
PB_V_DELAY XX 4.9
H C2089 R2175 C2102

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
B3 IC2010 XX XX XX R2193
PB_U_DELAY IC2007 0 4.9
XX 1k

2
B4 XX C2086
COMPONENT_SYNC 1 3 6 XX R2167 C2109 0 C2130
R2138 R2182

3
B5 XX 0.1u 0.1u 150
COMPOSITE_SYNC XX 0 0
Q2035
29 S-C_OUT

4
B6 XX
BURST_U 1 2 3 4 12 10 9 7

C2105
Q2034 C2107

5
B7 C2084 XX
29

XX
BURST_V XX 0
XX 6.3V R2183
MONITOR_OUT

6
3 2 1 150

R2177
VD-032 BOARD (3/16) B8
COMPOSITE_U_GAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4.9

10k
IC2018
4.9 Q2036

7
B9 C2050

XX
COMPOSITE_V_GAIN XX -4.9 -4.9 2SC4081T106R Q2038 100
R2146

9
B10 XX UN9211J- FSC_ADJ VD-032 BOARD (4/16)
I COMPOSITE_U_BAL

COMPOSITE_V_BAL
B11 C2043 R2116 R2126 C2054
R2161
XX
4 5
FB2012
R4.8/P0
(K8).SO
R4.8/P0
XX XX C2068 L2003 R4.2/
XX XX XX
B12 XX R2147 P0
Y_BLK_LEVEL
R2112

16V XX SDC
R2108

C2057
XX

B13 C2124
XX

R0/P5
XX

PB_Y_LEVEL C2072 0.1u

C2041 R2096 R2118 R2127 XX XX R2150 R2152 R2156 C2100 C2129 R2179 R2184
B14 XX XX XX XX XX 10k 47k
PB_U_LEVEL XX 16V XX 4.7u
B15
PB_V_LEVEL C2063
C2066

C2069

C2070

R2100 C2045 C2046 C2078 C2079 C2103 C2131

XX

XX

XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX 0.1u Q2037 27
16V C2108 XX
B10
B11

C2106 L2011 R2178 VD-032 BOARD (3/16)

B9
B8

XX XX XX
6.3V XX

16
J VD-032 BOARD (2/16)
SC_V
L2004
10uH
SC_U
C2081 C2104
0.1u FB2001 FSC_TEST
0.1u
47 DV_REF_SYNC C2080
VD-032 BOARD (5/16) 4.7u
DV_REF_SC

98 VD-032 BOARD (9/16) 98-1 R2080 IC2015

4700 R2097 R2107
XX XX
IC2013 IC2015
CXA1451M-T4
V_MUTE
68
VD-032 BOARD (12/16)
K C2032 Q2020
0.7 4.9
R2105 R2124 R2131 4.9 R2159
10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Q2028 0
1

47u XN4601-TW 3 1 100 2200

XX XX 0.2 4.9
6.3V
2

2 5 0.7
MONITOR_Y 0 R2170
3

0.1 R2114 150

4 6 0.4
-4.9

55 2700
4

0.1
-4.9 R2171
0.1 0.2 SIGNAL PATH
VD-032 BOARD (7/16) C2073 C2076
32 150
5

Q2022
30
LM7131BCM5X

0.1u 47u
C2033 2SC4081T106R 4.9 3 2 1 6.3V
6
IC2013

0.01u VIDEO SIGNAL

0 4.9
MONITOR_C R2093 Q2025 R2117
7

XX XX 390 -4.9 -4.9

8

CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
L R2078
-0.6
C2047
0.1u
4 5
22k
31 0.1 4.9 FB2002
PB
C2048 R2115
47u 2200
R2083 R2084 R2091
4700 22k 4700 4V C2082 C2083
R2119 C2061 C2067 0.1u 4.7u LND002
2200 0.1u 0.1u
SHAS
C2074 C2077
47u LND001
0.1u
6.3V
SHAS
L2005
M 10uH

05

4-57 4-58 VD-032 (10/16)

DSR-25

VD-032 (11/16) (AUDIO) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

VD-032 BOARD (11/16)

A AUDIO
XX MARK:NO MOUNT Q1627
XX
AUDIO+5V 75
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R1627 R1628
XX XX AUDIO-5V VD-032 BOARD (15/16)
C1638
Q1628 C1634 47u GND
1u C1640 R1765 C1765 R1775
XX 16V 47u XX XX
XX
R1663 16V 1/8W 76
10k -15V VD-032 BOARD (16/16)
UNSW_+6V
R1718 79
B R1634 22k
JS1632
0
R1665
8200
R1675
XX
R1697 XX

R1701 XX
XX
0.5%
R1734
XX
0.5%
C1656
R1774
XX
1/8W
+12V_XLR VD-032 BOARD (14/16)
R1749 XX
XX 16V C1661 R1773

XX

R1676

XX
XX XX

XX
R1702 16V
R1635 1/8W

R1670
XX C1650
XX 0.5%

C1641
C1630 XX
10p
C1660

R1678
-5 0 0 0 4 3 2 1 XX

XX
16V
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 CN1629 XX
4 3 2 1
12 CH1+
C IC1628

NJM2115M-TE2
11 CH1-

XX
R1745 C1652
XX XX 10 CH1_GND

XX
XX

XX
16V

IC1633
9 CH2+

IC1625

IC1626
8 CH2-

IC1630
Q1629
XX 7 CH2_GND

IC1628
6 CH3+
Q1625
XX 5 6 7 8 5 CH3-
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 R1709 4 CH3_GND
D 104
CH12
0 0 0 5
5 6 7 8 XX
0.5% 3 CH4+

VD-032 BOARD (12/16) Q1626 2 CH4-

XX Q1630 C1766 XX
XX C1647 1 CH4_GND

R1757
CH34 XX

XX
R1677 XX
R1766 XX R1725 R1741
R1625 R1626 R1636 22k
XX XX XX XX
R1710 XX 0.5% 0.5%
R1661
JS1631 10k C1628 C1632 R1674
R1767
0 10p 1u XX C1767 R1736
R1637 R1703 XX XX
XX XX
XX 0.5% C1657
R1664 XX
R1750
E Q1631
2SC3326N-TE85L-AB
Q1632
2SC3326N-TE85L-AB
8200
R1669
XX
R1671
XX
R1679
XX
R1681
XX
R1704 XX 0.5% R1720 XX 0.5% XX 16V

R1647 R1650 77
C1651 HP-4V
-5 2200 -5 2200 XX VD-032 BOARD (16/16)
HP+4V
4 3 2 1 R1746 C1653
R1639 0 0 XX XX
CN1625 8P CL1635 16V
220 CN1628 8P
CH1/3 OUT 1
8 HP+4V
GND(CH1/3 OUT) 2 CL1636 R1698

XX
R1640 220 XX 7 GND
JC-21 BOARD (12/14)
CH2/4 OUT 3 HP-135 BOARD
F CN7001
GND(CH2/4 OUT) 4 CL1637 R1643
6 HP-4V

IC1634
CN301
THROUGH THE XX 5 MUTE
CH1/3 IN 5 THROUGH THE
VJ-108 HARNESS
R1687 R1776 4 A_GND FVH-006 FLAT CABLE
(SEE PAGE 4-33) GND(CH1/3 IN) 6 10 100
CL1638 R1644 XX 3 CH2/4 (SEE PAGE 4-83)
CH2/4 IN 7
R1688 R1777 2 A_GND
GND(CH2/4 IN) 8 5 6 7 8 10 100
R1652 R1655 R1672 1 CH1/3
XX XX XX C1768
JS1627

JS1628 XX
0

0 Q1636
CN1626 XX CL1629 R1629
XX Q1633 Q1634 XX
D1625
G AU X1 IN 1 XX XX MA112-TX R1768 XX

R1711 R1727 R1742

C1644
XX
AU Y1 IN(GND) 2
R1758 XX XX XX
GND 3 CL1630 D1626 D1627 D1628 XX 0.5% 0.5% 0.5%
R1630 R1778

R1657
XX MA112-TX MA112-TX MA112-TX

47k
AU X2 IN 4 100
R1712 XX
AU Y2 IN(GND) 5
5.3
GND 6 CL1627 R1631 R1662
XX 10k
AU X3 IN 7
5
AU Y3 IN(GND) 8 -5
CL1628 Q1635 R1673
10k
H GND 9 R1632
XX
2SA1576A-
T106-R
R1699 R1705
R1769
XX
AU X4 IN 10 R1668
XX XX R1722
0 XX R1738
AU Y4 IN(GND) 11 C1769 XX XX C1658
C1637 0.5% 0.5%
C1627 C1633 C1635 XX
GND 12 47u 0.1u R1779 16V
100u 100u 1k R1706
16V 6.3V 6.3V
TC IN 13 XX 0.5%
C1648 R1751
GND 14 XX XX
TC OUT 15
GND 16 4 3 2 1 R1747 C1654
CL1631 XX
XX
I DSP CS 17 16V
XX
XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

GND 18 R1633
R1638
R1641

R1642

R1645

R1646

R1648

R1649

CL1632 XX
DSP SI 19

XX
GND 20
CL1633

IC1635
DSP SO 21
GND 22
CL1634
DSP SCK 23
R1685 R1686
NC 24 R1654 100 100
10k
J NC 25 C1662 5 6 7 8

R1763 1M
C1626 22u
NC 26 22u 6.3V
6.3V R1651
NC 27 1k R1780
0

100 C1642 R1683 C1770

JS1626 0.22u 1.2k XX
JS1625

NC 28 0 10V
C1645
NC 29 XX
R1759
NC 30
R1684
10k XX R1770 XX
SIGNAL PATH
R1713 R1729 R1743
2.5 2.5 2.5 0 -5 2.5 2.5 2.5 -5 0 0 0 XX 0.5% XX XX
DSP_SCK 0.5% 0.5% AUDIO
103 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 R1700 R1714 R1771 XX
SIGNAL
K VD-032 BOARD (12/16)
DSP_SO XX XX
C1771 XX
R1740
DS1801E-02-T/R

XX

NJM2115M-TE2
NJM2115M-TE2

DSP_SI R1707 XX 0.5% C1659

DSP_CS R1752 XX REC
IC1629 XX
R1708
0.5% XX
R1724
0.5%
XX 16V

CN1627 15P IC1627 C1649 XX PB

CH1/3 IN 1
GND 2
IC1631
IC1631

R1748 C1655
IC1629
IC1627

4 3 2 1 XX XX
CH2/4 IN 3 16V
GND 4
L
1u

CH1/3 OUT 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

XX
C1631

GND 6 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.3 2.9 5 2.5 5 0 0 0 5

JK-216 BOARD 2.5
CH2/4 OUT 7

IC1636
CN102
GND 8 R1764
THROUGH THE 1M
C1639
FVJ-017 FLAT CABLE A.MONITOR OUT 9 0.22u
(SEE PAGE 4-90) R1762 R1761 10V
A.+5V 10 CL1626 0
0
CL1625
A.-5V 11
5 6 7 8
R1666

C1663 R1680 R1682

10k

TC GND IN 12 22u 1.2k 10k

C1625 R1653 6.3V
TC IN 13 1k
22u R1656
6.3V C1629 C1772
TC GND OUT 14 10k 22u XX
M TC OUT 15
6.3V R1667
10k
C1636
1u C1646
R1760 XX
R1658 22 XX R1772 XX
ATT_STB 105 R1715 R1744
R1659 22 R1731
VD_SCK VD-032 BOARD (12/16) XX 0.5% XX XX
R1660 22 0.5% 0.5%
VD_SO R1716
05 XX

VD-032 (11/16) 4-59 4-60

 DSR-25

VD-032 (12/16) (HI CONTROL) • See page 4-103 for VD-032 printed wiring board. • See page 4-142 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE HI60 108
VD-032 BOARD (12/16) :IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE
VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS.
HI9
HI19
XCS_RS

XRS_RESET
VD-032 BOARD (13/16)

M2
M1
M3
A HI CONTROL HI18
XLANC
X422
107
VD-032 BOARD (13/16)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT 110

REV
HI97
LANC_DRIVER 19200/X9600
VD-032 BOARD (13/16) L708 80
LANC_JACK L707 10uH MOTOR_12V
XX Q707 3 VD-032 BOARD (14/16)

CN701 8P
CL703 FB707
UN9111J-
(K8).SO
0 R882
IC716 CN704 3P
LANC DC 8 22k IC716 CL759
FB708 CL724 BA6238AN 1 CK FWD
CL704
LANCJACK_IN 7 CL760
M M906

R741
C725

C726
2700
3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 CK FWD PUSH OUT

0.1u
CL705 FB709
LS-060 BOARD LANC SIG 6 0.1u C763 MOTOR
R731 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1u 3 CK REV
CN201
B THROUGH THE
GND 5 27
GND 4 CN705 4P

33 1/8W
FVL-001 FLAT CABLE CL708 CL763
3 0 6.1 C729 HI70
CONTROL S DC

R833
3 IC707 0.1u R836 R842 1 SW3(CASSETTE DET)
(SEE PAGE 4-92) C707 C709 C711 XX R864 CL764 CK-107 BOARD CN901
33 33 HI69 0
SIRCS_DATA 2 47p 47p 47p Q704 Q705 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1/8W 1/8W R844 2 SW2(STANDBY) THROUGH THE
UN9213J-(K8).SO R865 CL765
UN9213J-(K8).SO 33 HI68 0
GND 1 3 SW1(PUSH OUT) VD-058 HARNESS
1/8W

D_FWD
R866
Q702 0 (SEE PAGE 4-79)
UN9213J-(K8).SO R712 R723 R728 4 GND
10k 10k 10k
R867 CN706 2P
3 3 R830 0 NP-002 BOARD CN401
0 HI62
2.9 0
IC711
TL1596CPWR IC711 680
1/10W
R843
R860
R861
10k
C779
XX CL766
1 NTSC/XPAL THROUGH THE

C CL702 D707 3 2 1 R831

390
R876
XX 270
270
1/10W
2 GND VN-050 HARNESS
CL706

CL707

XX 1/10W (SEE PAGE 4-91)

1/10W 0 CL767
FB705 0 0 0 72
0 GND

2.8
0 0

C717
C720

0.1u
C722
2.2u XX 3 UNSW_+6V VD-032 BOARD (16/16)
DL-062 BOARD CN709 3P IC704 Q709 Q710 Q711 Q712 C758 C759 CL761
R714 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
220 TC7W241FU-TE12R C728 UN2211-TX UN2211-TX UN2211-TX UN2211-TX 10u 10u
CN601 IR 1 R869 47u 50V 50V
1/8W R715 0 3 4 5.5
IC717

0.3

0.2
THROUGH THE 0 CL725 16V

8
GND 2 220
VD-060 HARNESS 1/8W
IR VDD 3 R716 3 0 R738 100k IC717
220 CL739
PQ05SZ1U

7
(SEE PAGE 4-79)
R732

CL726
R717

CL727
1/8W R737
C705
D 47p
220 C710
FB706 1/8W 2.2u
3 3 1k 0 D704
MA112-TX
CL728

6.1
3

6
L706 HI21 5
10uH
3 HI2
71

5
R739 1 2 3
C704 C708
100u 10k HI1
47p HI_UNSW_5V VD-032 BOARD (13/16)
6.3V R729 C760

CH3
CH4
1k CL722 1u
CN708 XX HI4
HI20 C761 C762
C764 100u

HI85
HI84

HI83

HI82

HI80
HI79

HI78
HI100

HI99

HI98

HI97

HI95
HI94

HI93

HI92

HI91
GND 2 HI12 R800 47u
100u
DIG_+5V 1
R874 R870
6.3V C765
XX
R878
150
IC704 HI30
1M
0.5%
HI7

HI64
16V 6.3V
XI/O_SYNC_HI
56
VD-032 BOARD (7/16)
1/8W

R798
R786

R794
R777

R790
R781

R787
R779
0 6.3V

R783
XX C732 XI/O_SYNC_VFD

47
47

47
47

47
47

47
47

47
220u R807 R823
E 73 4V R775
R802
220k 47 47 CN707 30P

R816
R808

R809
R812
R871

R819

R821
47k
C733 47

47

47
47
0.5% 30 BACK_UP_3V

47

47
VD-032 BOARD (13/16) XX 220u
EVR_+3V
C742 HI38 CL740
L709 4V 29 XIC_RST
82 10uH 0.1u
HI5 CL741

CL734
SW_+3V C734 C735 C737 28 XSLEEP

R788
R792

R796
C738
VD-032 BOARD (15/16)

100k
100k

100k
0.1u
L710 C744 HI6 CL742
10uH 0.1u 47u 47u
6.3V 6.3V 0.1u 27 MO_XWAKEUP

74 DROPPED_UNREG L711 C751 26 GND

IC709

1.6

2.9

2.9
10uH
3 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 3
0.1u HI35 CL743
VD-032 BOARD (14/16) 25 HI_SCK
BATT_SENSE_UNREG R713 R725 C736

100
R708

99

98

97

96

95

94
93

92

91

90

89
88

87
86

85

84

83
82

81

80
79

78

77

76
R702 270k 470k 0.1u 24 GND

S-81250SGUP-DQD-T1
1M 10k 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% C721 HI34 CL744
F 0.5% 4.7u 23 HI_SO

2.9

2.9

1.5

2.2
0 0 0 3 0 0 0
25V
22 GND

CL718

CL721
1.8 2.2 0

IC709
HI33 CL745
81
VD-032 BOARD (15/16) EVR_+3V 4 3 2 1
IC703 D705 21 HI_SI
MA729-(K8).S0
NJU7102AM-TE1

R756 20 GND
HI1 100k 0.3 3 HI57 CL746

51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
R703

1
19 XCS_MO
IC703

220k 1 2 3 HI2 0.2 C753 HI15 CL768

0.5%

2
0.1u 18 XCIN
5 D706 R744 R757 A[0]

9.8
MA112-TX 47 47k R764

3
R873 17 XSYS_RST

IC706 HI4 47 3 1.7 XX CH2 CL747

4
5 6 7 8 R872 16 GND

MA112-TX
R853 JC-21 BOARD (11/14)
HI5 3 1.6 XX 47 CH1 A[1] CL748

D702
G

5
R704 1.8 0 5.1 5.1 Q708 R745 C773 R837 R854 15 MO_SCK CN6001
4700 NDS356AP HI6 47 0 2.9 XX 100k 47k HI70
C723 THROUGH THE

6
0.5% R721 C774 R838 R855 14 GND
0.47u R746 2.8 2.9
240k HI7 47 XX 100k 47 HI69 A[2] CL749 FVJ-021 FLAT CABLE

7
0.5% HI65 R747 C775 R839 R856 13 MO_SO
Q701 HI8 47 3 2.9 XX 100k 47 HI68 (SEE PAGE 4-31)

8
2SK3018-T106 R748 C776 R840 R857 12 GND
R720 R758
HI9 3 3 100k A[3] CL750
0.01u

47 100k XX HI67
C706

10 47

9
R755 C777 R841 R858 11 MO_SI

S-81250SGUP-DQD-T1
0.5% HI10 0 2.9 0 XX 100k 47 HI66

25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
R722 C713 CL716 10 GND
IC701 R749 R859

CL731
C702 10u
C712
0.1u

0.01u 330k 47 47 HI65 A[4] CL751

0.5% 16V R750 9 XCS_UVIC
R832

IC710
3
IC710 HI12 47 0
IC713
2.8 47 HI64 A[5] CL752
1

R834 R862 8 UVIC_BUSY

R724 R761 R765 C768 2.8
IC701 100k 47 HI63 A[6] CL753
CL709

XX
H 470k

9.8
TC74VHCT244AFT(EL) 2.9 4.7 100k 47 C778 7 UVIC_SWIN
C703 5 R863
2

HI14 3 IC713 3 XX 47 HI62 A[7] CL754

5 0.1u CXP921064A-063R-T6
R762 C769 R835 R845 6 UVIC_GATE
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

CL755
1

3.5 3 1 2 3 HI15 100k XX 0 3 100k 47 HI61 HI45

CL711
3

HI92 0 L714 R846 5 OSD_SO_HI

R763 R769 C770
2

R879 10uH R726 D703 3 47 HI60

SO_5 47 0.2 0 M1 0 3 3 CL719 MA112-TX 100k 47 R766 XX
C755 R847
CL762 4 GND
3

HI17 3
5

0.1 47 0.1u 47 HI46 CL756

HI91 0 R709 C724 3 OSD_SCK_HI
CL713

HI45 R759 C771 R848

4

R880 47 0.47u HI18 100k XX 3 2.9 47 HI58 HI10 CL757

SCK_5 4.8 0 IC706 2 OSD_SW
47 M2 R760 R767 R849
S-8423YFS-T2
5

HI61 HI19 100k 47 3 2.9 0 HI57 HI43 CL758

0 2.8 1 XCS_OSD_HI
HI93 HI46 R710 R768 C772 R850
L704
6

47 HI32 HI20 0 2.9 47 HI56

XX

R881 47 XX
STB_5 47 4.8 0 M3 R751 R851
IC705
7

HI21 47 2.8 0 47 HI55 HI78

2.9 68
I 106
HI36 0 HI58 R711 Q703
XX
S-81236SGUP-DQ7-T1
IC708 R752 V_MUTE VD-032 BOARD (10/16)
8

R701 47 HI22 47 0 C756 HI82

47 4.9 0 R735 R753 22p CPNT_DET
CL720 45
9

VD-032 BOARD (13/16) V_SYNC_RS 0 HI23 47 0 1.5 HI83 VD-032 BOARD (5/16)

CL738
2.8 S/V_DET
MA729-(K8).S0

R718
10

R754 R875
BT701 (LITHIUM BATTERY)

IC708 AK6440AM-E2 1.2 HI34

0

32.768kHz
CL723 R742 R743 47 XX VD_SO
100k 100k
D701

X702
HI26 3 3 3 HI35
30
6.1

3.6

VD_SCK
IC702 HI46 2.8 3 HI8
33 C754 HI84 VD-032 BOARD (3/16)
2

TC7SZ125FU(TE85R) C701 L715 0.1u EVR_LOAD

BZ701 1 2 3 R733 0.2 3 CL729 HI85
0.1u 10uH 27 HI45 HI28
3

STB_5 4.8 3 (BUZZER) V_S/P_XSTB

CL730 R852
1

HI44 3 C757
IC702 10M
4

SI_5 5 15p VD_SO

C718
34

2.9

0.1

2.9
2.8

2.9

1.3

2.9

1.5

1.5

2.8

2.9

0.1

2.8
R719
2

XX C727 3 3 3 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 97
J 3 HI44 XX 0.1u VD_SCK
3

C715 C719 HI27 VD-032 BOARD (7/16)

26
27

28

29

30

31

32
33

34

35

36

37
38

39
40

41

42

43
44

45

46
47

48

49

50
0.1u XX PANEL_DA_CS
HI95
BL_LED_ON

C748
R803

0.1u
C714 R824 R828 HI99
0.1u 47 47 0 CH12 104
IC705 HI100

R813
R791

R795
R799
R784

R817
R785

R826
R820
VD-032 BOARD (11/16)

100k

R810